manual caixa automática cr-v 2007

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ０００００００００Ｊ１４０１ＡＢＡＴ００

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If automatic transmission maintenance isrequired)

The CR-V SRS includes a driver’s airbag in the steering wheel hub, a passenger’s airbag in the dashboard above theglove box, seat belt tensioners in the front seat belt retractors, seat belt outer lap tensioners in the front seat belt loweranchor, side curtain airbags in the sides of the roof, and side airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary tosafely service the SRS is included in this Shop Manual. Items marked with an asterisk ( ) on the contents pageinclude or are located near SRS components. Servicing, disassembling, or replacing these items require specialprecautions and tools, and should be done only by an authorized Honda dealer.

• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontalor side collision, all SRS service work should be done by an authorized Honda dealer.

• Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injurycaused by unintentional deployment of the airbags and/or side airbags.

• Do not bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, or side impact sensors when the ignition switch is ON (II),or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF; otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or theairbags may deploy.

• SRS electrical connectors are identified by yellow color coding. Related components are located in the steeringcolumn, front console, dashboard, dashboard lower panel, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats,in the roof side, and around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.

06/09/15 17:32:25 62SWA00A_140_0001

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ０００００００００Ｊ１４０１ＺＣＡＴ００

Automatic Transmission

Automatic Transmission A/T Gear Position Indicator

A/T Interlock System

Transmission End Cover

Transmission Housing

......................................................

...........................

...............................................

....................................................................................

.......................................................................................

....................................

......

.....................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................

...........................................

...........................................

..............................

..............................

....................................................................

........................................................

....................................

.......................................................

.......................

...............................................................

..............................

............................................

............................................................

........................

........................................................

......................................................

...........................

...............................................

....................................................................................

.......................................................................................

....................................

......

.....................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................

...........................................

...........................................

..............................

..............................

....................................................................

........................................................

....................................

.......................................................

.......................

...............................................................

..............................

............................................

............................................................

........................

........................................................

Special Tools . 14-2Service Precautions for 4WD Model . 14-4General Troubleshooting Information . 14-5DTC Troubleshooting Index . 14-12Symptom Troubleshooting Index . 14-16System Description . 14-28DTC Troubleshooting . 14-84Road Test . 14-222Stall Speed Test . 14-225Pressure Test . 14-226Shift Solenoid Valve Test . 14-230Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement . 14-235Shift Solenoid Harness Replacement . 14-235A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid

Valve ATest . 14-238Replacement . 14-240

A/T Clutch Pressure Control SolenoidValve BTest . 14-241Replacement . 14-245

A/T Clutch Pressure Control SolenoidValve CTest . 14-243Replacement . 14-245

Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed SensorReplacement . 14-246

Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed SensorReplacement . 14-246

2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid PressureSwitch Replacement . 14-247

3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid PressureSwitch Replacement . 14-247

ATF Temperature SensorTest and Replacement . 14-248

ATF Level Check . 14-251ATF Replacement . 14-252Transfer Assembly Inspection . 14-254Transfer Assembly Removal . 14-255Transfer Assembly Installation . 14-257Transmission Removal . 14-259Transmission Installation . 14-279Drive Plate Removal and Installation . 14-302ATF Cooler Hose Replacement . 14-302ATF Filter Replacement . 14-304Shift Lever Removal . 14-306Shift Lever Installation . 14-308Shift Lever Disassembly and

Reassembly . 14-309Shift Lever/Shift Cable Bracket Assembly

Replacement . 14-311Shift Lever Knob Replacement . 14-315Shift Lever Knob Cover Replacement . 14-316Shift Lever Ring Replacement . 14-317Shift Cable Replacement . 14-319Shift Cable Adjustment . 14-321

................................................................

.............

...........................................

..................

.....................................................

.......................................................................

................................................................

.............

...........................................

..................

.....................................................

.......................................................................

Component Location Index . 14-325Circuit Diagram . 14-327Transmission Range Switch Test . 14-329Transmission Range Switch

Replacement . 14-331A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel

Light Harness Replacement . 14-333A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel

Replacement . 14-338D3 Switch Circuit Troubleshooting . 14-340D3 Switch Test . 14-342D3 Switch Replacement . 14-343

................................................................

.....................................

................................................................

...............................

....

..................

............................................

...................

................................................................

.....................................

................................................................

...............................

....

..................

............................................

...................

Component Location Index . 14-345Circuit Diagram . 14-346Shift Lock System Circuit

Troubleshooting . 14-347Key Interlock System Circuit

Troubleshooting . 14-352Shift Lock Solenoid Test . 14-354Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement . 14-355Shift Lock Stop Replacement . 14-356Shift Lock Stop Cushion Replacement . 14-356Shift Lock Release, Release Spring,

Release Shaft Replacement . 14-357Shift Lock Release, Release Spring,

Release Extension Replacement . 14-358Park Pin Switch Test . 14-359Park Pin Switch Replacement . 14-360

...................................

.......................

...........................................

................................................................

...............................

...................................

.......................

...........................................

................................................................

...............................

End Cover Removal . 14-364Park Lever Stop

Inspection and Adjustment . 14-370Idler Gear Shaft Bearing Replacement . 14-370Selector Control Shaft Oil Seal

Replacement . 14-371Selector Control Shaft Bearing

Replacement . 14-371ATF Feed Pipe Replacement . 14-372End Cover Installation . 14-430

..........................................

...................................

.......................

..............................................

..........................................

...................................

.......................

..............................................

Housing and Shaft Assembly Removal . 14-373Bearing Removal . 14-375Bearing Installation . 14-376Reverse Idler Gear

Removal and Installation . 14-377Shaft Assembly and Housing

Installation . 14-425

06/09/15 17:32:25 62SWA00A_140_0002

Valve Body

Torque Converter Housing

Shafts and Clutches

A/T Differential

Transfer Assembly

........................................

...................

.................................................

.................

.................

.......................

..............................................

........................................

...................

.................................................

.................

.................

.......................

..............................................

Valve Body and ATF Strainer Removal . 14-378Valve Body Repair . 14-380Valve Body Valve Installation . 14-381Main Valve Body Disassembly,

Inspection, and Reassembly . 14-382ATF Pump Inspection . 14-383Regulator Valve Body Disassembly,

Inspection, and Reassembly . 14-384Servo Body Disassembly,

Inspection, and Reassembly . 14-385Shift Solenoid Valve

Removal and Installation . 14-386Valve Body and ATF Strainer

Installation . 14-423

....................................................

..

...........................................

....................................................

..

...........................................

Mainshaft Bearing and Oil SealReplacement . 14-387

Countershaft Bearing Replacement . 14-388Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement . 14-389Selector Control Shaft Oil Seal

Replacement . 14-390

.................

...............................................

.................

..................................

..............................

.................

.......................

...............................................

...............................................

.......................

.................................................

......................................................

....................................................................

.......................

.................

...............................................

.................

..................................

..............................

.................

.......................

...............................................

...............................................

.......................

.................................................

......................................................

....................................................................

.......................

Mainshaft Disassembly,Inspection, and Reassembly . 14-391

Mainshaft 5th Gear Axial ClearanceInspection . 14-392

Countershaft Disassembly,Inspection, and Reassembly . 14-394

Countershaft Reverse Selector Hub and3rd Gear Removal . 14-395

Countershaft Reverse Selector Hub and3rd Gear Installation . 14-396

Secondary Shaft Disassembly,Inspection, and Reassembly . 14-397

Secondary Shaft Ball Bearing, Idler GearRemoval and Installation . 14-398

Secondary Shaft 2nd Gear Axial ClearanceInspection . 14-399

Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Axial ClearanceInspection . 14-401

Idler Gear ShaftRemoval and Installation . 14-403

Idler Gear/Idler Gear ShaftReplacement . 14-404

1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutch Disassembly . 14-4054th and 5th Clutch Disassembly . 14-407Clutch Inspection . 14-410Clutch Waved-plate Phase Difference

Inspection . 14-411Clutch Clearance Inspection . 14-4121st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutch Reassembly . 14-4184th and 5th Clutch Reassembly . 14-420

.........................................................

............................

..............................

................................

.....................................................

.........................................................

............................

..............................

................................

.....................................................

Component Location Index . 14-437Backlash Inspection . 14-438Differential Carrier Replacement . 14-439Final Driven Gear Replacement . 14-439Transfer Drive Gear Replacement . 14-439Carrier Bearing Replacement . 14-440Oil Seal Replacement . 14-441Carrier Bearing Outer Race

Replacement . 14-442Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection . 14-444

..................................................................................................

...................

...........................................

..........

...........................................

..............................

.......................................................................

..................................................................................................

...................

...........................................

..........

...........................................

..............................

.......................................................................

Inspection . 14-447Disassembly . 14-449Transfer Holder Disassembly . 14-452Transfer Holder Roller Bearing

Replacement . 14-453Transfer Holder Tapered Roller Bearing

Outer Race Removal/Installation . 14-453Transfer Drive Gear Bearing

Replacement . 14-454Transfer Output Shaft Bearing

Removal/Installation . 14-454Transfer Housing Tapered Roller Bearing

Outer Race Replacement . 14-455Reassembly . 14-457

06/09/15 17:32:25 62SWA00A_140_0003

０１０１０１０１０１

０１０１０１０１０１

０１０１０１０１０１

０１０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ０００００００００Ｊ１４０１ＰＡＡＴ００

Ref. No. Tool Number Description Qty

14-2


Special Tools

07406-0020004 A/T Oil Pressure Gauge Set 107PAB-0010000 Mainshaft Holder Set 107JAC-PH80000 Adjustable Bearing Remover Set 107749-0010000 Handle Driver 107746-0010400 Driver Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 107746-0010800 Driver Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 107746-0010300 Driver Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 107GAD-SD40101 Driver Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 107LGC-0010100 Snap Ring Pliers 107746-0010500 Driver Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 107746-0010600 Driver Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 107947-ZV00100 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 107KAF-PS30200 Bearing Separator 107746-0030100 Driver, 40 mm I.D. 107QAD-P0A0100 Driver Attachment, 42 mm I.D. 107746-0010100 Driver Attachment, 32 x 35 mm 107LAE-PX40000 Clutch Spring Compressor Set 107ZAE-PRP0100 Clutch Compressor Attachment 107LAD-PW50601 Attachment, 40 x 50 mm 107947-SD90101 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 1

06/09/15 17:32:27 62SWA00A_140_0004

０１０１０１０１０１

０１０１０１０１

Ref. No. Tool Number Description Qty

14-3

07JAD-PH80101 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 107NAD-PX40100 Driver Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 1070AJ-0020101 Preload Inspection Tool 107PAB-0020000 Companion Flange Holder 107746-0030400 Driver Attachment, 35 mm I.D. 107KAF-PS30120 Bearing Installer Attachment 107LAF-PZ70110 Bearing Installer Attachment 107JAF-SJ80110 Installer Shaft, 14 x 165 mm 107JAF-SJ80120 Installer Nuts, 14 mm 1

06/09/15 17:32:28 62SWA00A_140_0005

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＳＥ１０４００００００００ＢＡＡＴ００

Precautions on using free rollers

14-4


Service Precautions for 4WD Model

This 4WD model does not have the feature thatmechanically switches between 4WD (four-wheel drive)and 2WD (front-wheel drive).

Do not drive the vehicle with rear wheels on the groundeven though the front wheels are off the ground. Thefront wheel power is conveyed to the rear wheels, andthe vehicle will start off.

Always lift the vehicle up so all four wheels are off theground when testing and inspecting the vehicle torotate the wheels such as Pressure Tests.

Use the free rollers under the rear wheels whenperforming test the vehicle with the speedometer tester.

• Inspecting and testing using a chassis dynamometeris not feasible.

• Do not operate the accelerator, brake pedal orsteering wheel abruptly. It may cause the vehicle toroll and create a hazardous condition.

• The maximum testing speed should be 50 km/h(31 mph).

• The maximum continuous operating time should be3 minutes.

• Make sure to tie down the vehicle securely with theside anchor wires and center tie down wire. The freerollers are to be set under the rear wheels.

• Make sure to place the free rollers parallel to theroller of each speedometer tester.

• Putting the front and rear wheels on thespeedometer testers and free rollersinappropriately may cause the vehicle to roll offor over the free rollers and create a hazardouscondition.

• The side anchor wires and certain tie-down wiremust be appropriately tensioned. If the wireshave too much slack, the expected tie-downefficiency cannot be obtained.

• When attaching the side anchor wires and centertie-down wire, make sure they are not interferingwith the bumper and other parts of the vehiclebody.

• Do not attach the wires to any place other thanthe designed areas.

• Do not operate the speedometer testers at aspeed more than 50 km/h (31 mph) or for morethan 3 minutes.

1. Set the free rollers according to the wheel base andtread of the vehicle.

2. Move the vehicle to position the front wheels onthe speedometer tester and the rear wheels on thefree rollers. Make sure to align the center of thewheels to the center of the speedometer tester andthe free rollers.

3. Tie down the vehicle securely using the towinghook and tie-down hook bracket to prevent thevehicle from rolling or over the free rollers.

4. Start the engine, shift the transmission into theD position, accelerate the vehicle gradually, andmeasure the vehicle speed.

5. After measurement, use the brake pedal togradually decelerate and stop the vehicle.

06/09/15 17:32:28 62SWA00A_140_0006

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１００００００００ＢＢＡＴ２０

How to Check for DTCs with the HondaDiagnostic System (HDS)

Symptom Troubleshooting Versus DTCTroubleshooting

14-5

General Troubleshooting Information

A

B

A

When the powertrain control module (PCM) senses anabnormality in the input or output system, the Dindicator (A) in the gauge control module (B) willusually blink.

When the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) is connectedto the data link connector (DLC) (A) (located behind thedriver’s dashboard lower cover) and the SCS mode isselected, it will indicate the diagnostic trouble code(DTC) when the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and theappropriate menu is selected.

If the D indicator or malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)has been reported on, or if a driveability problem issuspected, do this:

1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. (See the HDS user’smanual for specific instructions.)

2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), select A/T system,and observe the DTC in the DTCs MENU on theHDS screen.

NOTE: If the HDS does not communicate with thePCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit; R20A1 andR20A2 engine models (see page 11-199), K24Z1engine model (see page 11-589).

3. Record all fuel and emissions DTCs, and A/T DTCs,and freeze data.

4. If there is a fuel and emissions DTC, first check thefuel and emissions system as indicated by the DTC(except for DTC P0700, DTC P0700 means there isone or more A/T DTCs, and no problems weredetected in the fuel and emissions circuit of thePCM).

5. Clear the DTC and data.

6. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under thesame conditions as those indicated by the freezedata, and then recheck for a DTC. If the A/T DTCreturns, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.If the DTC does not return, there was anintermittent problem within the circuit. Make sureall pins and terminals in the circuit are tight.

Some symptoms will not trigger diagnostic troublecodes (DTCs) or cause the D indicator to blink. If themalfunction indicator lamp (MIL) was reported ON orthe D indicator has been blinking, check for DTCs. If thevehicle has an abnormal symptom, and there are noDTCs stored, do the symptom troubleshooting. Checkthe list of probable cause(s) for the symptom, in thesequence listed, until you find the problem.

(cont’d)

*: This illustration shows LHD model.

06/09/15 17:32:28 62SWA00A_140_0007

＊０３

＊０４

＊０５

How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCMConnectors

14-6


General Troubleshooting Information (cont’d)

A

A

A

NOTE: The PCM overwrite data and monitors the EVAPsystem for up to 15 minutes after the ignition switch isturned OFF. Jumping the SCS line after turning theignition switch OFF cancels this function. Disconnectingthe PCM during this function, without jumping the SCSline first, can damage the PCM.

1. Connect the HDS to the DLC.

2. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.


3. Raise the under-hood fuse/relay box (A).

4. Disconnect PCM connectors (A), and probe theterminals in the inspection port on the terminal sideof the connectors.


06/09/15 17:32:29 62SWA00A_140_0008

＊０６

＊０７

14-7

A

B

C

A

5. Check the connector inspection port (A) size, andselect a suitable pin probe.

6. Connect one side of the patch cord (A) terminal to adigital multimeter (B), and connect the other side ofthe patch cord terminals to a commerciallyavailable banana jack (Pomona Electronics ToolNo. 3563 or equivalent) (C).

7. Gently slide the pin probe into the inspection portat the connector terminal side. Always use theinspection port. Do not slide the probe into theconnector terminals.

• For accurate result, always use the pinprobe (male).

• To prevent damage to the connectorterminals, do not insert test equipmentprobes, paper clips, or other substitutes asthey can damage the terminals. Damagedterminals cause a poor connection and anincorrect measurement.

• Do not puncture the insulation on a wire.Punctures can cause poor or intermittentelectrical connections.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:32:29 62SWA00A_140_0009

＊０８

Clear A/T DTCs Procedures

OBD Status

How to End a Troubleshooting Session

14-8



A

1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A).

2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).

3. Clear the DTC(s) on the HDS screen.

The OBD status shows the current system status ofeach DTC and all of the parameters. This function isused to see if the technician’s repair was successfullyfinished. The results of diagnostic tests for the DTC aredisplayed as:

• PASSED: On board diagnosis is successfully finished.• FAILED: On board diagnosis has finished but failed.• NOT COMPLETED: The on board diagnosis was

running but is out of the enable conditions of the DTC.

This procedure must be done after any troubleshooting.

1. Reset the PCM with the HDS while the engine isstopped.

2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait for30 seconds.

4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect theHDS from the DLC.

5. Do the PCM idle learn procedure; R20A1 and R20A2engine models (see page 11-302), K24Z1 enginemodel (see page 11-703).

6. Start the engine in the P or N position, and warm itup to normal operating temperature (the radiatorfan comes on).

7. To verify that the problem is repaired, test-drive thevehicle for several minutes at speeds over 50 km/h(31 mph) or under the same conditions as thoseindicated by the freeze data.


06/09/15 17:32:29 62SWA00A_140_0010

＃

＊０９

PCM Updating and Substitution for Testing

How to Update the PCM

Special Tools Required

14-9

A

Honda interface module (HIM) EQS05A35570

Use this procedure when you have to substitute aknown-good PCM in a troubleshooting procedure.Update the PCM only if the PCM does not already havethe latest software loaded.

NOTE: Do not turn the ignition switch OFF whileupdating the PCM. If you turn the ignition switch OFFbefore completion, the PCM can be damaged.

NOTE:• Make sure you have the latest software on the HDS.• To ensure the latest program is installed, do a PCM

update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced.• You cannot update a PCM with the program it already

has. It will only accept a new program.• Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery is

fully charged.• To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything

electrical (audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows,sunroof (if equipped), or door locks) during theupdate.

• If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module(HIM) because the HIM’s red ( 3) light came on orwas flashing during the update, leave the ignitionswitch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect theHIM from the data link connector (DLC). This willprevent PCM damage.

• High temperature in the engine compartment mightcause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. Ifthe engine has been running before this procedure,open the hood and cool the engine compartment.

1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start theengine.


3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. ifit does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting;R20A1 and R20A2 engine models (see page 11-199),K24Z1 engine model (see page 11-589). If you didthe DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 4 and 5,then clean the throttle body; R20A1 and R20A2engine models (see page 11-340), K24Z1 enginemodel (see page 11-741) after step 9.

4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.

5. Select the TP POSITION CHECK in the ETCS TESTwith the HDS.

NOTE: If there is no result from TP POSITIONCHECK, clean the throttle body; R20A1 and R20A2engine models (see page 11-340), K24Z1 enginemodel (see page 11-741) after this procedure.

6. If the HDS does not have the update function,disconnect the HDS from the DLC, and connect theHonda interface module (HIM) to the DLC.

(cont’d)


06/09/15 17:32:30 62SWA00A_140_0011

＊１０

How to Substitute the PCM

14-10



A

7. If the software in the PCM is the latest, disconnectthe HDS or the HIM from the DLC, and go back tothe procedure that you were doing. If the softwarein the PCM is not the latest, do the PCM updateprocedure as described on the HIM label or in thePCM update system.

NOTE: If the PCM update system requires you tocool the PCM, follow what is shown on the screen.


9. Do the crank pattern clear/crank pattern learnprocedure; R20A1 and R20A2 engine models(see page 11-5), K24Z1 engine model (see page11-380).

1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for theaudio or the navigation system (if equipped).



4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. Ifit does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting;R20A1 and R20A2 engine models (see page 11-199),K24Z1 engine model (see page 11-589). If you didthe DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 thru 9,then clean the throttle body; R20A1 and R20A2engine models (see page 11-340), K24Z1 enginemodel (see page 11-741) after substituting the PCM.

5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.

6. Select the TP POSITION CHECK in the ETCS TESTwith the HDS.

NOTE: If the result of TP POSITION CHECK wasfailed, clean the throttle body; R20A1 and R20A2engine models (see page 11-340), K24Z1 enginemodel (see page 11-741) after this procedure.


8. Remove the battery.


06/09/15 17:32:30 62SWA00A_140_0012

□ △ ○

＊１１

＊１２

14-11

A

C

D

E

B

A9.8 N·m(1.0 kgf·m,7.2 lbf·ft)

9. Remove the PCM cover (A).

10. Remove the bolts (A), and remove the PCM (B).

11. Disconnect PCM connectors A (C), B (D), and C (E).

NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols(A= , B= , C= ) embossed on them foridentification.

12. Install the PCM and the battery in the reverse orderof removal.


NOTE: DTC P0630 ‘‘VIN not Programmed orMismatch’’ will be stored because VIN has not beenprogrammed into the PCM. Ignore it, and continuethis procedure.

14. Input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS.

15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latestsoftware.

16. Select the IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM with the HDS.

17. Rewrite the immobilizer code with the PCMreplacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you tostart the engine.

18. Reset the PCM with the HDS.


20. Do the crank pattern learn procedure.

21. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio or thenavigation system (if equipped) and set the clock.

06/09/15 17:32:30 62SWA00A_140_0013

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＧＡＡＴ００

DTC MIL Detection Item PageD

Indicator

KE, KG, KS,

KD, KQ, and

KU-N

models

KK, KM, KN,

KP, KU,

KU-i, KW,

KX, KY, KZ,

FO, IN, MA,

and PH

models

14-12


DTC Troubleshooting Index

NOTE:• Record all freeze data and review General Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-5) before you troubleshoot.• The DTC in parentheses is the Honda code that you will see when you use the HDS in DTCs/Freeze Data menu.• The DTC marked with an asterisk ( ) is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a

mechanical problem in the transmission.• The MIL comes on when the PGM-FI control system detects a failure on the DTC indicated ‘‘OFF or ON’’ in the MIL

box.

P0107 (12-7) Blinks OFF or ON OFF or ON Manifold absolute pressure (MAP)sensor circuit low voltage input

(see page 14-84)

P0108 (12-8) Blinks OFF or ON OFF or ON Manifold absolute pressure (MAP)sensor circuit high voltage input

(see page 14-85)

P0335 (88-2) Blinks OFF or ON OFF or ON Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor Ano signal

(see page 14-86)

P0339 (88-6) Blinks OFF or ON OFF or ON Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor Aintermittent interruption

(see page 14-87)

P0365 (89-2) Blinks OFF or ON OFF or ON Camshaft position (CMP) sensor Bno signal

(see page 14-88)

P0369 (89-6) Blinks OFF or ON OFF or ON Camshaft position (CMP) sensor Bintermittent interruption

(see page 14-89)

P0705 (5-2) Blinks ON OFF Transmission range switch(multiple shift-position input)

(see page 14-90)

P0706 (6-2) Notblinks

ON OFF Transmission range switch (open) (see page 14-96)

P0711 (28-5) Blinks OFF OFF ATF temperature sensor(range/performance)

(see page 14-100)

P0712 (28-3) Blinks OFF OFF ATF temperature sensor (short) (see page 14-101)P0713 (28-4) Blinks OFF OFF ATF temperature sensor (open) (see page 14-103)P0716 (15-5) Blinks ON OFF Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor

(range/performance)(see page 14-106)

P0717 (15-3) Blinks ON OFF Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor(no signal input)

(see page 14-111)

P0718 (15-6) Blinks ON OFF Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor(intermittent failure)

(see page 14-116)

P0721 (9-5) Blinks ON ON Output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor (range/performance)

(see page 14-120)

P0722 (9-3) Blinks ON ON Output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor (no signal input)

(see page 14-125)

06/09/15 17:32:31 62SWA00A_140_0014


Indicator

KE, KG, KS,

KD, KQ, and

KU-N

models

KK, KM, KN,

KP, KU,

KU-i, KW,

KX, KY, KZ,

FO, IN, MA,

and PH

models

14-13

P0723 (9-6) Blinks ON OFF Output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor (intermittent failure)

(see page 14-130)

P0747 (76-4) Blinks ON OFF A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A stuck ON

(see page 14-134)

P0752 (70-4) Blinks ON OFF Shift solenoid valve A stuck ON (see page 14-135)P0756 (71-3) Blinks ON OFF Shift solenoid valve B stuck OFF (see page 14-136)P0757 (71-4) Blinks ON OFF Shift solenoid valve B stuck ON (see page 14-137)P0761 (72-3) Blinks ON OFF Shift solenoid valve C stuck OFF (see page 14-138)P0771 (74-3) Blinks ON OFF Shift solenoid valve E stuck OFF (see page 14-139)P0776 (77-3) Blinks ON OFF A/T clutch pressure control solenoid

valve B stuck OFF(see page 14-140)

P0777 (77-4) Blinks ON OFF A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve B stuck ON

(see page 14-141)

P0780 (45-1) Blinks ON OFF Shift control system (see page 14-142)P0796 (78-3) Blinks ON OFF A/T clutch pressure control solenoid

valve C stuck OFF(see page 14-143)

P0797 (78-4) Blinks ON OFF A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C stuck ON

(see page 14-144)

P0842 (25-3) Blinks ON OFF 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressureswitch (short or stuck ON)

(see page 14-145)

P0843 (25-4) Blinks ON OFF 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressureswitch (open or stuck OFF)

(see page 14-147)

P0847 (26-3) Blinks OFF OFF 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressureswitch (short or stuck ON)

(see page 14-150)

P0848 (26-4) Blinks OFF OFF 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressureswitch (open or stuck OFF)

(see page 14-152)

P0962 (16-3) Blinks ON OFF A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A (open/short)

(see page 14-155)

P0963 (16-4) Blinks ON OFF A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A

(see page 14-158)

P0966 (23-3) Blinks ON OFF A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve B (open/short)

(see page 14-160)

P0967 (23-4) Blinks ON OFF A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve B

(see page 14-163)

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:32:31 62SWA00A_140_0015


Indicator

KE, KG, KS,

KD, KQ, and

KU-N

models

KK, KM, KN,

KP, KU,

KU-i, KW,

KX, KY, KZ,

FO, IN, MA,

and PH

models

14-14


DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

•

••

•••

••

•••

P0970 (29-3) Blinks ON OFF A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C (open/short)

(see page 14-165)

P0971 (29-4) Blinks ON OFF A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C

(see page 14-168)

P0973 (7-3) Blinks ON OFF Shift solenoid valve A (short) (see page 14-170)P0974 (7-4) Blinks ON OFF Shift solenoid valve A (open) (see page 14-173)P0976 (8-3) Blinks ON OFF Shift solenoid valve B (short) (see page 14-176)P0977 (8-4) Blinks ON OFF Shift solenoid valve B (open) (see page 14-179)P0979 (22-3) Blinks ON OFF Shift solenoid valve C (short) (see page 14-182)P0980 (22-4) Blinks ON OFF Shift solenoid valve C (open) (see page 14-185)P0982 (60-3) Blinks ON OFF Shift solenoid valve D (short) (see page 14-188)P0983 (60-4) Blinks ON OFF Shift solenoid valve D (open) (see page 14-191)P0985 (61-3) Blinks ON OFF Shift solenoid valve E (short) (see page 14-194)P0986 (61-4) Blinks ON OFF Shift solenoid valve E (open) (see page 14-197)P16C0 (99-1) Not

blinksON ON PCM A/T control system incomplete

update(see page 14-200)

P1717 (62-1) Blinks OFF OFF Transmission range switch ATP RVSswitch (open)

(see page 14-201)

P1730 (45-2) Blinks ON OFF Shift control systemShift solenoid valve A or D stuckOFFShift solenoid valve B stuck ONShift valve A, B, or D stuck

(see page 14-204)

P1731 (45-3) Blinks ON OFF Shift control systemShift solenoid valve E stuck ONShift valve E stuckA/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A stuck OFF

(see page 14-206)

P1732 (45-4) Blinks ON OFF Shift control systemShift solenoid valve B or C stuck ONShift valve B or C stuck

(see page 14-208)

P1733 (45-5) Blinks ON OFF Shift control systemShift solenoid valve D stuck ONShift valve D stuckA/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C stuck OFF

(see page 14-210)

06/09/15 17:32:31 62SWA00A_140_0016


Indicator

KE, KG, KS,

KD, KQ, and

KU-N

models

KK, KM, KN,

KP, KU,

KU-i, KW,

KX, KY, KZ,

FO, IN, MA,

and PH

models

14-15

•

•

P1734 (45-6) Blinks ON OFF Shift control systemShift solenoid valve B or C stuckOFFShift valve B or C stuck

(see page 14-212)

P2122 (20-3) Blinks ON OFF Accelerator pedal position (APP)sensor A (throttle position sensor D)circuit low voltage

(see page 14-214)

P2123 (20-4) Blinks ON OFF Accelerator pedal position (APP)sensor A (throttle position sensor D)circuit high voltage

(see page 14-215)

U0028 (107-1) Blinks OFF or ON OFF or ON F-CAN malfunction (F-CAN bus OFF) (see page 14-216)U0121 (107-7) Blinks OFF OFF F-CAN malfunction

(PCM-to-ABS modulator-control unit)(see page 14-217)

U0122 (107-4) Blinks OFF OFF F-CAN malfunction(PCM-to-VSA modulator-control unit)

(see page 14-219)

U0155 (107-3) Blinks OFF or ON OFF or ON F-CAN malfunction(PCM-to-gauge control module)

(see page 14-221)

NOTE:• Record all freeze data and review General Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-5) before you troubleshoot.• The DTC in parentheses is the Honda code that you will see when you use the HDS in DTCs/Freeze Data menu.• The DTC marked with an asterisk ( ) is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a

mechanical problem in the transmission.• The MIL comes on when the PGM-FI control system detects a failure on the DTC indicated ‘‘OFF or ON’’ in the MIL

box.

06/09/15 17:32:31 62SWA00A_140_0017

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４００００００００ＨＢＡＴ００

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

14-16


Symptom Troubleshooting Index

•••

•

•

••••

•

•

•

•••

•••

•••••

•

•

••

•••••

•

•

••

When you turn theignition switch ON(II), the D indicatorcomes on andstays on in all shiftlever positions, orit never comes onat all

F-CAN communication line errorGauge control module defectivePCM defective

Check the F-CAN communication line for a DTC(see page 22-210).Check A/T gear position indicator drive circuit inthe gauge control module by gauge controlmodule self-diagnostic function (see page22-198).

A/T gear positionindicator does notcome on while theshift lever is in thatposition

F-CAN communication line errorGauge control module defectivePCM defectiveTransmission range switchdefective

Check the F-CAN communication line for a DTC(see page 22-210).Check A/T gear position indicator drive circuit inthe gauge control module by gauge controlmodule self-diagnostic function (see page22-198).Inspect the transmission range switch (see page14-329).

Transmission stillshifts into 4th or5th gear in D eventhough the D3switch is pressed

D3 switch defectiveD3 switch circuit defectiveTransmission range switchdefective

Check the D3 switch circuit (see page 14-340).Check the D3 switch (see page 14-342).Inspect the transmission range switch (see page14-329).

When you turn theignition switch ON(II), the D3indicator comes onand stays on in allshift leverpositions, or itnever comes on atall

F-CAN communication line errorGauge control module defectivePCM defectiveD3 switch defectiveD3 switch circuit defective

Check the F-CAN communication line for a DTC(see page 22-210).Check A/T gear position indicator drive circuit inthe gauge control module by gauge controlmodule self-diagnostic function (see page22-198).Check the D3 switch circuit (see page 14-340).Check the D3 switch (see page 14-342).

D3 indicator doesnot come on in D3driving mode

F-CAN communication line errorGauge control module defectivePCM defectiveD3 switch defectiveD3 switch circuit defective

Check the F-CAN communication line for a DTC(see page 22-210).Check A/T gear position indicator drive circuit inthe gauge control module by gauge controlmodule self-diagnostic function (see page22-198).Check the D3 switch circuit (see page 14-340).Check the D3 switch (see page 14-342).

06/09/15 17:32:31 62SWA00A_140_0018


14-17

•

•

•••••••

•

•

•

••

••••

•

•

Shift lever cannotbe moved from Pwhile you arepressing on thebrake pedal

Accelerator pedal position sensorcircuitAccelerator pedal position sensordefectiveBrake switch circuitBrake switch defectiveShift lock solenoid defectiveShift lock solenoid control circuitShift lock mechanism defectiveThrottle body defectiveTransmission range switch ATP Pswitch stuck OFFTransmission range switch ATP Pswitch line opened

Inspect the APP Sensor signal; R20A1 and R20A2engine models (see page 11-268), K24Z1 enginemodel (see page 11-655).Troubleshoot the shift lock system circuit(see page 14-347).Test the shift lock solenoid (see page 14-354).Inspect the transmission range switch (see page14-329).

Ignition switchcannot be movedfrom ACC (I) toLOCK (0) (key ispushed in, shiftlever in P)

Interlock control system circuitKey interlock solenoid stuck ONPark pin switch stuck OFFTransmission range switch

Troubleshoot the key interlock system circuit(see page 14-352).Inspect the transmission range switch (see page14-329).

HDS does notcommunicate withthe PCM or thevehicle

DLC circuit error Troubleshoot the DLC circuit; R20A1 and R20A2engine models (see page 11-199), K24Z1 enginemodel (see page 11-589).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:32:32 62SWA00A_140_0019


14-18


Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

•

•

•

••

•

•

•

••

•

•

Engine runs, butvehicle does notmove in any gear

1.2.

3.

4.5.

6.7.8.9.

10.

Low ATF levelShift cable broken or out ofadjustmentConnection between the in shiftcable and transmission or bodyis wornATF pump worn or bindingRegulator valve stuck or springwornATF strainer cloggedMainshaft worn or damagedFinal gears worn or damagedTransmission-to-engineassembly errorAxle disengaged

Check the ATF level, and check the ATF coolerlines for leakage and loose connections. Ifnecessary, clean the ATF cooler lines.Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever andthe transmission control shaft.Improper alignment of ATF pump and torqueconverter housing may cause ATF pump seizure.The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related tickingnoise or a high pitched squeak.Check the line pressure.Be careful not to damage the torque converterhousing when replacing the main ball bearing.You may also damage the ATF pump when youtorque down the main valve body. This will resultin ATF pump seizure if not detected. Use theproper tools.Install the main seal flush with the torqueconverter housing. If you push it into the torqueconverter housing until it bottoms out, it willblock the fluid return passage and result indamage.Check the ATF strainer for debris. If the ATFstrainer is clogged with particles of steel oraluminum, inspect the ATF pump. If the ATFpump is OK, find the damaged components thatcaused the debris. If no cause for contaminationis found, replace the torque converter.Inspect the differential pinion gears for wear. Ifthe differential pinion gears are worn, replace thedifferential assembly, replace the ATF strainer,thoroughly clean the transmission, and clean thetorque converter, cooler, and lines.

Vehicle moves in 2and R, but not in Dand 1

1.2.3.

1st accumulator defective1st gears worn or damaged1st clutch defective

Check the 1st clutch pressure.Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston checkvalve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer andretainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect theclutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance. If theclearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutchdiscs and plates for wear and damage. If thediscs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set.Inspect the clutch waved-plate height. If theheight is out of tolerance, replace the waved-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust theclearance with the clutch end plate.Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. If the 1st clutchfeed pipe is scored, replace the end cover.Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the1st clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.

06/09/15 17:32:32 62SWA00A_140_0020


14-19

••

••

•••

•

•

•

•

•

Vehicle moves inD, 1, and R, butnot in 2

1.

2.

3.

2nd accumulatordefective2nd gears worn ordamaged2nd clutch defective

Check the 2nd clutch pressure.Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, andO-rings. Check the spring retainer and retainer seal for wearand damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top discclearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect theclutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs areworn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutchwaved-plate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replacethe waved-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust theclearance with the clutch end plate.

Vehicle moves inD, 2, and 1, butnot in R

1.

2.3.4.

5.6.

Shift solenoid valve EdefectiveShift fork shaft stuckShift valve E defective4th/reverse accumulatordefective4th clutch defectiveReverse gears worn ordamaged

Check the D indicator, and check for loose connectors.Inspect the shift solenoid valve E for seizure, and O-rings forwear and damage.Check for a missing shift fork bolt on the shift fork shaft.Check the 4th clutch pressure.Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, andO-rings. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage.Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance. If theclearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs andplates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn ordamaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch waved-plate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace thewaved-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust theclearance with the clutch end plate.Inspect the reverse selector gear teeth chamfers, andinspect the engagement teeth chamfers of the countershaft4th gear and reverse gear. Replace the reverse gears andthe reverse selector if they are worn or damaged. If thetransmission makes a clicking, grinding, or whirring noise,also replace the mainshaft 4th gear, reverse idler gear, andcountershaft 4th gear.

Pooracceleration;flares whenstarting off in Dand R; stallspeed high in 2and 1, and in Din 1st and 2nd

1.2.

3.

4.

5.6.

Low ATF levelShift cable broken or outof adjustmentATF pump worn orbindingRegulator valve stuck orspring wornATF strainer cloggedTorque converter checkvalve defective

Check the ATF level, and check the ATF cooler lines forleakage and loose connections. If necessary, clean the ATFcooler lines.Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and thetransmission control shaft.Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque converterhousing may cause ATF pump seizure. The symptoms aremostly an rpm-related ticking noise or a high pitchedsqueak.Check the ATF strainer for debris. If the ATF strainer isclogged with particles of steel or aluminum, inspect the ATFpump. If the ATF pump is OK, find the damagedcomponents that caused the debris. If no cause forcontamination is found, replace the torque converter.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:32:32 62SWA00A_140_0021


14-20



••

•

•

•

•

•

•

Poor acceleration;flares whenstarting off in Dand R; stall speedhigh when startingoff in 2

2nd clutch defective Check the 2nd clutch pressure.Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston checkvalve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer andretainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect theclutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance. If theclearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutchdiscs and plates for wear and damage. If thediscs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set.Inspect the clutch waved-plate height. If theheight is out of tolerance, replace the waved-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust theclearance with the clutch end plate.

Poor acceleration;flares whenstarting off in Dand R; stall speedhigh in R

1.

2.

Shift cable broken or out ofadjustment4th clutch defective

Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever andthe transmission control shaft.Check the 4th clutch pressure in the D and Rpositions.Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston checkvalve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer forwear and damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance. If the clearance is out oftolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates forwear and damage. If the discs are worn ordamaged, replace them as a set. Inspect theclutch waved-plate height. If the height is out oftolerance, replace the waved-plate. If the discsand plates are OK, adjust the clearance with theclutch end plate.

Poor acceleration;stall speed low in 2and 1, and in D in1st and 2nd

1.2.

3.4.

5.

Shift solenoid valve E defectiveTorque converter one-way clutchdefectiveEngine output lowTorque converter clutch pistondefectiveLock-up shift valve defective

Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors.Inspect the shift solenoid valve E for seizure, andO-ring for wear and damage.Replace the torque converter.

Poor acceleration;stall speed low in R

1.2.

3.

Engine output lowTorque converter clutch pistondefectiveLock-up shift valve defective

Replace the torque converter.

06/09/15 17:32:32 62SWA00A_140_0022


14-21

•

•

•

•

••••

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Engine idlevibration

1.

2.3.4.

5.6.

7.8.

Misadjusted engine andtransmission mountsLow ATF levelShift solenoid valve E defectiveDrive plate defective ortransmission misassembledEngine output lowTorque converter clutch pistondefectiveATF pump worn or bindingLock-up shift valve defective

Check the ATF level, and check the ATF coolerlines for leakage and loose connections. Ifnecessary, clean the ATF cooler lines.Improper alignment of ATF pump and torqueconverter housing may cause ATF pump seizure.The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related tickingnoise or a high pitched squeak.Inspect the ATF strainer for clogging withparticles of steel or aluminum. If the ATF straineris clogged, replace it, and clean the torqueconverter, cooler, and lines.Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors. Inspect the shift solenoid valve E forseizure, and O-rings for wear and damage.Check for a misinstalled/damaged drive plate.Adjust the engine and transmission mounts.Replace the torque converter.

Vehicle moves in N 1.2.

3.4.5.6.7.8.9.

10.

11.

Excessive ATFForeign material in separatorplate orificeRelief valve defective1st clutch defective2nd clutch defective3rd clutch defective4th clutch defective5th clutch defectiveClutch end plate-to-top discclearance incorrectNeedle bearing seized up, worn,or damagedThrust washer seized up, worn,or damaged

Check the ATF level, and drain the ATF if it isover-filled.Check the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th clutchpressures.Check the ATF strainer for debris. If the ATFstrainer is clogged with particles of steel oraluminum, inspect the ATF pump. If the ATFpump is OK, find the damaged components thatcaused the debris. If no cause for contaminationis found, replace the torque converter.Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston checkvalve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer andretainer seal (1st, 2nd, and 3rd) for wear anddamage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top discclearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance,inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear anddamage. If the discs are worn or damaged,replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch waved-plate height. If the height is out of tolerance,replace the waved-plate. If the discs and platesare OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch endplate.Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. If the 1st clutchfeed pipe is scored, replace the end cover.Inspect the 3rd clutch feed pipe. If the 3rd clutchfeed pipe is scored, replace it and O-ring underthe feed pipe guide.Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the1st or 3rd clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.Inspect the 5th clutch feed pipe. If the 5th clutchfeed pipe is scored, replace it and the O-ringunder the feed pipe guide.Replace the mainshaft if the bushing for the 5thclutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:32:32 62SWA00A_140_0023


14-22



•

•

•

•

••

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

••

Late shift aftershifting from N toD, or excessiveshock when shiftedinto D

1.2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.12.13.14.15.

Shift solenoid valve E defectiveA/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve A defectiveA/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve B defectiveA/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve C defectiveShift cable broken or out ofadjustmentConnection between the shiftcable and transmission or bodyis wornInput shaft (mainshaft) speedsensor defectiveOutput shaft (countershaft)speed sensor defectiveATF temperature sensordefectiveForeign material in separatorplate orificeServo control valve defective1st accumulator defective1st check ball stuckLock-up shift valve defective1st clutch defective

Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors.Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket andO-rings for wear and damage, and inspect thesolenoid valves for seizure.Check the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensorand output shaft (countershaft) speed sensorinstallation.Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever andthe transmission control shaft.Check the 1st clutch pressure.Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston checkvalve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer andretainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect theclutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance. If theclearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutchdiscs and plates for wear and damage. If thediscs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set.Inspect the clutch waved-plate height. If theheight is out of tolerance, replace the waved-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust theclearance with the clutch end plate.Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. If the 1st clutchfeed pipe is scored, replace the end cover.Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the1st clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.

Late shift aftershifting from N toR, or excessiveshock when shiftedinto R

1.2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.9.

10.11.

12.13.

Shift solenoid valve E defectiveA/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve A defectiveShift cable broken or out ofadjustmentConnection between the shiftcable and transmission or bodyis wornInput shaft (mainshaft) speedsensor defectiveOutput shaft (countershaft)speed sensor defectiveATF temperature sensordefectiveShift fork shaft stuckForeign material in separatorplate orificeShift valve E defective4th/reverse accumulatordefectiveLock-up shift valve defective4th clutch defective

Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors.Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket andO-rings for wear and damage, and inspect thesolenoid valves for seizure.Check the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensorand output shaft (countershaft) speed sensorinstallation.Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever andthe transmission control shaft.Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston checkvalve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer forwear and damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance. If the clearance is out oftolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates forwear and damage. If the discs are worn ordamaged, replace them as a set. Inspect theclutch waved-plate height. If the height is out oftolerance, replace the waved-plate. If the discsand plates are OK, adjust the clearance with theclutch end plate.Check for a missing shift fork bolt on the shiftfork shaft.Check the 4th clutch pressure.Inspect the servo valve and O-ring.

06/09/15 17:32:32 62SWA00A_140_0024


14-23

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

••

•

•

The transmissiondoes not shift

1.

2.

Input shaft (mainshaft) speedsensor defectiveOutput shaft (countershaft)speed sensor defective

Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors.Check the input shaft (mainshaft) and outputshaft (countershaft) speed sensor installation.

Excessive shock orflares on allupshifts anddownshifts

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

A/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve B defectiveA/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve C defectiveInput shaft (mainshaft) speedsensor defectiveOutput shaft (countershaft)speed sensor defectiveATF temperature sensordefectiveForeign material in separatorplate orifice

Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors.Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket andO-rings for wear and damage, and inspect thesolenoid valves for seizure.Check the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensorand output shaft (countershaft) speed sensorinstallation.

Excessive shock orflares on 1-2upshift or 2-1downshift

1.2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.8.9.10.11.12.13.

Shift solenoid valve E defectiveA/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve A defectiveA/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve B defectiveA/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve C defective2nd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch defectiveForeign material in separatorplate orifice1st accumulator defective2nd accumulator defective1st check ball stuck2nd check ball stuckLock-up shift valve defective1st clutch defective2nd clutch defective

Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors.Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket andO-rings for wear and damage, and inspect thesolenoid valves for seizure.Check the 1st and 2nd clutch pressures.Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston checkvalve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer andretainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect theclutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance. If theclearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutchdiscs and plates for wear and damage. If thediscs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set.Inspect the clutch waved-plate height. If theheight is out of tolerance, replace the waved-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust theclearance with the clutch end plate.Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. If the 1st clutchfeed pipe is scored, replace the end cover.Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the1st clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:32:33 62SWA00A_140_0025


14-24



•

•

••

•

•

•

•

••

•

•


1.

2.

3.

4.

5.6.7.8.9.

A/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve B defectiveA/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve C defective3rd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch defectiveForeign material in separatorplate orifice2nd accumulator defective3rd accumulator defective2nd check ball stuck2nd clutch defective3rd clutch defective

Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors.Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket andO-rings for wear and damage, and inspect thesolenoid valves for seizure.Check the 2nd and 3rd clutch pressures.Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston checkvalve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer andretainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect theclutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance. If theclearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutchdiscs and plates for wear and damage. If thediscs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set.Inspect the clutch waved-plate height. If theheight is out of tolerance, replace the waved-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust theclearance with the clutch end plate.Inspect the 3rd clutch feed pipe. If the 3rd clutchfeed pipe is scored, replace it and the O-ringunder the feed pipe guide.Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the3rd clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.


1.

2.

3.

4.5.6.7.

A/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve B defectiveA/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve C defectiveForeign material in separatorplate orifice3rd accumulator defective4th accumulator defective3rd clutch defective4th clutch defective

Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors.Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket andO-rings for wear and damage, and inspect thesolenoid valves for seizure.Check the 3rd and 4th clutch pressures.Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston checkvalve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer andretainer seal (3rd) for wear and damage. Inspectthe clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance. If theclearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutchdiscs and plates for wear and damage. If thediscs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set.Inspect the clutch waved-plate height. If theheight is out of tolerance, replace the waved-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust theclearance with the clutch end plate.Inspect the 3rd clutch feed pipe. If the 3rd clutchfeed pipe is scored, replace it and the O-ringunder the feed pipe guide.Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the3rd clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.

06/09/15 17:32:33 62SWA00A_140_0026


14-25

•

•

••

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

••


1.

2.

3.

4.5.6.7.

A/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve B defectiveA/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve C defectiveForeign material in separatorplate orifice4th accumulator defective5th accumulator defective4th clutch defective5th clutch defective

Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors.Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket andO-rings for wear and damage, and inspect thesolenoid valves for seizure.Check the 4th and 5th clutch pressures.Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston checkvalve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer forwear and damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance. If the clearance is out oftolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates forwear and damage. If the discs are worn ordamaged, replace them as a set. Inspect theclutch waved-plate height. If the height is out oftolerance, replace the waved-plate. If the discsand plates are OK, adjust the clearance with theclutch end plate.Inspect the 5th clutch feed pipe. If the 5th clutchfeed pipe is scored, replace it and the O-ringunder the feed pipe guide.Replace the mainshaft if the bushing for the 5thclutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.

Noise fromtransmission in allshift leverpositions

1.2.

ATF pump worn or bindingMainshaft bearing, countershaftbearing, or secondary shaftbearing defective

Improper alignment of ATF pump and torqueconverter housing may cause ATF pump seizure.The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related tickingnoise or a high pitched squeak.Be careful not to damage the torque converterhousing when replacing the main ball bearing.You may also damage the ATF pump when youtorque down the main valve body. This will resultin ATF pump seizure if not detected. Use theproper tools.Install the main seal flush with the torqueconverter housing. If you push it into the torqueconverter housing until it bottoms out, it willblock the fluid return passage and result indamage.Inspect the ATF strainer for clogging withparticles of steel or aluminum. If the ATF straineris clogged, replace it, and clean the torqueconverter, cooler, and lines.Inspect the mainshaft, countershaft andsecondary shaft for wear or damage.

Vehicle does notaccelerate above50 km/h (31 mph)

Torque converter one-way clutchdefective

Replace the torque converter.

Vibration in allshift leverpositions

Drive plate defective or transmissionmisassembled

Check for a misinstalled/damaged drive plate.Adjust the engine and transmission mounts.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:32:33 62SWA00A_140_0027


14-26



•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Shift lever doesnot operatesmoothly

1.

2.

3.

Transmission range switchdefective or out of adjustmentShift cable broken or out ofadjustmentConnection between the shiftcable and transmission or body isworn

Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors.Inspect the transmission range switch foroperation.Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever andthe transmission control shaft.

Transmission doesnot shift into P

1.

2.

3.

Shift cable broken or out ofadjustmentConnection between the shiftcable and transmission or body iswornPark mechanism defective

Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever andthe transmission control shaft.Check the park pawl spring installation and thepark lever spring installation. If installation isincorrect, install the spring correctly. Make surethat the park lever stop is not installed upsidedown. Check the distance between the park pawlshaft and park lever roller pin. If the distance isout of tolerance, adjust the distance with the parklever stop.

Torque converterclutch does notdisengage

1.2.

3.

4.5.

Shift solenoid valve E defectiveA/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve A defectiveTorque converter clutch pistondefectiveLock-up shift valve defectiveLock-up control valve defective

Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors.Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket andO-rings for wear and damage, and inspect thesolenoid valves for seizure.Replace the torque converter.

Torque converterclutch does notoperate smoothly

1.2.

3.

4.

5.6.

Shift solenoid valve E defectiveA/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve A defectiveTorque converter clutch pistondefectiveTorque converter check valvedefectiveLock-up shift valve defectiveLock-up control valve defective

Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors.Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket andO-rings for wear and damage, and inspect thesolenoid valves for seizure.Replace the torque converter.

06/09/15 17:32:33 62SWA00A_140_0028


14-27

•

•

••

•

••

•

••

Torque converterclutch does notengage

1.2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.8.

Shift solenoid valve E defectiveA/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve A defectiveInput shaft (mainshaft) speedsensor defectiveOutput shaft (countershaft) speedsensor defectiveTorque converter clutch pistondefectiveTorque converter check valvedefectiveLock-up shift valve defectiveLock-up control valve defective

Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors.Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket andO-rings for wear and damage, and inspect thesolenoid valves for seizure.Replace the torque converter.Check the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensorand output shaft (countershaft) speed sensorinstallation.

A/T gear positionindicator does notindicate shift leverpositions

1.

2.

3.

Transmission range switchdefective or out of adjustmentShift cable broken or out ofadjustmentConnection between the shiftcable and transmission or body isworn

Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors.Inspect the transmission range switch operation.Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever andthe transmission control shaft.

Speedometer andodometer do notwork

Output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor defective

Check the D indicator, and check for looseconnectors.Inspect the transmission range switch operation.Check the output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor installation.

The engine doesnot rev to high rpm,and thetransmissionupshifts at low rpm

VTEC rocker arms defective Check the engine rocker arms.

06/09/15 17:32:33 62SWA00A_140_0029

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４００００００００ＣＡＡＴ００

General Operation

Torque Converter, Gears, and Clutches

Electronic Control

Hydraulic Control

Shift Control Mechanism

Lock-up Mechanism

14-28


System Description

The automatic transmission is a combination of a 3-element torque converter and triple-shaft electronically controlledunit which provides 5 speeds forward and 1 reverse. The entire unit is positioned in line with the engine.

The torque converter consists of a pump, turbine, and stator assembly in a single unit. The converter housing (pump)is connected to the engine crankshaft and turns as the engine turns. Around the outside of the torque converter is aring gear which meshes with the starter pinion when the engine is being started. The entire torque converter assemblyserves as a flywheel while transmitting power to the transmission mainshaft, the transmission has three parallelshafts; the mainshaft, the countershaft, and the secondary shaft. The mainshaft is in line with the engine crankshaft,and includes the 4th and 5th clutches, and gears for 5th, 4th, reverse, and idler. The mainshaft reverse gear is integralwith the mainshaft 4th gear. The countershaft includes the gears for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, reverse, park, and the finaldrive. The final drive gear is integral with the countershaft. The countershaft 4th gear and the countershaft reversegear can be locked to the countershaft providing 4th or reverse gear, depending on which way the selector is moved.The secondary shaft includes the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd clutches, and gears for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and idler. The idler shaft islocated between the mainshaft and secondary shaft, and the idler gear transmits power between the mainshaft andthe secondary shaft. The gears on the mainshaft and the secondary shaft are in constant mesh with those on thecountershaft. When certain combinations of gears in the transmission are engaged by the clutches, power istransmitted through the mainshaft, then to the secondary shaft to the countershaft or through the mainshaft to thecountershaft to provide drive.

The electronic control system consists of the powertrain control module (PCM), sensors, and solenoid valves. Shiftingand lock-up are electronically controlled for comfortable driving under all conditions. The PCM is located in the enginecompartment.

The valve bodies include the main valve body, the regulator valve body, and the servo body. They are bolted to thetorque converter housing. The main valve body contains the manual valve, the shift valves A, B, C, and E, the reliefvalve, the lock-up control valve, the cooler check valve, the servo control valve, and the ATF pump gears. Theregulator valve body contains the regulator valve, the torque converter check valve, lock-up shift valve, and the 1stand 3rd accumulators. The servo body contains the servo valve, the shift valve D, accumulators for 2nd, 4th, and 5th,and shift solenoid valves for A, B, C, D, and E. Fluid from the regulator passes through the manual valve to the variouscontrol valves. The 1st, 3rd, 5th clutches receive fluid from their respective feed pipes, and the 2nd and the 4thclutches receive fluid from the internal hydraulic circuit.

The PCM controls to shift gears shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E, and the A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalves A, B, and C, while receiving input signals from various sensors and switches located throughout the vehicle.The shift solenoid valves shift the positions of the shift valves to switch the port to send hydraulic pressure to theclutch. The A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C regulate their respective pressure, and pressurizeto the clutches to engage it and its corresponding gear. The pressures of the A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalves also apply to the shift valves to switch the port.

The lock-up mechanism operates in the D position (2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th), and in D position D3 driving mode (2nd and3rd). The pressurized fluid is drained from the back of the torque converter through a fluid passage, causing the torqueconverter clutch piston to be held against the torque converter cover. As this takes place, the mainshaft rotates at thesame speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with the hydraulic control, the PCM optimizes the timing and volumeof the lock-up mechanism. When the shift solenoid valve E is turned on by the PCM, shift solenoid valve E pressureswitches the lock-up shift valve on and off. The A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the lock-up controlvalve control the volume of the lock-up conditions.

06/09/15 17:32:33 62SWA00A_140_0030

Gear Selection

Position Description

Automatic Transmission (A/T) Gear Position Indicator

Transfer Mechanism (4WD)

14-29

The shift lever has six positions; P: PARK, R: REVERSE, N: NEUTRAL, D: DRIVE 1st through 5th gear range, and 1stthrough 3rd gear range with D3 driving mode, 2: 2nd gear, and 1: 1st gear.

P: PARK Front wheels locked; park pawl engaged with park gear on countershaft. Allclutches are released.

R: REVERSE Reverse; reverse selector engaged with countershaft reverse gear and 4thclutch engaged.

N: NEUTRAL All clutches are released.D: DRIVE(1st through 5th)

General driving; starts off in 1st, shifts automatically to 2nd, 3rd, 4th, then 5th,depending on vehicle speed and throttle position. Downshifts through 4th, 3rd,2nd, and 1st on deceleration to stop. The lock-up mechanism operates in 2nd,3rd, 4th, and 5th gears.

D: DRIVEwith D3 driving mode(1st through 3rd)

Used the rapid acceleration at highway speeds and general driving, up-hill anddown-hill driving; starts off in 1st, shifts automatically to 2nd, then 3rd,depending on vehicle speed and throttle position. Downshifts through 2nd to1st on deceleration to stop. The lock-up mechanism operates in 2nd and 3rdgears.

2: SECOND Used for engine braking or better traction starting off on loose or slipperysurfaces; stays in 2nd gear, does not shift up and down.

1: FIRST Used for engine braking; stays in 1st gear, does not shift up.

Starting is possible only in the P and N positions because of a slide-type neutral-safety switch.

The A/T gear position indicator in the instrument panel shows which shift lever position has been selected withouthaving to look down at the shift lever.

The transfer mechanism consists of the transfer drive gear on the differential, the transfer shaft, the transfer drive gear(hypoid gear), the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear), and the companion flange. The transfer mechanism assembly ison the rear of the transmission, beside the differential. The transfer drive gear on the differential drives the transfershaft and transfer drive gear (hypoid gear), and the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) drives the transfer output shaft(hypoid gear). Power is transmitted from the transfer drive gear on the differential to the rear differential via thetransfer shaft and the propeller shaft.

06/09/15 17:32:58 62SWA00A_140_0031

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１３１００４１ＣＡＡＴ００

Clutches and Gears

14-30


System Description (cont’d)

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

MAINSHAFT5TH GEAR

DRIVE PLATE

MAINSHAFT4TH GEAR

TORQUE CONVERTER

RING GEAR

MAINSHAFT

FINAL DRIVE GEAR

COUNTERSHAFT

COUNTERSHAFT 5TH GEAR

COUNTERSHAFT 2ND GEAR

COUNTERSHAFT 1ST GEAR

SECONDARY SHAFT

SECONDARY SHAFT 1ST GEAR

SECONDARY SHAFT 2ND GEAR

2ND CLUTCH

TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR

DIFFERENTIALASSEMBLY

1STCLUTCH

3RDCLUTCH

SECONDARY SHAFT3RD GEAR

COUNTERSHAFT3RD GEAR

SECONDARY SHAFTIDLER GEAR

COUNTERSHAFT REVERSE GEAR

COUNTERSHAFT 4TH GEAR

REVERSE SELECTOR

REVERSE SELECTOR HUB

PARK GEAR

IDLER SHAFTIDLER GEAR

IDLER SHAFT

MAINSHAFTREVERSE GEAR

MAINSHAFTIDLER GEAR

REVERSEIDLER GEAR

TRANSFERDRIVE GEAR(HYPOID GEAR)

TRANSFER OUTPUT SHAFT(HYPOID GEAR)

TRANSFER SHAFTDRIVEN GEAR

TRANSFER SHAFT

FINAL DRIVEN GEAR

TRANSFER ASSEMBLY

The 5-speed automatic transmission uses hydraulically-actuated clutches to engage or disengage the transmissiongears. When hydraulic pressure is introduced into the clutch drum, the clutch piston moves. This presses the frictiondiscs and steel plates together, locking them so they don’t slip. Power is then transmitted through the engaged clutchpack to its hub-mounted gear. Likewise, when the hydraulic pressure is bled from the clutch pack, the piston releasesthe friction discs and the steel plates, and they are free to slide past each other. This allows the gear to spinindependently on its shaft, transmitting no power.

NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission, 2WD does not have the transfer mechanism.

06/09/15 17:32:59 62SWA00A_140_0032

1st Clutch

2nd Clutch

3rd Clutch

4th Clutch

5th Clutch

Gear operation

14-31

The 1st clutch engages/disengages 1st gear, and is located at the middle of the secondary shaft. The 1st clutch isjoined back-to-back to the 3rd clutch. The 1st clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within thesecondary shaft.

The 2nd clutch engages/disengages 2nd gear, and is located at the end of the secondary shaft, opposite the end cover.The 2nd clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.

The 3rd clutch engages/disengages 3rd gear, and is located at the middle of the secondary shaft. The 3rd clutch isjoined back-to-back to the 1st clutch. The 3rd clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within thesecondary shaft.

The 4th clutch engages/disengages 4th gear, as well as reverse gear, and is located at the middle of the mainshaft. The4th clutch is joined back-to-back to the 5th clutch. The 4th clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipewithin the mainshaft.

The 5th clutch engages/disengages 5th gear, and is located at the middle of the mainshaft. The 5th clutch is joinedback-to-back to the 4th clutch. The 5th clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the mainshaft.

Gears on the mainshaft:• 4th gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 4th clutch.• 5th gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 5th clutch.• Reverse gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 4th clutch.• Idler gear is splined with the mainshaft, and rotates with the mainshaft.

Gears on the countershaft:• Final drive gear is integral with the countershaft.• 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 5th, and park gears are splined with the countershaft, and rotate with the countershaft.• 4th gear and reverse gear rotate freely from the countershaft. The reverse selector engages 4th gear and reverse

gear with the reverse selector hub. The reverse selector hub is splined to the countershaft so that the 4th gear andreverse gear engage with the countershaft.

Gears on the secondary shaft:• 1st gear engages/disengages with the secondary shaft by the 1st clutch.• 2nd gear engages/disengages with the secondary shaft by the 2nd clutch.• 3rd gear engages/disengages with the secondary shaft by the 3rd clutch.• Idler gear is splined with the secondary shaft, and rotates with the secondary shaft.

The idler gear on the idler shaft transmits power between the mainshaft and the secondary shaft.The reverse idler gear transmits power from the mainshaft reverse gear to the countershaft reverse gear, and changesrotational direction of the countershaft to reverse.

06/09/15 17:32:59 62SWA00A_140_0033

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１２０００００ＣＡＡＴ００

Power Flow

P Position

N Position

14-32



COUNTERSHAFT

TORQUE CONVERTER

MAINSHAFTIDLER GEAR

REVERSESELECTOR


TRANSFER (4WD)

IDLER SHAFT


PARK GEAR REVERSESELECTORHUB

COUNTERSHAFT4TH GEAR

COUNTERSHAFTREVERSE GEAR

Hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutch. Power is not transmitted to the countershaft. The countershaft is lockedby the park pawl, interlocking the park gear.

Engine power transmitted from the torque converter drives the mainshaft idler gear, the idler shaft idler gear, and thesecondary shaft idler gear, but hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches. Power is not transmitted to thecountershaft. In this position, the position of the reverse selector differs according to whether the shift lever shiftedfrom the D or R position:• When shifted from the D position, the reverse selector engages with the countershaft 4th gear and the reverse

selector hub, and the 4th gear engages with the countershaft.• When shifted from the R position, the reverse selector engages with the countershaft reverse gear and the reverse

selector hub, and the reverse gear engages with the countershaft.

NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; 2WD does not have the transfer mechanism.

06/09/15 17:32:59 62SWA00A_140_0034

＊０２

1st Gear

14-33

COUNTERSHAFT

TORQUE CONVERTER

MAINSHAFTIDLER GEAR

COUNTERSHAFT1ST GEAR


TRANSFER (4WD)

IDLER SHAFT


SECONDARY SHAFT1ST GEAR

FINAL DRIVEN GEAR

TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR

MAINSHAFT

FINAL DRIVE GEAR

SECONDARY SHAFT


TRANSFEROUTPUT SHAFT(HYPOID GEAR)

1ST CLUTCH

• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, then the 1st clutch engages the secondary shaft 1st gear with thesecondary shaft.

• The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler shaft idler gear and the secondary shaft idler gear.• The secondary shaft 1st gear drives the countershaft 1st gear and the countershaft.• Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear, and the transfer drive gear

(4WD).• 4WD: The transfer drive gear drives the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) and the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear).


(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:00 62SWA00A_140_0035

＊０３

Power Flow (cont’d)

2nd Gear

14-34



MAINSHAFTIDLER GEAR

COUNTERSHAFT2ND GEAR


IDLER SHAFT


SECONDARY SHAFT2ND GEAR

SECONDARY SHAFT

2ND CLUTCH

COUNTERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVE GEAR

MAINSHAFT

TORQUE CONVERTER



TRANSFER (4WD)

FAINAL DRIVEN GEAR

TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR

• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 2nd clutch, then the 2nd clutch engages the secondary shaft 2nd gear with thesecondary shaft.

• The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler shaft idler gear and the secondary shaft idler gear.• The secondary shaft 2nd gear drives the countershaft 2nd gear and the countershaft.• Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear, and the transfer drive gear



06/09/15 17:33:00 62SWA00A_140_0036

＊０４

3rd Gear

14-35

COUNTERSHAFT

TORQUE CONVERTER

MAINSHAFTIDLER GEAR

COUNTERSHAFT3RD GEAR


TRANSFER (4WD)

IDLER SHAFT


SECONDARY SHAFT3RD GEAR

FINAL DRIVEN GEAR

TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR

MAINSHAFT

FINAL DRIVE GEAR

SECONDARY SHAFT



3RD CLUTCH

• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 3rd clutch, then the 3rd clutch engages the secondary shaft 3rd gear with thesecondary shaft.

• The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler shaft idler gear and secondary shaft idler gear.• The secondary shaft 3rd gear drives the countershaft 3rd gear and the countershaft.• Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear, and the transfer drive gear



(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:01 62SWA00A_140_0037

＊０５


4th Gear

14-36



COUNTERSHAFT

TORQUE CONVERTER


TRANSFER (4WD)

MAINSHAFT4TH GEAR

FINAL DRIVEN GEAR

TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR

MAINSHAFT

FINAL DRIVE GEAR

SECONDARY SHAFT



4TH CLUTCH

REVERSE SELECTOR

REVERSESELECTORHUB

• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft 4th gear andreverse selector hub while the shift lever is in forward range (D, 2, and 1 positions).

• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 4th clutch, then the 4th clutch engages the mainshaft 4th gear with themainshaft.

• The mainshaft 4th gear drives the countershaft 4th gear and the countershaft.• Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear, and the transfer drive gear



06/09/15 17:33:01 62SWA00A_140_0038

＊０６

5th Gear

14-37

COUNTERSHAFT

TORQUE CONVERTER

MAINSHAFT5TH GEAR

TRANSFER (4WD)


FINAL DRIVEN GEAR

TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR

MAINSHAFT

FINAL DRIVE GEAR

SECONDARY SHAFT



5TH CLUTCH

• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 5th clutch, then the 5th clutch engages the mainshaft 5th gear with themainshaft.

• The mainshaft 5th gear drives the countershaft 5th gear and the countershaft.• Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear, and the transfer drive gear



(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:01 62SWA00A_140_0039

＊０７


R Position

14-38



COUNTERSHAFT

TORQUE CONVERTER

REVERSEIDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFTREVERSE GEAR

TRANSFER (4WD)


FINAL DRIVEN GEAR

TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR

MAINSHAFT

FINAL DRIVE GEAR

SECONDARY SHAFT



REVERSE SELECTOR

4TH CLUTCH

REVERSESELECTORHUB

• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft reverse gearand reverse selector hub while the shift lever is in the R position.

• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 4th clutch, then the 4th clutch engages the mainshaft reverse gear with themainshaft.

• The mainshaft reverse gear drives the countershaft reverse gear via the reverse idler gear.• The rotation direction of the countershaft reverse gear is changed by the reverse idler gear.• The countershaft reverse gear drives the countershaft via the reverse selector, which drives the reverse selector hub.• Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear, and the transfer drive gear



06/09/15 17:33:02 62SWA00A_140_0040

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０６０００００ＣＡＡＴ００

Electronic Control System

Functional Diagram

14-39

TransmissionRangeSwitch Signal

PCM

Brake Pedal PositionSwitch Signal

Engine RPM Signal

Input Shaft (Mainshaft)Speed Sensor Signal

ATF TemperatureSensor Signal Shift Solenoid Valve A

Service Check Signal

Engine CoolantTemperature Sensor Signal

Barometric PressureSensor Signal

Manifold AbsolutePressure Sensor Signal

D3 Switch Signal

PGM-FI ControlSystem

A/T Control System

Self-diagnosis/Fail-safe FunctionCommunication andOutput Function

Clutch PressureControl

Lock-up Control

Shift Lock Control

A/T Clutch PressureControl Solenoid Valve A

Automatic5-speed andReverse

Lock-upON/OFF

Lock-upConditions

Shift Solenoid Valve B

Shift Solenoid Valve C

Shift Solenoid Valve D

Shift Solenoid Valve E

A/T Clutch PressureControl Solenoid Valve B

A/T Clutch PressureControl Solenoid Valve C

F-CAN Line Gauge ControlModule A/T GearPosition IndicatorD3 Indicator

3rd Clutch Transmission FluidPressure Switch Signal

2ND Clutch Transmission FluidPressure Switch Signal

Output Shaft (Countershaft)Speed Sensor Signal

Accelerator PedalPosition Sensor Signal (ETCS)

Vehicle Speed SignalData Link Connector

Shift Lock Solenoid

Shift Control

Grade Logic Control• Ascending

Control• Descending

Control

The electronic control system consists of the powertrain control module (PCM), sensors, and solenoid valves.Shifting and lock-up are electronically controlled for comfortable driving under all conditions.

The PCM receives input signals from the sensors, switches, and other control units, processes data, and outputssignals for the engine control system and A/T control system. The A/T control system includes shift control, gradelogic control, clutch pressure control, and lock-up control.The PCM actuates the shift solenoid valves and the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves to control shiftingtransmission gears and torque converter.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:02 62SWA00A_140_0041

＊０２

＊０３

Electronic Control System (cont’d)

Electronic Control System Component Locations - LHD model

14-40



D3 SWITCH

SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

PARK PIN SWITCH

DATA LINKCONNECTOR (DLC)

2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSIONFLUID PRESSURE SWITCH

OUTPUT SHAFT(COUNTERSHAFT)SPEED SENSOR

A/T CLUTCH PRESSURECONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A

POWERTRAINCONTROL MODULE(PCM)

INPUT SHAFT(MAINSHAFT)SPEED SENSOR

TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH

3RD CLUTCHTRANSMISSIONFLUID PRESSURESWITCH

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVE C

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVE B

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVE A

SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE E

ATF TEMPERATURESENSOR

SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE D

A/T CLUTCH PRESSURECONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B

A/T CLUTCH PRESSURECONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C

06/09/15 17:33:03 62SWA00A_140_0042

＊０４

＊０５

Electronic Control System Component Locations - RHD model

14-41

D3 SWITCH

SHIFT LOCK SOLENOIDPARK PIN SWITCH





POWERTRAINCONTROL MODULE(PCM)




SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVE C

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVE B

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVE ASHIFT SOLENOID

VALVE E





(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:03 62SWA00A_140_0043


Shift Control

Position Gear position Shift solenoid valves

A B C D E

14-42



The PCM instantly determines which gear should be selected by various signals sent from sensors and switches, andit actuates the shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E to control shifting transmission gears.

Shift solenoid valves are a normally closed type. Shift solenoid valve opens the port of shift solenoid valve pressureleading to shift valves while shift solenoid valve is turned ON by the PCM, and closes the port when shift solenoidvalve is OFF. The combination of driving signals to shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are shown in the table.

D Shifting from N position OFF ON ON OFF OFFStays in 1st ON ON ON OFF OFFShifting gears between 1st and 2nd OFF ON ON OFF OFFStays in 2nd OFF ON OFF ON OFF or ONShifting gears between 2nd and 3rd OFF ON ON ON OFF or ONStays in 3rd OFF OFF ON OFF OFF or ONShifting gears between 3rd and 4th OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF or ONStays in 4th ON OFF OFF OFF OFF or ONShifting gears between 4th and 5th ON OFF OFF ON OFF or ONStays in 5th ON OFF ON ON OFF or ON

2 2nd gear OFF ON OFF ON OFF1 1st gear ON ON ON OFF OFFR Shifting from P and N position OFF ON OFF OFF ON

Stays in reverse ON ON OFF OFF ONReverse inhibit OFF OFF ON OFF OFF

P Park OFF ON OFF OFF ONN Neutral OFF ON ON OFF OFF

06/09/15 17:33:04 62SWA00A_140_0044

＊０６

Shift Control - Grade Logic Control

14-43

Transmission RangeSwitch Signal

PCM

Brake Pedal PositionSwitch Signal

Engine RPMControl

Engine RPM Signal

Output Shaft(Countershaft)Speed Sensor Signal

Input Shaft(Mainshaft)Speed Sensor Signal

Engine CoolantTemperatureSensor Signal

Shift PositionControl

Fail-safe Control

Actual DrivingShift Position

Read of ATFTemperature

Master Target ofShifting Position

Correction of DataSelection ofShifting Mode

Grade Logic Control

Calculation ofGradient

Correction of EngineCoolant TemperatureSensor Signal Data

Shift SolenoidValve A

ATF TemperatureSensor Signal

Comparisonwith Signals

Accelerator PedalPosition Sensor SignalThrottle PositionSensor Signal

Barometric PressureSensor Signal

Shift SolenoidValve B

Shift SolenoidValve C

Shift SolenoidValve D

Shift SolenoidValve E

The grade logic control system has been adopted to control shifting in the D position. The PCM compares actualdriving conditions with programmed driving conditions, based on signals from the accelerator pedal position sensor,the throttle position sensor, the engine coolant temperature sensor, the barometric pressure sensor, the brake pedalposition switch signal, and the shift lever position signal, to control shifting while the vehicle is ascending ordescending a slope.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:04 62SWA00A_140_0045

＊０７

＊０８


Grade Logic Control: Ascending Control

Grade Logic Control: Descending Control

14-44



100 %

50

0

Vehicle speed

ASCENDING MODE: Upshift Schedule

: FLAT ROAD MODE

: GRADUAL ASCENDING MODE

: MEDIUM ASCENDING MODE

: STEEP ASCENDING MODE

: HEAVY STEEP ASCENDING MODETh

rott

leo

pe

nin

g

50

0

DESCENDING MODE: Downshift Schedule

: FLAT ROAD MODE

: GRADUAL DESCENDING MODE

: MEDIUM DESCENDING MODE

: STEEP DESCENDING MODE

Vehicle speed

100 %

Th

rott

leo

pe

nin

g

3RD 4TH

4TH

2ND1ST

5TH

3RD2ND

3RD 4TH2ND1ST 5TH2ND 3RD 4TH

When the PCM determines that the vehicle is climbing a hill in the D position, the grade logic system extends theengagement area of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears to prevent the transmission from frequently shifting between 2nd and 3rdgears, between 3rd and 4th gears, and between 4th and 5th gears, so the vehicle can run smooth and have morepower when needed.

Shift programs stored in the PCM between 2nd and 3rd gears, between 3rd and 4th gears, and between 4th and 5thgears, enable it to automatically select the most suitable gear according to the magnitude of a gradient.

When the PCM determines that the vehicle is going down a hill in the D position, the shift-up speed from 4th to 5thgear, from 3rd to 4th gear, and from 2nd to 3rd gear (when the throttle is closed) becomes faster than the set speedfor flat road driving to widen the 4th gear, 3rd gear, and 2nd gear driving area. This, in combination with enginebraking from the deceleration lock-up, achieves smooth driving when the vehicle is descending. There are threedescending modes with different 4th gear driving areas, 3rd gear driving areas, and 2nd gear driving areas accordingto the magnitude of a gradient stored in the PCM. When the vehicle is in 5th gear or 4th gear, and you are deceleratingwhen you are applying the brakes on a steep hill, the transmission will downshift to lower gear. When you accelerate,the transmission will then return to a higher gear.

06/09/15 17:33:04 62SWA00A_140_0046

＊０９

＊１０

Shift Control - D Position D3 Driving Mode Control

14-45

D3 SWITCH

SHIFT LEVER KNOB

D INDICATOR D3 INDICATOR

This automatic transmission is provided with the D3 driving mode in the D position. The D position has two modes;general driving mode (shifts gears automatically 1st through 5th), and the D3 driving mode (shifts gears automatically1st through 3rd). The transmission switches the mode by pushing the D3 switch on the shift lever knob in the Dposition.

In the D3 driving mode, the D3 indicator next to the D indicator in the gauge assembly comes on. The D3 driving modeis cancelled by pushing the D3 switch, and the D3 indicator goes off. Also, the D3 driving mode is cancelled when theignition switch is turned off. When the shift lever is moved out of the D position in the D3 driving mode, the D3indicator goes off, but the transmission returns into D3 driving mode when returning the shift lever into the D position,and the D3 indicator comes on.

(cont’d)

NOTE: The illustration shows the LHD model; RHD is symmetrical.

06/09/15 17:33:04 62SWA00A_140_0047

＊１１


Clutch Pressure Control

14-46



PCM

Engine RPM Signal





ActualDriving ShiftPosition

Correction of Data

Correction of EngineCoolant TemperatureSensor Data

Manifold AbsolutePressure Sensor Signal

3rd ClutchTransmission FluidPressure Switch Signal

2nd ClutchTransmission FluidPressure Switch Signal

Correction of ATFTemperature SensorSignal Data

Correction ofHydraulic PressureApplying Timing

Correction of EngineTorque Signal Data

Master Target ofControlling Current

Decision ofShifting Mode

Ignition TimingRequirement

PGM-FIControlSystem

CurrentFeedback

A/T Clutch PressureControl SolenoidValves A, B, and C


PGM-FIControlSystem

Baro

metr

icP

ressu

re

Se

nso

rS

ign

al

The PCM actuates A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C to control the clutch pressure. When shiftingbetween gears, the clutch pressure regulated by A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C engages anddisengages the clutch smoothly.The PCM receives input signals from the various sensors and switches, processes data, and outputs current to A/Tclutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C.

06/09/15 17:33:05 62SWA00A_140_0048

＊１２

Lock-up Control

14-47

PCM

Engine RPM Signal


BarometricPressureSensorSignal




ActualDrivingShiftPosition

Transmission RangeSwitch Signal

Correctionof ATFTemperatureSensor Data

Shifting PositionControl

Current Feedback


DrivingShiftPositionInformation

•

•

Engine CoolantTemperature Control

Lock-up Control

Lock-up ON/OFFControl

A/T Clutch PressureControl SolenoidValve A

Gradient Controlby Magnitude

Fail-safe Control

Lock-up ConditionControl

Master Target ofControlling Current

Shift SolenoidValve E

The shift solenoid valve E controls the hydraulic pressure to switch the lock-up shift valve and lock-up ON and OFF.The PCM actuates the shift solenoid valve E and the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to start lock-up. TheA/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A applies and regulates hydraulic pressure to the lock-up control valve tocontrol the volume of the lock-up.The lock-up mechanism operates in the D position (2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th), and in the D position D3 driving mode (2ndand 3rd).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:05 62SWA00A_140_0049

＊１３

－

＋

－


PCM A/T Control System Electrical Connections

14-48



(41)(37)(39)(38)(37)(39)

28

17 18

24

44

15

29

21

40 41

27

16

43 44

12

31

37

25

35

9

33

19

4

2926

2

27

20

10

8

17 18

36 39 40 42

30 32

1613 14 1511

7 8 9654321

31

36 42

29 34

2420 21

14

654

31

23 23

1 3 987

11 12 151413 17 1816

222120 25

32 353433302827

42 43 444136

R20A1 and R20A2 engine models

SVSB38

SVSB37

SVMB39

POIL CSC22

IMT VALVE

EOP SENSOR

B24SH E

SH D

OP3SW

OP2SWB8

B9

ATP RVSB22

D3

CAN Controller

C (44P)B (44P)A (44P)

C11MAP

EGRP

B2

B29

EGR

D3 SWITCH

A41D3 SW

B15ATP 1

C13

B18

VCC1

NCC43

SG1C14

1

CAN HA36

CAN LA37

Terminal side of female terminals

PCM Harness Connector Terminal Locations

C44

C40

B1

B36

12

B33SG2

B17NM

VCC2

ATFTB27

B11SH B

SH AB10

B20SH C

B26

LS CB25

B35LS B

PG1

B28ATP FWD

N

BAT

D

PG2

ATP PB13

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

ATP 22

R

LG1

ATP RB14

SCS

IGNITION SWITCH

LG2

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE

ATP D

B12

P

R

P

N

D B21

ATP N

B16

BK SWA40

BRAKE LIGHTS

A31

A27SLS

PCMC36

IG1B44

LS A

BATTERY

IG1

BRAKE PEDALPOSITION SWITCH

SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID





SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE A

SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE B

SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE C

ATFTEMPERATURESENSOR



3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSIONFLUID PRESSURE SWITCH


F CANTransceiver

EGR VALVEPOSITIONSENSOR

MANIFOLDABSOLUTEPRESSURESENSOR

A/T Gear Position IndicatorDriver Circuit

A/T Gear Position IndicatorDimming Circuit


DimmingCircuit


(22) (23)(22)

(10)

(26)

06/09/15 17:33:06 62SWA00A_140_0050

＊１４PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs - K24Z1 Engine Model

PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)Wire color Terminal name Description Signal

PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)Wire color Terminal name Description Signal

Terminalnumber

Terminalnumber

14-49

A (44P)


B (44P) C (44P)

••

A27 RED SLS (SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID)

Drives shift lock solenoid With ignition switch ON (II), in the P position, brakepedal pressed, and accelerator released: Batteryvoltage

A31 BRN SCS (SERVICE CHECKSIGNAL)

Detects service check signal With service check signal shorted with the HDS:About 0 VWith service check signal opened: About 5.0 V

A36 WHT CAN H (CANCOMMUNICATION SIGNALHIGH)

Sends communicationsignal

With ignition switch ON (II): About 2.5 V (pulses)

A37 RED CAN L (CANCOMMUNICATION SIGNALLOW)



A40 LT GRN BK SW (BRAKE PEDALPOSITION SWITCH)

Detects brake pedalposition switch signal

With brake pedal released: About 0 VWith brake pedal pressed: Battery voltage

A41 BLU D3 SW (D3 SWITCH) Detects D3 switch signal With ignition switch ON (II):With D3 switch ON: About 0 VWith D3 switch OFF: Battery voltage

••

••

B1 BLK PG2 (POWER GROUND) Ground circuit for PCMcircuit

Less than 1.0 V at all times

B2 BLU/RED EGR (EXHAUST GASRECIRCULATION (EGR)VALVE)

Drives EGR valve With EGR operating: Duty controlledWith EGR not operating: About 0 V

B8 BLU/RED OP2SW (2ND CLUTCHTRANSMISSION FLUIDPRESSURE SWITCH)

Detects 2nd clutchtransmission fluid pressureswitch signal

With ignition switch ON (II):Without 2nd clutch pressure: About 5.0 VWith 2nd clutch pressure: About 0 V

B9 BLU/WHT OP3SW (3RD CLUTCHTRANSMISSION FLUIDPRESSURE SWITCH)

Detects 3rd clutchtransmission fluid pressureswitch signal

With ignition switch ON (II):Without 3rd clutch pressure: About 5.0 VWith 3rd clutch pressure: About 0 V

B10 BLU/BLK SH A (SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE A)

Drives shift solenoidvalve A

In the R position, and in 1st, 4th, and 5th gears in theD position: Battery voltageIn the P and N positions, and in 2nd and 3rd gears inthe D position: About 0 V

(cont’d)


06/09/15 17:33:06 62SWA00A_140_0051

＊１５


PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs - K24Z1 Engine Model (cont’d)

PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)Wire color Terminal name Description SignalTerminal

number

14-50



A (44P)


B (44P) C (44P)

B11 GRN/WHT SH B (SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE B)

Drives shift solenoidvalve B

In the P, R, and N positions, and in 1st and 2ndgears in the D position: Battery voltageIn 3rd, 4th, and 5th gears in the D position: About0 V

B12 RED/BLK ATP N (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH NPOSITION)

Detects transmission rangeswitch N position signal

In the N position: About 0 VIn any position other than N: About 5.0 V

B13 BLU/BLK ATP P (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH PPOSITION)

Detects transmission rangeswitch P position signal

In the P position: About 0 VIn any position other than P: Battery voltage

B14 WHT ATP R (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH RPOSITION)

Detects transmission rangeswitch R position signal

In the R position: About 0 VIn any position other than R: Battery voltage

B15 RED ATP 1 (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH 1)

Detects transmission rangeswitch 1 signal input

In the 1 position: About 0 VIn any position other than 1: Battery voltage

B16 GRN/RED ATP 2 (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH 2)



B17 WHT/RED NM (INPUT SHAFT(MAINSHAFT) SPEEDSENSOR)

Detects input shaft(mainshaft) speed sensorsignal

With ignition switch ON (II): About 0 V or about5.0 VWith engine running in N position: About 2.5 V

B18 YEL/BLU VCC2 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage With ignition switch ON (II): About 5.0 VWith ignition switch OFF: About 0 V

B20 GRN SH C (SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE C)

Drives shift solenoidvalve C

In the N position, and in 1st, 3rd, and 5th gears inthe D position: Battery voltageIn the P and R positions, and in 2nd and 4th gears inthe D position: About 0 V

B21 YEL/GRN ATP D (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH DPOSITION)

Detects transmission rangeswitch D position signalinput

In the D position: About 0 VIn any position other than D: Battery voltage

B22 RED/WHT ATP RVS (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH RPOSITION)


In R position: About 0 VIn any position other than R: Battery voltage

B24 YEL SH E (SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE E)

Drives shift solenoid valve E In the P and R positions: Battery voltageIn the N position, and in 1st gear in the D position:About 0 V


06/09/15 17:33:06 62SWA00A_140_0052

－

－


PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)Wire color Terminal name Description Signal

Terminalnumber

Terminalnumber

14-51

B25 BLU/YEL LS C (A/T CLUTCHPRESSURE CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE C)

Drives A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve C

With ignition switch ON (II): Pulses

B26 GRN/RED SH D (SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE D)

Drives shift solenoidvalve D

In 2nd and 5th gears in the D position: BatteryvoltageIn the P, R, and N positions, and in 1st, 3rd, and 4thgears in the D position: About 0 V

B27 RED/YEL ATFT (ATF TEMPERATURESENSOR)

Detects ATF temperaturesensor signal

With ignition switch ON (II): About 0.2 4.0 Vdepending on ATF temperatureWith ignition switch OFF: About 0 V

B28 BLU/YEL ATP FWD (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH D, 2,AND 1)

Detects transmission rangeswitch D, 2, and 1 signalinput

In the D, 2, and 1 positions: About 0 VIn any position other than D, 2, and 1: Batteryvoltage

B29 WHT/BLK EGRP (EXHAUST GASRECIRCULATION (EGR)VALVE POSITION SENSOR)

Detects EGR valve positionsensor signal

With engine running: 1.2 3.0 V depending on EGRvalve lift

B33 GRN/BLK SG2 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all timesB35 BRN LS B (A/T CLUTCH

PRESSURE CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE B)

Drives A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve B




B44 RED/BLK LS A (A/T CLUTCHPRESSURE CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE A)

Drives A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve A


C11 GRN/RED MAP (MANIFOLDABSOLUTE PRESSURE(MAP) SENSOR)

Detects MAP sensor signal With ignition switch ON (II): About 3.0 VAt idle: About 1.0 V depending on engine speed

C13 YEL/RED VCC1 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage With ignition switch ON (II): About 5.0 VWith ignition switch OFF: About 0 V

C14 GRN/WHT SG1 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all timesC36 BLK/RED IG1 (IGNITION SIGNAL) Detects ignition signal With ignition switch ON (II): Battery voltage

With ignition switch OFF: About 0 VC40 BRN/YEL LG1 (LOGIC GROUND) Ground circuit for PCM

circuitLess than 1.0 V at all times

C43 BLK/WHT NC (OUTPUT SHAFT(COUNTERSHAFT) SPEEDSENSOR)

Detects output shaft(countershaft) speed sensorsignal

With ignition switch ON (II): About 0 V or about5.0 VWith driving: Pulses

C44 BRN/YEL LG2 (LOGIC GROUND) Ground circuit for PCM Less than 1.0 V at all times

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:07 62SWA00A_140_0053

＊１６


PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs - R20A1 and R20A2 Engine Models

PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)Wire color Terminal name Description Signal


Terminalnumber

Terminalnumber

14-52



A (44P)


B (44P) C (44P)

••

A27 RED SLS (SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID)

Drives shift lock solenoid With ignition switch ON (II), in the P position, brakepedal pressed, and accelerator released: Batteryvoltage

A31 BRN SCS (SERVICE CHECKSIGNAL)

Detects service check signal With service check signal shorted with the HDS:About 0 VWith service check signal opened: About 5.0 V

A36 WHT CAN H (CANCOMMUNICATION SIGNALHIGH)



A37 RED CAN L (CANCOMMUNICATION SIGNALLOW)



A40 LT GRN BK SW (BRAKE PEDALPOSITION SWITCH)

Detects brake pedalposition switch signal

With brake pedal released: About 0 VWith brake pedal pressed: Battery voltage

A41 BLU D3 SW (D3 SWITCH) Detects D3 switch signal With ignition switch ON (II):With D3 switch ON: About 0 VWith D3 switch OFF: Battery voltage

••

••



B2 BLU/RED EGR (EXHAUST GASRECIRCULATION (EGR)VALVE)

Drives EGR valve With EGR operating: Duty controlledWith EGR not operating: About 0 V

B8 BLU/YEL OP2SW (2ND CLUTCHTRANSMISSION FLUIDPRESSURE SWITCH)

Detects 2nd clutchtransmission fluid pressureswitch signal

With ignition switch ON (II):Without 2nd clutch pressure: About 5.0 VWith 2nd clutch pressure: About 0 V

B9 BLK/RED OP3SW (3RD CLUTCHTRANSMISSION FLUIDPRESSURE SWITCH)

Detects 3rd clutchtransmission fluid pressureswitch signal

With ignition switch ON (II):Without 3rd clutch pressure: About 5.0 VWith 3rd clutch pressure: About 0 V

B10 BLU SH A (SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE A)

Drives shift solenoidvalve A

In the R position, and in 1st, 4th, and 5th gears in theD position: Battery voltageIn the P and N positions, and in 2nd and 3rd gears inthe D position: About 0 V


06/09/15 17:33:07 62SWA00A_140_0054

－

PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)Wire color Terminal name Description SignalTerminal

number

14-53

B11 GRN/WHT SH B (SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE B)

Drives shift solenoidvalve B

In the P, R, and N positions, and in 1st and 2ndgears in the D position: Battery voltageIn 3rd, 4th, and 5th gears in the D position: About0 V

B12 RED/BLK ATP N (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH NPOSITION)

Detects transmission rangeswitch N position signal

In the N position: About 0 VIn any position other than N: About 5.0 V

B13 BLU/BLK ATP P (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH PPOSITION)

Detects transmission rangeswitch P position signal

In the P position: About 0 VIn any position other than P: Battery voltage

B14 WHT/GRN ATP R (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH RPOSITION)


In the R position: About 0 VIn any position other than R: Battery voltage

B15 BRN ATP 1 (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH 1)



B16 RED ATP 2 (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH 2)



B17 WHT/RED NM (INPUT SHAFT(MAINSHAFT) SPEEDSENSOR)

Detects input shaft(mainshaft) speed sensorsignal

With ignition switch ON (II): About 0 V or about5.0 VWith engine running in N position: About 2.5 V

B18 YEL/BLU VCC2 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage With ignition switch ON (II): About 5.0 VWith ignition switch OFF: About 0 V

B20 GRN SH C (SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE C)

Drives shift solenoidvalve C

In the N position, and in 1st, 3rd, and 5th gears inthe D position: Battery voltageIn the P and R positions, and in 2nd and 4th gears inthe D position: About 0 V

B21 YEL/GRN ATP D (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH DPOSITION)

Detects transmission rangeswitch D position signalinput

In the D position: About 0 VIn any position other than D: Battery voltage

B22 YEL ATP RVS (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH RPOSITION)


In R position: About 0 VIn any position other than R: Battery voltage

B24 YEL SH E (SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE E)

Drives shift solenoid valve E In the P and R positions: Battery voltageIn the N position, and in 1st gear in the D position:About 0 V

B25 BLU/WHT LS C (A/T CLUTCHPRESSURE CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE C)

Drives A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve C


B26 GRN/RED SH D (SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE D)

Drives shift solenoidvalve D

In 2nd and 5th gears in the D position: BatteryvoltageIn the P, R, and N positions, and in 1st, 3rd, and 4thgears in the D position: About 0 V

B27 BRN/RED ATFT (ATF TEMPERATURESENSOR)

Detects ATF temperaturesensor signal

With ignition switch ON (II): About 0.2 4.0 Vdepending on ATF temperatureWith ignition switch OFF: About 0 V

B28 BLU/YEL ATP FWD (TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH D, 2,AND 1)

Detects transmission rangeswitch D, 2, and 1 signalinput

In the D, 2, and 1 positions: About 0 VIn any position other than D, 2, and 1: Batteryvoltage

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:07 62SWA00A_140_0055

－

＊１７


PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs - R20A1 and R20A2 Engine Models (cont’d)


PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)Wire color Terminal name Description Signal

Terminalnumber

Terminalnumber

14-54



A (44P)


B (44P) C (44P)

B29 WHT/BLK EGRP (EXHAUST GASRECIRCULATION (EGR)VALVE POSITION SENSOR)

Detects EGR valve positionsensor signal

With engine running: 1.2 3.0 V depending on EGRvalve lift

B33 GRN/YEL SG2 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all timesB35 BRN/WHT LS B (A/T CLUTCH

PRESSURE CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE B)

Drives A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve B




B44 WHT LS A (A/T CLUTCHPRESSURE CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE A)

Drives A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve A


C11 GRN/RED MAP (MANIFOLDABSOLUTE PRESSURE(MAP) SENSOR)

Detects MAP sensor signal With ignition switch ON (II): About 3.0 VAt idle: About 1.0 V depending on engine speed

C13 YEL/RED VCC1 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage With ignition switch ON (II): About 5.0 VWith ignition switch OFF: About 0 V

C14 GRN/WHT SG1 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all timesC36 BLK/YEL IG1 (IGNITION SIGNAL) Detects ignition signal With ignition switch ON (II): Battery voltage

With ignition switch OFF: About 0 VC40 BRN/YEL LG1 (LOGIC GROUND) Ground circuit for PCM

circuitLess than 1.0 V at all times

C43 BLK/BLU NC (OUTPUT SHAFT(COUNTERSHAFT) SPEEDSENSOR)

Detects output shaft(countershaft) speed sensorsignal

With ignition switch ON (II): About 0 V or about5.0 VWith driving: Pulses

C44 BRN/YEL LG2 (LOGIC GROUND) Ground circuit for PCM Less than 1.0 V at all times


06/09/15 17:33:07 62SWA00A_140_0056

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４８０１０００００ＣＡＡＴ００

Hydraulic Controls

Valve Bodies

14-55

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A

SERVO BODY

REGULATOR VALVE BODY

MAIN VALVE BODY

A/T CLUTCH PRESSURECONTROL SOLENOIDVALVE B

A/T CLUTCH PRESSURECONTROL SOLENOIDVALVE C

A/T CLUTCHPRESSURECONTROLSOLENOIDVALVE A

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE BSHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE C



The valve body includes the main valve body, the regulator valve body, and the servo body. The ATF pump is drivenby splines on the left end of the torque converter which is attached to the engine. Fluid flows through the regulatorvalve to maintain specified pressure through the main valve body to the manual valve, directing pressure to the shiftvalves and to each of the clutches via the solenoid valves. The shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are bolted on theservo body. The A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C are mounted on the outside of thetransmission housing.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:08 62SWA00A_140_0057

＊０２

＊０３

Hydraulic Controls (cont’d)

Main Valve Body

Regulator Valve Body

14-56



MAIN VALVE BODY

SHIFT VALVE C

COOLER CHECK VALVE

LOCK-UP CONTROL VALVE

SHIFT VALVE E

SERVO CONTROL VALVE

RELIEF VALVE

MANUAL VALVE

SHIFT VALVE B

SHIFT VALVE A

TORQUE CONVERTERCHECK VALVE

LOCK-UP SHIFT VALVE


REGULATOR VALVE

The main valve body contains the manual valve, the shift valves A, B, C, and E, the relief valve, the lock-up controlvalve, the cooler check valve, the servo control valve, and the ATF pump gears. The primary function of the main valvebody is to switch fluid pressure on and off and to control hydraulic pressure going to the hydraulic control system.

The regulator valve body contains the regulator valve, the torque converter check valve, the lock-up shift valve, andthe 1st and 3rd accumulators.

06/09/15 17:33:08 62SWA00A_140_0058

＊０４

＊０５

Regulator Valve

14-57

To TORQUECONVERTER

From ATF PUMP

To LUBRICATIONTo RELIEF VALVE

CB

A

VALVE ORIFICE

REGULATOR VALVE

VALVE SPRING

TORQUE CONVERTER

STATOR

STATOR SHAFT

REGULATOR VALVE

REGULATOR SPRING CAP

STATOR SHAFT ARM END

REGULATORVALVE BODY

The regulator valve maintains a constant hydraulic pressure from the ATF pump to the hydraulic control system, whilealso furnishing fluid to the lubrication system and torque converter. Fluid from the ATF pump flows through B and C.Fluid entering from B flows through the valve orifice to the A cavity. This pressure of the A cavity pushes the regulatorvalve to the right side, and this movement of the regulator valve uncovers the fluid port to the torque converter andthe relief valve. The fluid flows out to the torque converter and the relief valve, and the regulator valve returns underspring force. According to the level of the hydraulic pressure through B, the position of the regulator valve changes,and the amount of fluid from C through torque converter also changes. This operation is continued, maintaining theline pressure.

Increases in hydraulic pressure according to torque are performed by the regulator valve using stator torque reaction.The stator shaft is splined with the stator in the torque converter, and its arm end contacts the regulator spring cap.When the vehicle is accelerating or climbing (torque converter range), stator torque reaction acts on the stator shaft,and the stator arm pushes the regulator spring cap in the direction of the arrow in proportion to the reaction. Thestator reaction spring compresses, and the regulator valve moves to increase the line pressure which is regulated bythe regulator valve. The line pressure reaches its maximum when the stator torque reaction reaches its maximum.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:09 62SWA00A_140_0059

＊０６

＊０７

Hydraulic Controls (cont’d)

Servo Body

Accumulator

14-58








SERVO BODY

SERVO VALVE SHIFT VALVE D

2ND ACCUMULATOR

4TH ACCUMULATOR

5TH ACCUMULATOR

3RD ACCUMULATOR

1ST ACCUMULATOR

SERVO BODY


The servo body contains the servo valve, the shift valve D, accumulators for 2nd, 4th, and 5th, and shift solenoidvalves for A, B, C, D, and E.

The accumulators are located in the regulator valve body and the servo body. The regulator valve body contains the1st and 3rd accumulators, and the servo body contains the 2nd, 4th, and 5th accumulators.

06/09/15 17:33:09 62SWA00A_140_0060

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０８０００００ＣＡＡＴ００

Hydraulic Flow

Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure

Hydraulic Pressure at the Port for use in the hydraulic circuit

14-59

As the engine turns, the ATF pump starts to operate. Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) is drawn through the ATFstrainer (filter) and discharged into the hydraulic circuit. Then, ATF flowing from the ATF pump becomes line pressurethat is regulated by the regulator valve. Torque converter pressure from the regulator valve enters the torqueconverter through the lock-up shift valve, and it is discharged from the torque converter. The torque converter checkvalve prevents torque converter pressure from rising.The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves ON and OFF. The shift solenoid valve intercepts line pressure from the ATFpump via the manual valve when the shift solenoid valve is OFF. When the shift solenoid valve is turned ON by thePCM, line pressure changes to shift solenoid valve pressure at the shift solenoid valve, then the solenoid valvepressure flows to the shift valve. Applying shift solenoid pressure to the shift valves moves the position of the shiftvalve, and switches the port of the hydraulic circuit. The PCM also controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valvesA, B, and C. The A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves regulate hydraulic pressure, and apply the pressure to theclutches to engage smoothly. The clutches receive optimum clutch pressure which is regulated by the A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valves for comfortable driving and shifting under all conditions.

Port Hydraulic Pressure Port Hydraulic Pressure1 Line SB Shift solenoid valve B3 Line SC Shift solenoid valve C3’ Line SD Shift solenoid valve D4 Line SE Shift solenoid valve E4’ Line 10 1st clutch4’’ Line 20 2nd clutch7 Line 30 3rd clutch

1A Line or A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A

40 4th clutch

1B Line 50 5th clutch3A Line 55 A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A3B Line 55’ A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A3C Line 56 A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B5A Line 57 A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C5B Line 90 Torque converter5C Line 91 Torque converter5D Line 92 Torque converter5E Line or A/T clutch pressure control solenoid

valve B93 ATF cooler

5F Line or A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A or B

94 Torque converter

5G A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B 95 Lubrication5H A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C 96 Torque converter5J A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C 97 Torque converter5K A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C 99 Suction5L A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C X Drain5N A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C HX High position drainSA Shift solenoid valve A AX Air drain

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:37 62SWA00A_140_0061

＊０１

Hydraulic Flow (cont’d)

N Position

14-60



SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE

TORQUECONVERTERCHECKVALVE

ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES

A/T CLUTCH PRESSURECONTROL SOLENOID VALVES

X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAX

HX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR

2NDCLUTCH 2ND CLUTCH

TRANSMISSIONFLUID PRESSURESWITCH

2NDACCUMULATOR

A: OFF

B: ON

C: ON

D: OFF

E: OFF

A

B

C

The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves. The conditions of the shift solenoid valves and positions of the shift valvesare as follows:• Shift solenoid valve A: OFF, and shift valve A stays on the right side• Shift solenoid valve B: ON, and shift valve B moves to the left side• Shift solenoid valve C: ON, and shift valve C moves to the left side• Shift solenoid valve D: OFF, and shift valve D stays on the left side• Shift solenoid valve E: OFF, and shift valve E stays on the left sideLine pressure (1) flows to the shift solenoid valves and the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. Under thiscondition, hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches.

NOTE: When used, ‘‘left’’ or ‘‘right’’ indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit.

06/09/15 17:33:38 62SWA00A_140_0062

＊０２

D Position: 1st gear shifting from N position

14-61

SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE


ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES


X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAX

HX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR



2NDACCUMULATOR

A: OFF

B: ON

C: ON

D: OFF

E: OFF

A

B

C

Shift solenoid valves remain the same as in the N position when shifting to the D position from N. The manual valve ismoved to the D position, and switches the port of line pressure (4) leading to the A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C. Hydraulic pressure to the 1st clutch from the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A is created as shiftsolenoid valve A is OFF, B and C remain ON. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55) changes to 1stclutch pressure (10) at the shift valve B, and flows to the 1st clutch. The 1st clutch is engaged by the line pressuremode when shifting to the D position from N.


(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:39 62SWA00A_140_0063

→ － → － → －→ － → － →

＊０３


D Position: Driving in 1st gear

14-62



SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE


ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES


X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAX

HX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR



2NDACCUMULATOR

A: ON

B: ON

C: ON

D: OFF

E: OFF

A

B

C

The PCM turns shift solenoid valve A ON, and keeps B and C ON, and D and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure(SA) is applied to the right side of the shift valve A. Shift valve A is moved to the left side to uncover the line pressureport leading to the 1st clutch, and to cover the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure port.

Fluid flows to the 1st clutch by way of:Line pressure (1) Shift valve D Line pressure (1A) Shift valve A Line pressure (1B) Manual valve Linepressure (5A) Shift valve C Line pressure (5B) Shift valve B 1st clutch pressure (10) 1st clutch

The 1st clutch pressure (10) is applied to the 1st clutch, and the 1st clutch keeps on engaging with the line pressuremode.


06/09/15 17:33:40 62SWA00A_140_0064

＊０４

D Position: Shifting between 1st gear and 2nd gear

14-63

SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE


ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES


X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAX

HX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR



2NDACCUMULATOR

A: OFF

B: ON

C: ON

D: OFF

E: OFF

A

B

C

As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve A OFF, and keeps B andC ON, and D and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) in the right side of shift valve A is released. Shift valve Ais moved to the right side to uncover the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure port leading to the 1stand 2nd clutches. The PCM controls the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves to regulate hydraulic pressure. A/Tclutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55) changes to 1st clutch pressure (10) at shift valve B, and A/Tclutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 2nd clutch pressure (20) at shift valve A. The 1st and2nd clutches are engaged by the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure mode.


(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:41 62SWA00A_140_0065

→ － → － → －→ － →

＊０５


D Position: Driving in 2nd gear

14-64



SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE


ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES


X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAX

HX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR



2NDACCUMULATOR

A: OFF

B: ON

C: OFF

D: ON

E: OFF

A

B

C

The PCM turns shift solenoid valves C OFF, D ON, and keeps A and E OFF, and B ON. Shift solenoid valve C pressure(SC) in the right side of the shift valve C is released. Shift valve C is moved to the right side to switch the ports. Thismovement covers the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure ports to stop at shift valves C and A, anduncover the line pressure port leading to the 2nd clutch.

Fluid flows to 2nd clutch by way of:Line pressure (1) Manual valve Line pressure (4) Shift valve C Line pressure (5E) Shift valve B Linepressure (5F) Shift valve A 2nd clutch pressure (20) 2nd clutch

The 2nd clutch pressure (20) is applied to the 2nd clutch, and the 2nd clutch keeps on engaging with line pressuremode.


06/09/15 17:33:43 62SWA00A_140_0066

＊０６

D Position: Shifting between 2nd gear and 3rd gear

14-65

SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE


ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES


X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAX

HX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR



2NDACCUMULATOR

A: OFF

B: ON

C: ON

D: ON

E: OFF

A

B

C

As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves C ON, and keeps Aand E OFF, and B and D ON. Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SC) is applied to the right side of the shift valve C. Shiftvalve C is moved to the left side to uncover the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure ports leading tothe 2nd and 3rd clutches. The PCM controls the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves to regulate hydraulicpressure. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 2nd clutch pressure (20) at shiftvalve A, and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (57) changes to 3rd clutch pressure (30) at shiftvalve A. The 2nd and 3rd clutches are engaged by the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure mode.


(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:44 62SWA00A_140_0067

＊０７


D Position: Driving in 3rd gear

14-66



SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE


ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES


X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAX

HX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR



2NDACCUMULATOR

A: OFF

B: OFF

C: ON

D: OFF

E: OFF

A

B

C

The PCM turns shift solenoid valves B and D OFF, and keeps A and E OFF, and C ON. Shift solenoid valve B pressure(SB) in the right side of shift valve B is released, and shift valve B is moved to the right side. Shift solenoid valve Dpressure (SD) in the left side of the shift valve D is released, and shift valve D is moved to the left side. This valvemovement switches the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure port leading to the 3rd clutch.A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (57) changes to (5J) at shift solenoid valve D and to (5K) at shiftvalve B, and becomes 3rd clutch pressure (30) at shift valve A. The 3rd clutch pressure (30) is applied to the 3rd clutch,and the 3rd clutch keeps on engaging with A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure mode.


06/09/15 17:33:45 62SWA00A_140_0068

＊０８

D Position: Shifting between 3rd gear and 4th gear

14-67

SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE


ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES


X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAX

HX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR



2NDACCUMULATOR

A: OFF

B: OFF

C: OFF

D: OFF

E: OFF

A

B

C

As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves C OFF, and keeps A, B,D, and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SC) in the right side of shift valve C is released. Shift valve C is movedto the right side to uncover the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C pressure ports leading to the 3rdand 4th clutches. The PCM controls the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves to regulate hydraulic pressure. A/Tclutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (57) changes to 3rd clutch pressure (30) at shift valve A, and A/Tclutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 4th clutch pressure (40) at shift valve B. The 3rd and4th clutches are engaged by the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure mode.


(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:46 62SWA00A_140_0069

＊０９


D Position: Driving in 4th gear

14-68



SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE


ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES


X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAX

HX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR



2NDACCUMULATOR

A: ON

B: OFF

C: OFF

D: OFF

E: OFF

A

B

C

The PCM turns shift solenoid valve A ON, and keeps B, C, D, and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) is appliedto the right side of shift valve A. Shift valve A is moved to the left side to cover the A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A and C pressure ports leading to the 2nd and 3rd clutches.A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to (5G) at shift valve C, and becomes 4th clutchpressure (40) at shift valve B. The 4th clutch pressure (40) is held to high by the A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve B, and the 4th clutch keeps on engaging with A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure mode.


06/09/15 17:33:47 62SWA00A_140_0070

＊１０

D Position: Shifting between 4th gear and 5th gear

14-69

SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE


ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES


X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAX

HX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR



2NDACCUMULATOR

A: ON

B: OFF

C: OFF

D: ON

E: OFF

A

B

C

As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve D ON, and keeps A ON,and B, C, and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve D pressure (SD) is applied to the left side of the shift valve D. Shift valve D ismoved to the right side to uncover the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure port leading to the 5thclutch. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 4th clutch pressure (40) at shift valve B.A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (57) changes to (5L) at shift valve D and to (5N) at shift valve B,and becomes 5th clutch pressure (50) at shift valve A. The 4th and 5th clutches are engaged by the A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve pressure mode.


(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:48 62SWA00A_140_0071

＊１１


D Position: Driving in 5th gear

14-70



SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE


ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES


X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAX

HX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR



2NDACCUMULATOR

A: ON

B: OFF

C: ON

D: ON

E: OFF

A

B

C

The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C ON, and keeps A and D ON, and B and E turned OFF. Shift solenoid valve Cpressure (SC) is applied to the right side of shift valve C. Shift valve C is moved to the left side to switch the A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve B pressure port leading to the 4th clutch.The 5th clutch pressure (50) is held to high by the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C, and the 5th clutchkeeps on engaging with A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure mode.


06/09/15 17:33:49 62SWA00A_140_0072

＊１２

2 Position

14-71

SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE


ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES


X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAX

HX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR



2NDACCUMULATOR

A: OFF

B: ON

C: OFF

D: ON

E: OFF

A

B

C

The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves. The conditions of the shift solenoid valves and positions of the shift valvesare as follows:• Shift solenoid valve A: OFF, and shift valve A stays on the right side• Shift solenoid valve B: ON, and shift valve B moves to the left side• Shift solenoid valve C: OFF, and shift valve C stays on the right side• Shift solenoid valve D: ON, and shift valve D moves to the right side• Shift solenoid valve E: OFF, and shift valve E stays on the left sideLine pressure (1) changes to line pressure (4) at the manual valve, and flows to shift valve C. Line pressure (4) flows toshift valve A via shift valve B, and becomes the 2nd clutch pressure (20). The 2nd clutch pressure (20) is applied to the2nd clutch, and the 2nd clutch is engaged.


(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:50 62SWA00A_140_0073

→ － → － → －→ － → － →

＊１３


1 Position

14-72



SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE


ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES


X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAXHX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR



2NDACCUMULATOR

A: ON

B: ON

C: ON

D: OFF

E: OFF

A

B

C

The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves. The conditions of the shift solenoid valves and positions of the shift valvesare as follows:• Shift solenoid valve A: ON, and shift valve A moves to the left side• Shift solenoid valve B: ON, and shift valve B moves to the left side• Shift solenoid valve C: ON, and shift valve C moves to the left side• Shift solenoid valve D: OFF, and shift valve D stays on the left side• Shift solenoid valve E: OFF, and shift valve E stays on the left sideLine pressure (1) becomes the 1st clutch pressure (10) at shift valve B.

Fluid flows to 1st clutch by way of:Line Pressure (1) Shift Valve D Line Pressure (1A) Shift Valve A Line Pressure (1B) Manual Valve LinePressure (5A) Shift Valve C Line Pressure (5B) Shift Valve B 1st Clutch Pressure (10) 1st Clutch

The 1st clutch pressure (10) is applied to the 1st clutch, and the 1st clutch is engaged.


06/09/15 17:33:51 62SWA00A_140_0074

＊１４

R Position: Shifting to R position from P or N position

14-73

SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE


ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES


X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAX

HX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR



2NDACCUMULATOR

A: OFF

B: ON

C: OFF

D: OFF

E: ON

A

B

C

When shifting in the R position, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves B and E ON, and A, C, and D OFF. Shift solenoidvalve B pressure (SB) is applied to the right side of shift valve B, and shift valve B is moved to left side. Shift solenoidvalve E pressure (SE) is applied to the left side of shift valve E, and shift valve E is moved to the right side. Linepressure (1) changes to (3) at the manual valve, and flows to the servo valve via shift valve E. The servo valve ismoved to reverse range position. Movement of shift valves B and E, and servo valve creates 4th clutch pressure linebetween the 4th clutch and the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. The 4th clutch pressure (40) is applied tothe 4th clutch, and the 4th clutch is engaged by the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure mode.


(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:52 62SWA00A_140_0075

＊１５


R Position: Driving in reverse gear

Reverse Inhibitor Control

14-74



SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE


ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES


X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAX

HX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR



2NDACCUMULATOR

A: ON

B: ON

C: OFF

D: OFF

E: ON

A

B

C

After starting off in reverse gear, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve A ON, and keeps B and E ON, and C and D OFF.Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) is applied to the right side of shift valve A to cover the A/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve A pressure port, and to uncover the line pressure port leading to the 4th clutch creating full linepressure. The 4th clutch is engaged with line pressure mode.

While the vehicle is moving forward, the PCM keeps shift solenoid valve E remaining OFF. Shift valve E covers the portof line pressure (3’) leading to the servo valve reverse position. The servo valve cannot be shifted to reverse position,and hydraulic pressure is not applied to the 4th clutch from servo valve for reverse; as a result, power is nottransmitted to the reverse direction.


06/09/15 17:33:53 62SWA00A_140_0076

＊１６

P Position

14-75

SHIFTVALVEC

SHIFTVALVEB

SHIFTVALVE D

SHIFTVALVE E

SERVO CONTROLVALVE

SHIFTVALVE A

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

COOLERCHECKVALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE


ATFCOOLER

RELIEF VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

SERVO VALVE

ATF PUMP

4THACCUMULATOR

94

91

3010

4050

95

20

202050

409595

3030

SHIFTSOLENOIDVALVES


X X X 5A X X 56 5E

SC457

5L 5H 5G 5E SB

5F40X105J5K5N

X

55’

1X

SD

X3C

433’3BXSE

10

34X57

X X

SA

20X1B

919455’X

7 55 96 92 SE

XX 93

90 90 96 97

92XX 93

90

X X

95 7

1

92 95

1

99

AX

HXAX

HX

3’

4’

X

4’’

3A

1B 5A 7 1 4

10

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

1

1

1

X

55

56

4’’

1

57

4

X

X

3

5B 5G5H 5C

5B 3C

5F55’1A30505NX

93

3B

X

X AX

X AX

X AX

5C

X

57 X

5L 5J 1A

93

55

4’

IDLERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEAR

SECONDARYSHAFT

3A

5K

COUNTERSHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

90

MANUAL VALVE

3RDACCUMULATOR

TORQUECONVERTER


3RDCLUTCH

1STCLUTCH

1STACCUMULATOR

4THCLUTCH

5THCLUTCH

5THACCUMULATOR



2NDACCUMULATOR

A: OFF

B: ON

C: OFF

D: OFF

E: ON

A

B

C

Shift solenoid valves B and E are turned ON, and A, C, and D are turned OFF by the PCM. Line pressure (1) flows to theshift solenoid valves and the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. Line pressure (3) changes to (3’) at shiftvalve E, and flows to the servo valve. The servo valve is moved to reverse/park position. Hydraulic pressure is notapplied to the clutches.

06/09/15 17:33:54 62SWA00A_140_0077

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４７４００００００ＣＡＡＴ００

↓

↓

↓

↓

↓

↓

↓

↓

↓

↓

↓

Lock-up System

Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up ON (Engaging Torque Converter Clutch)

Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up OFF (Disengaging Torque Converter Clutch)

14-76



Power flow

The power flows by way of:

Engine

Drive plate

Torque converter cover

Torque converter clutch piston

Damper spring

Turbine

Mainshaft

To ATF cooler

INLET OUTLET

DAMPER SPRING

TURBINE

MAINSHAFT

TORQUE CONVERTERCLUTCH PISTON

TORQUECONVERTERCOVER

Engine

Drive plate

Torque converter cover

Pump

Turbine

Mainshaft

To ATF cooler

INLET

TURBINEPUMP

TORQUECONVERTERCOVER

MAINSHAFT

Power flow

The power flows by way of:STATOR

The lock-up mechanism of the torque converter clutch operates in D position (2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th), and in D positionD3 driving mode (2nd and 3rd). The pressurized fluid is drained from the back of the torque converter through a fluidpassage, causing the torque converter clutch piston to be held against the torque converter cover. As this takes place,the mainshaft rotates at the same speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with the hydraulic control, the PCMoptimizes the timing and amount of the lock-up mechanism. When the shift solenoid valve E is turned on by the PCM,shift solenoid valve E pressure switches the lock-up shift valve lock-up on and off. A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A and the lock-up control valve control the amount of the lock-up.

Fluid in the chamber between the torque converter cover and the torque converter clutch piston is drained off, andfluid entering from the chamber between the pump and stator exerts pressure through the torque converter clutchpiston against the torque converter cover. The torque converter clutch piston engages with the torque converter cover;the torque converter clutch lock-up is ON, and the mainshaft rotates at the same speed as the engine.

Fluid entered from the chamber between the torque converter cover and the torque converter clutch piston passesthrough the torque converter and goes out through the chambers between the turbine and the stator, and between thepump and the stator. As a result, the torque converter clutch piston moves away from the torque converter cover, andthe torque converter lock-up clutch is released; torque converter clutch lock-up is OFF.

06/09/15 17:33:55 62SWA00A_140_0078

＊０３

No Lock-up

14-77

TORQUECONVERTER

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE

RELIEF VALVE

ATFCOOLER

COOLERCHECKVALVE

TORQUECONVERTERCHECK VALVE

REGULATORVALVE

ATF PUMP

A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A

OFF

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E

SHIFT VALVE A and D

MANUAL VALVE

IDLER SHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

COUNTERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVEGEARSECONDARYSHAFT

AX

HXAX

HX

94

90

91

X

7 55 96 92 93 SE

919455’

97559690

90 X 93

X

92

90

X 93

95 7

X X

99

92 95

1 1

SE

1 X

X1

55

X AX

X

93

Shift solenoid valve E is turned OFF by the PCM, and shift solenoid valve E pressure (SE) is not applied to the lock-upshift valve. The lock-up shift valve stays to the right to uncover the torque converter pressure ports leading to the leftside of the torque converter and releasing pressure from the right side of the torque converter. Torque converterpressure (92) changes to (94) at the lock-up shift valve, and enters into the left side of the torque converter todisengage the torque converter clutch. This keeps the torque converter clutch piston keeps away from the torqueconverter cover and the torque converter clutch is not engaged; this is the no lock-up condition.


(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:33:55 62SWA00A_140_0079

＊０４

Lock-up System (cont’d)

Partial Lock-up

14-78



TORQUECONVERTER

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE

RELIEF VALVE

ATFCOOLER

COOLERCHECKVALVE


REGULATORVALVE

ATF PUMP


ON


SHIFT VALVE A and D

MANUAL VALVE

IDLER SHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

COUNTERSHAFT


AX

HXAX

HX

94

90

91

X

7 55 96 92 93 SE

919455’

97559690

90 X 93

X

92

90

X 93

95 7

X X

99

92 95

1 1

SE

1 X

X1

55

X AX

X

93

As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, shift solenoid valve E is turned ON by the PCM, and shiftsolenoid valve E pressure (SE) is applied to the right side of the lock-up shift valve. The lock-up shift valve is moved tothe left side to switch the torque converter pressure (91) port, which goes to the right side of the torque converter, andthe port of torque converter pressure (94) is released from the left side of the torque converter. Torque converterpressure (91) flows to the right side of the torque converter to engage the torque converter clutch. The PCM alsocontrols the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A, and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure(55) is applied to the lock-up shift valve and lock-up control valve. The position of the lock-up control valve depends onA/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55) and torque converter pressure released from the torqueconverter. Under this condition, the torque converter clutch is engaged by pressure entering into the front side of thetorque converter; this condition is partial lock-up.


06/09/15 17:33:56 62SWA00A_140_0080

＊０５

Full Lock-up

14-79

TORQUECONVERTER

LOCK-UPSHIFT VALVE

LOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE

RELIEF VALVE

ATFCOOLER

COOLERCHECKVALVE


REGULATORVALVE

ATF PUMP


ON


SHIFT VALVE A and D

MANUAL VALVE

IDLER SHAFT

IDLER GEAR

MAINSHAFT

COUNTERSHAFT


AX

HXAX

HX

94

90

91

X

7 55 96 92 93 SE

919455’

97559690

90 X 93

X

92

90

X 93

95 7

X X

99

92 95

1 1

SE

1 X

X1

55

X AX

X

93

When the vehicle speed increases, the PCM sends a signal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to increaseA/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55), and the lock-up control valve is moved to the left side bythe increased pressure. Then converter pressure (94) from the left side of the torque converter is completely releasedat the lock-up control valve, and torque converter pressure (91) engages the torque converter clutch securely. Thetorque converter clutch is fully engaged; this condition is full lock-up.


06/09/15 17:33:56 62SWA00A_140_0081

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ３ＰＥ１０４００００００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－－

－

Circuit Diagram - PCM A/T Control System K24Z1 Engine Model

14-80



28

22

36 41 444342

27 28 30 33 34 3532

2520 21 22

16 181713 14 151211

7 8 931

2323

31

4 5 6

14

2120 24

3429

4236

31

1 2 3 4 5 6 987

11 151413 16

3230

42403936

1817

8

10

20

27

2

26 29

4

19

33

9

35

25

37

31

12

4443

16

27

4140

21

29

15

44

24

1817

23

41

(26)

(10)

(22)



A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)

G503

D3 SWA41BLU

BLK

BLU

6

5

WHT

WHT

D3 SWITCH

SCSBRN BRN

A31

LT GRN

PG

SG

B19

B15

BLK

YEL

B33

B34WHT

RED

RED

WHT

B36

CAN LA37

A36 CAN H

RED

138276 9 5 4 10

17625 4 9 3 8 10

BLK

B13

BLK/RED LT BLUC36IG1

To 12 V


No. 2 (15 A)

UNDER DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX

No. 10 (7.5 A)

BLU/WHT

RED/BLK

WHT

A40LT GRNWHT

SLSA27

RED

BLK

BAT IG1

IGNITION SWITCH

No. 12 (15 A)

BK SW

To 5 V

RED/WHT

BLK

BLU/WHT

FWD RVS

2

ST

P

R

N

TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH

DE

1

B22ATP RVS

ATP FWD

ATP P

ATP R

ATP N

ATP D

ATP 2

ATP 1

YEL/RED

B28

G101

B12

B21

B15

BRNBLU

PNK

RED/BLK

WHT

BLK/BLU

B14

B16

WHT/RED

BLU/BLK

YEL/GRN

GRN/RED

RED

BLU/YEL

1

2

YEL

BLK

G501

2

RED

1

D

N

R

P

UNDER HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX

No. 2 (IG) (50 A)No. 1 (100 A)BATTERY

CANCONTROLLER

A/T GEARPOSITIONINDICATORDIMMINGCIRCUIT

A/T GEARPOSITIONINDICATORDRIVERCIRCUIT

F CANTRANSCEIVER

DATA LINKCONNECTOR(DLC)

STARTERCUTRELAY

SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID


MULTIPLEX INTEGRATEDCONTROL UNIT (MICU)

POWERTRAIN CONTROLMODULE (PCM)

DIMMINGCIRCUIT

G502

(39)

D3

06/09/15 17:33:57 62SWA00A_140_0082

＊０２

14-81

28

22

36 41 444342

27 28 30 33 34 3532

2520 21 22

16 181713 14 151211

7 8 931

2323

31

4 5 6

14

2120 24

3429

4236

31

1 2 3 4 5 6 987

11 151413 16

3230

42403936

1817

8

10

20

27

2

26 29

4

19

33

9

35

25

37

31

12

4443

16

27

4140

21

29

15

44

24

1817

23

41

(26)

(10)

(22)



A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)

B24RED

3SH E

B26

YEL

BLK

BLK

BRN/YEL

BRN/YEL

B36 PG1

PG2B1

C40 LG1

LG2C44

G101

GRN/WHT

BLU/BLK

GRN

GRN/RED

B2 EGR

G101

BLK

BLU/RED4

6

3

2

1

WHT/REDNMB17

B33 SG2GRN/BLK

YEL/BLUVCC2B18

WHT/BLK

GRN/BLK

YEL/BLU

1

3

2

EGRPB29

C13 VCC1YEL/RED

GRN/WHTSG1C14

C43 NCBLK/WHT

GRN/RED

GRN/WHT

YEL/RED

MAPC112

1

2

3

1

3 B9

B8

B20

SH D 8YEL

7GRN/BLK WHT

WHTRED/YEL6ATFT B27

1

2

5

SH C

SH B

SH A

GRN

BLU

OP3SWBLU/WHT

BLU/REDOP2SW

To 5 VB25

B44

B11

B10

BLK

ORN

G101

LS C

2

1BLU/YEL

To 12 V

LS BBRN

BLK

1

2

2

1

BLK

LS A

B35

RED/BLK



A/T CLUTCHPRESSURECONTROLSOLENOIDVALVE B

A/T CLUTCHPRESSURECONTROLSOLENOIDVALVE C













ATFT

(39)

06/09/15 17:33:58 62SWA00A_140_0083

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ２ＰＥ１０４００００００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－－

－

Circuit Diagram - PCM A/T Control System R20A1 and R20A2 Engine Models

14-82



(37)(39) 39383736 41 444342

27 28 30 33 34 3532

2520 21 22

16 181713 14 151211

7 8 931

2323

31

4 5 6

14

2120 24

342928

4236

31

1 2 3 4 5 6 987

11 151413 16

3230

42403936

1817

8

10

20

27

2

26 29

4

19

33

9

35

25

37

31

12

4443

16

27

4140

21

29

15

44

24 22

1817



A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)

G503

D3 SWA41BLU

BLK

BLU

6

5

WHT

WHT

D3 SWITCH

SCSBRN BRN

A31

LT GRN

PG

SG

B19

B15

BLK

YEL

B33

B34

WHT

RED

RED

WHT

B36

CAN LA37

A36 CAN H

RED

138276 9 5 4 10

17625 4 9 3 8 10

BLK

B13

BLK/YEL LT BLUC36IG1

To 12 V


No. 2 (15 A)


No. 10 (7.5 A)

BLU/WHT

RED/BLK

WHT/GRN

A40LT GRNWHT

SLSA27

RED

BLK

BAT IG1

IGNITION SWITCHNo. 12 (15 A)

BK SW

To 5 V

YEL

BLK

BLU/WHT

FWD RVS

2

ST

P

R

N


DE

1

B22ATP RVS

ATP FWD

ATP P

ATP R

ATP N

ATP D

ATP 2

ATP 1

YEL/RED

B28

G101

B12

B21

B15

BRN

BLU

PNK

RED/BLK

WHT

BLK/BLU

B14

B16

WHT/RED

BLU/BLK

YEL/GRN

RED

BRN

BLU/YEL

1

2

YEL

BLK

G501

2

RED

1

D

N

R

P



CANCONTROLLER



F CANTRANSCEIVER


STARTERCUTRELAY

SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID




DIMMINGCIRCUIT

G502

D3

06/09/15 17:33:58 62SWA00A_140_0084

＊０２

＋

－

14-83

(37)(39) 393837

28

36 41 444342

27 28 30 33 34 3532

2520 21 22

16 181713 14 151211

7 8 931

2323

31

4 5 6

14

2120 24

3429

4236

31

1 2 3 4 5 6 987

11 151413 16

3230

42403936

1817

8

10

20

27

2

26 29

4

19

33

9

35

25

37

31

12

4443

16

27

4140

21

29

15

44

24 22

1817

EOP SENSORC22 POIL CS

YEL/BLU

GRN/YEL

WHT/BLK

1

2

3

B39 SV M

B37 SVS

B38 SVS

IMT VALVE2

1

3

YEL/BLU

GRN/YEL

WHT

5

4BRN

WHT/BLK



A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)

B24RED

3SH E

B26

YEL

BLK

BLK

BRN/YEL

BRN/YEL

B36 PG1

PG2B1

C40 LG1

LG2C44

G101

GRN/WHT

BLU

GRN

GRN/RED

B2 EGR

G101

BLK

BLU/RED4

6

3

2

1

WHT/REDNMB17

B33 SG2GRN/YEL

YEL/BLUVCC2B18

WHT/BLK

GRN/YEL

YEL/BLU

1

3

2

EGRPB29

C13 VCC1YEL/RED

GRN/WHTSG1C14

C43 NCBLK/BLU

GRN/RED

GRN/WHT

YEL/RED

MAPC112

1

2

3

1

3

B9

B8

B20

SH D 8YEL

7GRN/YEL WHT

WHTBRN/RED6ATFT B27

1

2

5

SH C

SH B

SH A

GRN

BLU

OP3SWBLK/RED

BLU/YELOP2SW

To 5 V

B25

B44

B11

B10

BLK

ORN

G101

LS C

2

1BLU/WHT

To 12 V

LS BBRN/WHT

BLK

1

2

2

1

BLK

LS A

B35

WHT



A/T CLUTCHPRESSURECONTROLSOLENOIDVALVE B

A/T CLUTCHPRESSURECONTROLSOLENOIDVALVE C













06/09/15 17:33:59 62SWA00A_140_0085

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０１０７ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0107:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-84


DTC Troubleshooting

Manifold Absolute Pressure(MAP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Input

NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze dataand any on-board snapshot, and review GeneralTroubleshooting Information (see page 14-5).

1. Clear the DTC with the HDS.

2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II)again.

3. Check whether DTC P0107 is indicated in the DTCs/Freeze Data in PGM-FI Mode Menu with the HDS.

Troubleshoot for DTC P0107 in the PGM-FISystem; R20A1 and R20A2 engine models(see page 11-77), K24Z1 engine model (see page11-459).

Go to step 4.

4. Check whether DTC P0107 is indicated in the DTCs/Freeze Data in A/T Mode Menu with the HDS.

Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime.

5. Update the PCM if it does not have the latestsoftware (see page 14-9), or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10).

6. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II).

7. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in A/TMode Menu with the HDS.

Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM. If thePCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM(see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1.

If DTC P0107 is not indicated, or if any otherDTCs are indicated, go to step 8.

8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0107 in the DTCs/Freeze Data in A/T Mode Menu for a pass/fail.

If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting iscomplete. If the PCM was substituted, replace theoriginal PCM; R20A1 and R20A2 engine models(see page 11-226), K24Z1 engine model (see page11-613). If any other DTCs were indicated on step 7,go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.

If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the MAP sensorand the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute aknown-good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. Ifthe PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until aresult comes on.

Is DTC P0107 indicated in the PGM-FI system?

Is DTC P0107 indicated?


Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

06/09/15 17:33:59 62SWA00A_140_0086

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０１０８ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0108:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-85

Manifold Absolute Pressure(MAP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Input



2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II)again.



Go to step 4.


Go to step 5.



6. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II).


Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM. If thePCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM(see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the MAP sensorand the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute aknown-good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. Ifthe PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until aresult comes on.





06/09/15 17:33:59 62SWA00A_140_0087

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０３３５ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0335:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-86


DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d)

Crankshaft Position (CKP) SensorA No Signal



2. Start the engine.



Go to step 4.


Go to step 5.





Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the CKP sensor and the PCM. If thePCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM(see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the CKP sensorand the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute aknown-good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. Ifthe PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until aresult comes on.





06/09/15 17:34:00 62SWA00A_140_0088

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０３３９ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0339:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-87

Crankshaft Position (CKP) SensorA Intermittent Interruption



2. Start the engine, and run it idle for 10 seconds.



Go to step 4.


Go to step 5.





Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the CKP sensor and the PCM. If thePCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM(see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the CKP sensorand the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute aknown-good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. Ifthe PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until aresult comes on.





06/09/15 17:34:00 62SWA00A_140_0089

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０３６５ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0365:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-88



Camshaft Position (CMP) SensorB No Signal






Go to step 4.


Go to step 5.





Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the CMP sensor and the PCM. If thePCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM(see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the CMP sensorand the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute aknown-good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. Ifthe PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until aresult comes on.





06/09/15 17:34:00 62SWA00A_140_0090

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０３６９ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0369:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-89

Camshaft Position (CMP) SensorB Intermittent Interruption






Go to step 4.


Go to step 5.





Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the CMP sensor and the PCM. If thePCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM(see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the CMP sensorand the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute aknown-good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. Ifthe PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until aresult comes on.





06/09/15 17:34:39 62SWA00A_140_0091

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７０５ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0705:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-90



TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR

ATP P (BLK/BLU) GND (BLK)

ATP P (BLU/BLK)

PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)

Short in Transmission RangeSwitch Circuit (Multiple Shift-position Input)

NOTE:• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and

any on-board snapshot, and review GeneralTroubleshooting Information (see page 14-5).

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problemand cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in thetransmission.



3. With the brake pedal pressed, move the shift leverthrough all positions. Stop for at least 1 second ineach position, and monitor the OBD STATUS forP0705 in the DTCs/Freeze Data in A/T Mode Menufor a pass/fail.

Go to step 4.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for an intermittent short in the wirebetween the transmission range switch and thePCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, returnto step 2 and recheck.


5. Inspect the transmission range switch (see page14-329).

With the switch connector disconnected, goto step 6.

Replace the transmission range switch(see page 14-331), then go to step 53.


7. Measure voltage between transmission rangeswitch connector terminals No. 6 and No. 10.

Go to step 13.

Go to step 8.



10. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).

11. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B13 and body ground.

Repair short in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B13 and the transmission rangeswitch, then go to step 53.

Go to step 12.

Wire side of female terminals


Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Is the switch OK ?

Is there battery voltage?

Is there continuity?

06/09/15 17:34:40 62SWA00A_140_0092

＊０３

＊０４

＊０５

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-91

GND (BLK)



ATP R (WHT) GND (BLK)


ATP R (WHT) (K24Z1 engine model)ATP R (WHT/GRN)(R20A1 and R20A2 engine models)

12. Check for continuity between transmission rangeswitch connector terminal No. 10 and body ground.

Go to step 48.

Repair open in the wire between transmissionrange switch connector terminal No. 10 and ground(G101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go tostep 53.


Go to step 18.

Go to step 14.






Go to step 48.

(cont’d)







06/09/15 17:34:40 62SWA00A_140_0093

＊０６

＊０７

＊０８

＊０９

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-92




ATP N (RED/BLK)

GND (BLK)

ATP N (RED/BLK)



ATP D (PNK) GND (BLK)

ATP D (YEL/GRN)



Go to step 23.

Go to step 19.






Go to step 48.


Go to step 28.

Go to step 24.






Go to step 48.





Is there about 5 V?




06/09/15 17:34:40 62SWA00A_140_0094

＊１０

＊１１

＊１２

＊１３

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-93


ATP 2 (BLU)

GND (BLK)


ATP 2 (GRN/RED) (K24Z1 engine model)ATP 2 (RED)(R20A1 and R20A2 engine models)


ATP 1 (RED) (K24Z1 engine model)ATP 2 (BRN)(R20A1 and R20A2 engine models)

GND (BLK)ATP 1 (BRN)



Go to step 33.

Go to step 29.






Go to step 48.


Go to step 38.

Go to step 34.






Go to step 48.

(cont’d)


Terminal side of female terminalsTerminal side of female terminals






06/09/15 17:34:41 62SWA00A_140_0095

＊１４

＊１５

＊１６

＊１７

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-94




ATP FWD (YEL/RED)

GND (BLK)

ATP FWD (BLU/YEL)



ATP RVS (WHT/RED)

GND (BLK)


ATP RVS (RED/WHT)(K24Z1 engine model)ATP RVS (YEL)(R20A1 and R20A2engine models)


Go to step 43.

Go to step 39.






Go to step 48.


Go to step 48.

Go to step 44.






Go to step 48.









06/09/15 17:34:41 62SWA00A_140_0096

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-95



50. With the brake pedal pressed, move the shift leverthrough all position. Stop for at least 1 second ineach position.


Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the transmission range switch and thePCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If thePCM was substituted, go to step 1.



If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting iscomplete. If the PCM was substituted, replace theoriginal PCM; R20A1 and R20A2 engine models(see page 11-226), K24Z1 engine model (see page11-613). If any other DTCs were indicated on step51, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.

If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at thetransmission range switch and the PCM. If the PCMwas updated, substitute a known-good PCM(see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.



55. With the brake pedal pressed, move the shift leverthrough all position. Stop for at least 1 second ineach position.


Replace the transmission range switch(see page 14-331), then return to step 53 andrecheck.



Troubleshooting is complete. If any otherDTCs were indicated on step 56, go to the indicatedDTC’s troubleshooting.

If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at thetransmission range switch and the PCM, then go tostep 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,return to the step 54 and recheck.





06/09/15 17:34:41 62SWA00A_140_0097

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７０６ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0706:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-96



Open in Transmission RangeSwitch Circuit





2. 4WD model: Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure itis securely supported, and allow all four wheels torotate freely.2WD model: Raise the front of the vehicle, makesure it is securely supported, and allow the frontwheels to rotate freely. Or raise the vehicle.

3. Start the engine, and turn the VSA off for modelequipped with VSA (the light on the VSA OFFswitch comes on). Run the engine in the D positionuntil the vehicle speed reaches 50 km/h (31 mph),then slow down and stop the wheels.


Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections or loose terminalsat the transmission range switch and the PCM. Ifthe HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step3 and recheck.


6. Inspect the transmission range switch (see page14-329).

Go to step 7.


7. Install the transmission range switch correctly, andadjust the shift cable (see page 14-321).




Go to step 11.


11. Shift to the D position, and verify the ATP FWD andATP D inputs with the HDS in the A/T data list.

Go to step 12.

Go to step 17.

12. Shift to the 2 position, and verify the ATF FWD andATP 2 inputs with the HDS in the A/T data list.

Go to step 13.

Go to step 17.

13. Shift to the 1 position, and verify the ATF FWD andATP 1 inputs with the HDS in the A/T data list.

Go to step 14.

Go to step 17.


Is the switch OK ?


Is ATP FWD and ATP D ON?

Is ATP FWD and ATP 2 ON?

Is ATP FWD and ATP 1 ON?

06/09/15 17:34:42 62SWA00A_140_0098

＊０１

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-97

GND (BLK)





Go to step 17.



18. Disconnect the transmission range switchconnector.


Go to step 20.

Repair open in the wire between thetransmission range switch and ground (G101), orrepair poor ground (G101), then go to step 31.

(cont’d)




06/09/15 17:34:42 62SWA00A_140_0099

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

＊０５

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-98




ATP FWD (YEL/RED)

GND (BLK)


ATP D (PNK) GND (BLK)


ATP 2 (BLU)

GND (BLK)

GND (BLK)ATP 1 (BRN)




Go to step 22.

Repair open in the wire between thetransmission range switch and PCM connectorterminal B28, then go to step 31.


Go to step 23.



Go to step 24.



Go to step 25.






Is there voltage?

Is there voltage?

Is there voltage?

Is there voltage?

06/09/15 17:34:42 62SWA00A_140_0100

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-99






Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the transmission range switch and thePCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If thePCM was substituted, go to step 1.










Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the transmission range switch and thePCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at thetransmission range switch and the PCM, then go tostep 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,return to step 34 and recheck.





06/09/15 17:34:42 62SWA00A_140_0101

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７１１ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0711:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-100



Problem in ATF TemperatureSensor Circuit




1. Check the ATF temperature with the HDS in the A/Tdata list.

Record the ATF temperature. Leave theengine off for more than 30 minutes, and go to step2.

Record the ATF temperature. Test the stallspeed RPM (see page 14-225) three times. Go tostep 2 after stall speed testing.

2. Check the ATF temperature with the HDS.

Leave the engine off for more than30 minutes, and go to step 3.

Replace the ATF temperature sensor(see page 14-248), then go to step 5.

3. Check the ECT SENSOR with the HDS.

Go to step 4.

Leave the engine off until the ECT SENSORreads the same as ambient-air temperature, thengo to step 4.

4. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR with the HDS.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections or loose terminalsat the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM.



6. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the Dposition through all five gears.


Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the ATF temperature sensor and thePCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the ATFtemperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return tostep 6 and recheck.

Does the ATF temperature exceed the ambient-airtemperature?

Does the ATF temperature change?

Is the ECT SENSOR equal to the ambient-airtemperature?

Does the ATF temperature read about the same asthe ECT SENSOR?



06/09/15 17:34:43 62SWA00A_140_0102

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７１２ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0712:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-101

SHIFT SOLENOID HARNESS CONNECTOR

ATFT (RED/YEL)(K24Z1 engine model)ATFT (BRN/RED)(R20A1 and R20A2engine models)

ATFT (WHT)


Short in ATF Temperature SensorCircuit




1. Check the ATF temperature sensor voltage with theHDS in the A/T data list.

Go to step 2.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for an intermittent short in the ATFTwire between the ATF temperature sensor and thePCM.

2. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector atthe shift solenoid valve cover.

3. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage with theHDS.

Go to step 4.





7. Check for continuity between shift solenoidharness connector terminal No. 6 and body ground.

Repair short in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B27 and shift solenoid harnessconnector terminal No. 6, then go to step 13.

Go to step 8.

8. Check for continuity between shift solenoidharness connector terminal No. 6 and body ground.

Replace the ATF temperature sensor-shiftsolenoid harness and connector (see page 14-248),then go to step 13.

Go to step 9.

(cont’d)


Terminal side of male terminals

Is the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage 0.07 V orless?

Is the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage 0.07 V orless?



06/09/15 17:34:43 62SWA00A_140_0103

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-102






If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If thePCM was substituted, go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the ATFtemperature sensor and the PCM. If the PCM wasupdated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page14-10), then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, goto step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,keep idling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the ATF temperature sensor and thePCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, go to step 1. Ifthe HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step14 and recheck.





06/09/15 17:34:43 62SWA00A_140_0104

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７１３ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0713:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-103





SG2 (GRN/BLK)(K24Z1 engine model)SG2 (GRN/YEL)(R20A1 and R20A2engine models)

Open in ATF Temperature SensorCircuit




1. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage with theHDS in the A/T data list.

Go to step 2.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections or loose terminalsat the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM.


3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector atthe shift solenoid valve cover.


5. Measure voltage between shift solenoid harnessconnector terminal No. 6 and body ground.

Go to step 6.

Go to step 7.

6. Measure voltage between shift solenoid harnessconnector terminals No. 6 and No. 7.

Replace the ATF temperature sensor-shiftsolenoid harness and connector (see page 14-248),then go to step 16.

Repair open in SG2 wire between PCMconnector terminal B33 and the shift solenoidharness connector, then go to step 16.

(cont’d)


Wire side of female terminalsDoes the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage exceed4.93 V?

Is there about 5 V?

Is there about 5 V?

06/09/15 17:34:43 62SWA00A_140_0105

＊０３

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-104



SHIFT SOLENOIDHARNESS CONNECTOR







10. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B27 and shift solenoid harness connectorterminal No. 6.

Go to step 11.

Repair open in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B27 and the shift solenoidharness connector, then go to step 16.

11. Connect the shift solenoid harness connector.








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the shiftsolenoid harness connector (ATF temperaturesensor) and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10),then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, keepidling until a result comes on.

Wire side offemale terminals

Terminal side offemale terminals




06/09/15 17:34:44 62SWA00A_140_0106

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-105

16. Connect the shift solenoid harness connector.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the shift solenoid harness connector(ATF temperature sensor) and the PCM, then go tostep 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the shiftsolenoid harness connector (ATF temperaturesensor) and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 18 andrecheck.



06/09/15 17:34:44 62SWA00A_140_0107

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７１６ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

DTC P0716:

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-106



LG1 (BRN/YEL) LG2 (BRN/YEL)

PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)

Problem in Input Shaft(Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit





2. Check for proper input shaft (mainshaft) speedsensor installation (see page 14-246).


4. Start the engine, and turn the VSA off for modelequipped with VSA (the light on the VSA OFFswitch comes on). Run the engine in the D position,and hold the vehicle at speeds over 50 km/h(31 mph) for more than 10 seconds. Slow down andstop the wheel.


Go to step 6.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections or loose terminalsat the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and thePCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, returnto step 4 and recheck.



8. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).

9. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminals C40 and body ground, and between C44and body ground.

Go to step 10.

Repair open in the wires between PCMconnector terminals C40, C44 and ground (G101),or repair poor ground (G101), then go to step 36.




06/09/15 17:34:44 62SWA00A_140_0108

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-107

VCC2 (YEL/BLU)

INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT)SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR

VCC2 (YEL/BLU)

INPUT SHAFT(MAINSHAFT)SPEED SENSORCONNECTOR

VCC2 (YEL/BLU)


VCC2 (YEL/BLU)


10. Connect PCM connector C (44P).

11. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speedsensor connector.


13. Measure voltage between input shaft (mainshaft)speed sensor connector terminal No. 1 and bodyground.

Go to step 18.

Go to step 14.



16. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B18 and input shaft (mainshaft) speedsensor connector terminal No. 1.

Go to step 17.

Repair open in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B18 and the input shaft(mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 36.


Repair short in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B18 and the input shaft(mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 36.

Go to step 32.

(cont’d)





Is there about 5 V?



06/09/15 17:34:44 62SWA00A_140_0109

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-108



NM (WHT/RED)







NM (WHT/RED) SG2 (GRN/BLK)(K24Z1 engine model)SG2 (GRN/YEL)(R20A1 and R20A2engine models)



20. Check for continuity between input shaft(mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 2and body ground.

Repair short in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B17 and the input shaft(mainshaft) speed sensor connector, then go tostep 36.

Go to step 21.


Go to step 22.

Repair open in the wire between the inputshaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector and PCMconnector terminal B33, then go to step 36.

22. Connect PCM connector B (44P).


24. Measure voltage between input shaft (mainshaft)speed sensor connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3.

Go to step 25.

Go to step 29.







Is there about 5 V?

06/09/15 17:34:45 62SWA00A_140_0110

＊０８

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-109


NM (WHT/RED)


NM(WHT/RED)

25. Connect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensorconnector.




Replace the input shaft (mainshaft) speedsensor (see page 14-246), then go to step 36.

Go to step 32.




Go to step 32.


(cont’d)





06/09/15 17:34:45 62SWA00A_140_0111

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-110










If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the input shaft(mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCMwas updated, substitute a known-good PCM(see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speedsensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the input shaft(mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go tostep 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,return to step 37 and recheck.





06/09/15 17:34:45 62SWA00A_140_0112

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７１７ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

DTC P0717:

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-111



Problem in Input Shaft(Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No SignalInput)





2. Check for proper input shaft (mainshaft) speedsensor installation (see page 14-246).




Go to step 6.






Go to step 10.


(cont’d)




06/09/15 17:34:45 62SWA00A_140_0113

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-112



VCC2 (YEL/BLU)



VCC2 (YEL/BLU)


VCC2(YEL/BLU)

VCC2 (YEL/BLU)






Go to step 18.

Go to step 14.




Go to step 17.




Go to step 32.





Is there about 5 V?



06/09/15 17:34:46 62SWA00A_140_0114

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-113

NM (WHT/RED)







NM (WHT/RED) SG2 (GRN/BLK)(K24Z1 engine model)SG2 (GRN/YEL)(R20A1 and R20A2engine models)





Go to step 21.


Go to step 22.

Repair open in the wire between the inputshaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector and PCMconnector terminal B33, then go to step 36.



24. Measure voltage between input shaft (mainshaft)speed sensor connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3.

Go to step 25.

Go to step 29.

(cont’d)







Is there about 5 V?

06/09/15 17:34:46 62SWA00A_140_0115

＊０８

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-114




NM (WHT/RED)


NM(WHT/RED)






Go to step 32.




Go to step 32.






06/09/15 17:34:46 62SWA00A_140_0116

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-115





















06/09/15 17:34:46 62SWA00A_140_0117

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７１８ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0718:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-116





Input Shaft (Mainshaft) SpeedSensor Intermittent Failure







Go to step 4.



5. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speedsensor connector, and inspect the connector andconnector terminals to be sure they are makinggood contact.

Go to step 6.

Repair the connector terminals, then go tostep 6.




Go to step 9.

Troubleshooting is complete. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 7 andrecheck.





Go to step 13.




Are the connector terminals OK ?



06/09/15 17:34:47 62SWA00A_140_0118

＊０２

＊０３

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-117

VCC2 (YEL/BLU)


NM (WHT/RED)






Go to step 17.

Go to step 26.





Go to step 20.



(cont’d)



Is there about 5 V?


06/09/15 17:34:47 62SWA00A_140_0119

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-118



NM (WHT/RED)



NM (WHT/RED)


NM(WHT/RED)

VCC2 (YEL/BLU)


VCC2 (YEL/BLU)


VCC2 (YEL/BLU)




Go to step 23.




Go to step 30.





Go to step 29.




Go to step 30.







Is there about 5 V?




06/09/15 17:34:48 62SWA00A_140_0120

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-119





















06/09/15 17:35:45 62SWA00A_140_0121

－

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７２１ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

DTC P0721:

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-120





Problem in Output Shaft(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit





2. Check for proper output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor installation (see page 14-246).


4. Start the engine, and turn the VSA off for modelequipped with VSA (the light on the VSA OFFswitch comes on). Run the vehicle in the D positionwith engine speed 2,000 rpm (min ) or higher formore than 10 seconds. Slow down and stop thewheel.


Go to step 6.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections or loose terminalsat the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor andthe PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,return to step 4 and recheck.





Go to step 10.


1




06/09/15 17:35:46 62SWA00A_140_0122

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-121

VCC1 (YEL/RED)

OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR

VCC1 (YEL/RED)

OUTPUT SHAFT(COUNTERSHAFT)SPEED SENSORCONNECTOR


VCC1 (YEL/RED)

VCC1 (YEL/RED)



11. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor connector.


13. Measure voltage between output shaft(countershaft) speed sensor connector terminalNo. 1 and body ground.

Go to step 18.

Go to step 14.



16. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal C13 and output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor connector terminal No. 1.

Go to step 17.

Repair open in the wire between PCMconnector terminal C13 and the output shaft(countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 36.

17. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal C13 and body ground.

Repair short in the wire between PCMconnector terminal C13 and the output shaft(countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 36.

Go to step 32.

(cont’d)





Is there about 5 V?



06/09/15 17:35:46 62SWA00A_140_0123

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-122




NC (BLK/WHT)(K24Z1 engine model)NC (BLK/BLU)(R20A1 and R20A2engine models)

SG1 (GRN/WHT)



SG1(GRN/WHT)



SG1 (GRN/WHT)



20. Check for continuity between output shaft(countershaft) speed sensor connector terminalNo. 2 and body ground.

Repair short in the wire between PCMconnector terminal C43 and the output shaft(countershaft) speed sensor connector, then go tostep 36.

Go to step 21.


Go to step 22.

Repair open in the wire between the outputshaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector andPCM connector terminal C14, then go to step 36.



24. Measure voltage between output shaft(countershaft) speed sensor connector terminalsNo. 2 and No. 3.

Go to step 25.

Go to step 29.







Is there about 5 V?

06/09/15 17:35:46 62SWA00A_140_0124

－

＊０８

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-123





25. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor connector.




Replace the output shaft (countershaft)speed sensor (see page 14-246), then go to step 36.

Go to step 32.




Go to step 32.


(cont’d)

1





06/09/15 17:35:47 62SWA00A_140_0125

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-124










If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the output shaft(countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If thePCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM(see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the output shaft(countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then goto step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,return to step 37 and recheck.

1

1





06/09/15 17:35:47 62SWA00A_140_0126

－

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７２２ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

DTC P0722:

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-125



Problem in Output Shaft(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (NoSignal Input)





2. Check for proper output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor installation (see page 14-246).




Go to step 6.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections or loose terminalsat the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor andthe PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,return to step 4 and recheck.





Go to step 10.


(cont’d)

1




06/09/15 17:35:47 62SWA00A_140_0127

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-126



VCC1 (YEL/RED)


VCC1 (YEL/RED)



VCC1 (YEL/RED)

VCC1 (YEL/RED)






Go to step 18.

Go to step 14.




Go to step 17.




Go to step 32.





Is there about 5 V?



06/09/15 17:35:47 62SWA00A_140_0128

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-127





SG1 (GRN/WHT)

SG1(GRN/WHT)

SG1 (GRN/WHT)







Go to step 21.


Go to step 22.

Repair open in the wire between the outputshaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector andPCM connector terminal C14, then go to step 36.



24. Measure voltage between output shaft(countershaft) speed sensor connector terminalsNo. 2 and No. 3.

Go to step 25.

Go to step 29.

(cont’d)







Is there about 5 V?

06/09/15 17:35:48 62SWA00A_140_0129

－

＊０８

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-128












Go to step 32.




Go to step 32.


1





06/09/15 17:35:48 62SWA00A_140_0130

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-129

















1

1





06/09/15 17:35:48 62SWA00A_140_0131

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７２３ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0723:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-130





Output Shaft (Countershaft)Speed Sensor Intermittent Failure







Go to step 4.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 2 and recheck.


5. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor connector, and inspect the connector andconnector terminals to be sure they are makinggood contact.

Go to step 6.

Repair the connector terminals, then go tostep 6.




Go to step 9.

Troubleshooting is complete. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 7 andrecheck.





Go to step 13.




Are the connector terminals OK ?



06/09/15 17:35:49 62SWA00A_140_0132

＊０２

＊０３

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-131

VCC1 (YEL/RED)








Go to step 17.

Go to step 26.





Go to step 20.



(cont’d)



Is there about 5 V?


06/09/15 17:35:49 62SWA00A_140_0133

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-132









VCC1 (YEL/RED)



VCC1 (YEL/RED)

VCC1 (YEL/RED)




Go to step 23.




Go to step 30.





Go to step 29.




Go to step 30.







Is there about 5 V?




06/09/15 17:35:49 62SWA00A_140_0134

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-133





















06/09/15 17:35:50 62SWA00A_140_0135

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７４７ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0747:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-134



A/T Clutch Pressure ControlSolenoid Valve A Stuck ON


1. Warm up the engine to normal operatingtemperature (the radiator fan comes on).

2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to theproper level, and check for fluid leaks.

3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-252) through astrainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris orexcessive clutch material.

Replace the transmission, then go to step 11.

Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-252),then go to step 4.


5. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through allfive gears at speeds over 20 km/h (12 mph) formore than 20 seconds, then slow down to a stop.

6. Test-drive the vehicle again in the D positionthrough all five gears at speeds over 20 km/h(12 mph) for more than 20 seconds, then slowdown to a stop.


Go to step 8.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, returnto step 5 and recheck.


9. Choose Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Ain the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS.


Follow the instructions indicated on the HDSby the test result, but if the HDS has not determinedthe cause of the failure, go to step 10. If any part isreplaced, go to step 11.

10. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A (see page 14-238).

Repair the hydraulic system related with shiftvalve A, or replace the transmission, then go tostep 11.

Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A (see page 14-240), then go to step 11.





Troubleshooting is complete.

If the HDS indicates FAILED, return to step 11and recheck. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,return to step 12 and recheck.

Does the strainer have metal debr is or excessiveclutch mater ial?


Does the HDS indicate NORMAL?

Does A/ T clutch pressure control solenoid valve Awork proper ly?


06/09/15 17:35:50 62SWA00A_140_0136

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７５２ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0752:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-135

Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON











Go to step 8.



9. Choose Shift Solenoid A in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and make sure shift solenoid valve Aoperates with the HDS.

Go to step 10.

Replace shift solenoid valve A (see page14-235), then go to step 13.




Repair shift valve A, or replace thetransmission, then go to step 13.










Is a clicking sound heard?



06/09/15 17:35:50 62SWA00A_140_0137

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７５６ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0756:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-136



Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF











Go to step 8.



9. Choose Shift Solenoid B in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and make sure shift solenoid valve Boperates with the HDS.

Go to step 10.

Replace shift solenoid valve B (see page14-235), then go to step 13.




Repair shift valve B, or replace thetransmission, then go to step 13.













06/09/15 17:35:50 62SWA00A_140_0138

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７５７ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0757:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-137

Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON











Go to step 8.




Go to step 10.





Repair shift valve B, or replace thetransmission, then go to step 13.













06/09/15 17:35:50 62SWA00A_140_0139

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７６１ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0761:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-138



Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF











Go to step 8.



9. Choose Shift Solenoid C in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and make sure shift solenoid valve Coperates with the HDS.

Go to step 10.

Replace shift solenoid valve C (see page14-235), then go to step 13.




Repair shift valve C, or replace thetransmission, then go to step 13.













06/09/15 17:35:51 62SWA00A_140_0140

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７７１ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0771:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-139

Shift Solenoid Valve E Stuck OFF











Go to step 8.



9. Choose Shift Solenoid E in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and make sure shift solenoid valve Eoperates with the HDS.

Go to step 10.

Replace shift solenoid valve E (see page14-235), then go to step 13.




Repair shift valve E, or replace thetransmission, then go to step 13.













06/09/15 17:35:51 62SWA00A_140_0141

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７７６ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0776:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-140



A/T Clutch Pressure ControlSolenoid Valve B Stuck OFF











Go to step 8.



9. Choose Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Bin the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS.



10. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve B (see page 14-241).

Repair the hydraulic system related with shiftvalve B, or replace the transmission, then go tostep 11.

Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve B (see page 14-245), then go to step 11.










Does A/ T clutch pressure control solenoid valve Bwork proper ly?


06/09/15 17:35:51 62SWA00A_140_0142

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７７７ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0777:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-141

A/T Clutch Pressure ControlSolenoid Valve B Stuck ON











Go to step 8.






10. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve B (see page 14-241).

Repair the hydraulic system related with shiftvalve B, or replace the transmission, then go tostep 11.











Does A/ T clutch pressure control solenoid valve Bwork proper ly?


06/09/15 17:35:51 62SWA00A_140_0143

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７８０ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0780:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-142



Shift Control System


1. Check for other DTCs indicated simultaneous withDTC P0780.

NOTE: DTC P0780 means there is one or more A/TDTCs about the shift control system.

Troubleshoot indicated DTC(s):

• P1730 (see page 14-204)• P1731 (see page 14-206)• P1732 (see page 14-208)• P1733 (see page 14-210)• P1734 (see page 14-212)

Go to step 2.







If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalves, A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves,and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute aknown-good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. Ifthe PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until aresult comes on.

Are there other DTCs?



06/09/15 17:35:51 62SWA00A_140_0144

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７９６ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0796:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-143

A/T Clutch Pressure ControlSolenoid Valve C Stuck OFF











Go to step 8.



9. Choose Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Cin the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS.



10. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C (see page 14-243).

Repair the hydraulic system related with shiftvalve C, or replace the transmission, then go tostep 11.

Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C (see page 14-245), then go to step 11.










Does A/ T clutch pressure control solenoid valve Cwork proper ly?


06/09/15 17:35:51 62SWA00A_140_0145

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０７９７ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0797:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-144



A/T Clutch Pressure ControlSolenoid Valve C Stuck ON











Go to step 8.






10. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C (see page 14-243).

Repair the hydraulic system related with shiftvalve C, or replace the transmission, then go tostep 11.











Does A/ T clutch pressure control solenoid valve Cwork proper ly?


06/09/15 17:35:52 62SWA00A_140_0146

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０８４２ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0842:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-145


OP2SW (BLU/RED)(K24Z1 engine model)OP2SW (BLU/YEL)(R20A1 and R20A2 engine models)

Short in 2nd Clutch TransmissionFluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd ClutchTransmission Fluid Pressure Switch StuckON





2. Check the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH signal with theHDS in the A/T data list when not in 2nd gear.

Go to step 3.

Go to step 6.

3. Start the engine, and warm it up to normaloperating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).

4. Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the 2 position formore than 5 seconds, then shift to the D position,and drive in 3rd gear for more than 5 seconds.Slow down and stop the wheels.


Go to step 6.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check the OP2SW wire for an intermittentshort to ground between the 2nd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. Ifthe HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step4 and recheck.


7. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch connector.


9. Check the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH signal with theHDS in the A/T data list.

Replace the 2nd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch (see page 14-247), then go to step18.

Go to step 10.





Repair short in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B8 and the 2nd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step18.

Go to step 14.

(cont’d)


Is the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH OFF?


Is the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH OFF?


06/09/15 17:35:52 62SWA00A_140_0147

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-146










If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the 2nd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known-goodPCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the 2nd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the 2nd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM,then go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 19 and recheck.





06/09/15 17:35:52 62SWA00A_140_0148

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０８４３ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

DTC P0843:

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-147

Open in 2nd Clutch TransmissionFluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd ClutchTransmission Fluid Pressure Switch StuckOFF






3. Shift into the 2 position while pressing the brakepedal, and verify with the HDS in the A/T data listthat the SHIFT COMMAND indicates 2nd.

4. Check the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH signal with theHDS in the A/T data list.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 7.



Go to step 7.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the 2nd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch and the PCM. If the HDS indicatesNOT COMPLETED, return to step 5 and recheck.

(cont’d)

Is the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH ON?


06/09/15 17:35:52 62SWA00A_140_0149

＊０１＊０２

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-148



2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUIDPRESSURE SWITCH CONNECTOR

OP2SW (BLU/RED)(K24Z1 engine model)OP2SW (BLU/YEL)(R20A1 and R20A2engine models)

2ND CLUTCHTRANSMISSION FLUIDPRESSURESWITCH CONNECTORPCM CONNECTOR B (44P)




8. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch connector.


10. Measure voltage between the 2nd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch connectorterminal and body ground.

Replace the 2nd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch (see page 14-247), then go to step19.

Go to step 11.




14. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B8 and the 2nd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch connector terminal.

Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the 2nd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch and the PCM. If the connectionsare OK, go to step 15.

Repair open in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B8 and the 2nd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step19.




Is there about 5 V?


06/09/15 17:35:52 62SWA00A_140_0150

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-149








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the 2nd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known-goodPCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the 2nd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the 2nd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM,then go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 20 and recheck.





06/09/15 17:36:43 62SWA00A_140_0151

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０８４７ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0847:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-150




OP3SW (BLU/WHT)(K24Z1 engine model)OP3SW (BLK/RED)(R20A1 and R20A2 engine models)

Short in 3rd Clutch TransmissionFluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd ClutchTransmission Fluid Pressure Switch StuckON





2. Check the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH signal with theHDS in the A/T data list when not in 3rd gear.

Go to step 3.

Go to step 6.


4. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position D3driving mode for more than 5 seconds, then releasethe D3 driving mode by pushing the D3 switch, anddrive in 4th gear for more than 5 seconds. Slowdown and stop the wheels.


Go to step 6.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check the OP3SW wire for an intermittentshort to ground between the 3rd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. Ifthe HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step4 and recheck.


7. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch connector.


9. Check the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH signal with theHDS in the A/T data list.

Replace the 3rd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch (see page 14-247), then go to step18.

Go to step 10.





Repair short in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B9 and the 3rd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step18.

Go to step 14.


Is the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH OFF?


Is the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH OFF?


06/09/15 17:36:44 62SWA00A_140_0152

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-151








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the 3rd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known-goodPCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the 3rd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the 3rd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM,then go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 19 and recheck.





06/09/15 17:36:44 62SWA00A_140_0153

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０８４８ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

DTC P0848:

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-152



Open in 3rd Clutch TransmissionFluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd ClutchTransmission Fluid Pressure Switch StuckOFF






3. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position D3driving mode, and verify with the HDS in the A/Tdata list that the SHIFT COMMAND indicates 3rd.

4. Check the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH signal with theHDS in the A/T data list.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 7.



Go to step 7.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections or loose terminalsat the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switchand the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 5 and recheck.

Is the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH ON?


06/09/15 17:36:44 62SWA00A_140_0154

＊０１＊０２

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-153

3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUIDPRESSURE SWITCH CONNECTOR

OP3SW (BLU/WHT)(K24Z1 engine model)OP3SW (BLK/RED)(R20A1 and R20A2engine models)

3RD CLUTCHTRANSMISSION FLUIDPRESSURESWITCH CONNECTOR





8. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch connector.


10. Measure voltage between the 3rd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch connectorterminal and body ground.

Replace the 3rd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch (see page 14-247), then go to step19.

Go to step 11.




14. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B9 and the 3rd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch connector terminal.

Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the 3rd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch and the PCM. If the connectionsare OK, go to step 15.

Repair open in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B9 and the 3rd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step19.

(cont’d)




Is there about 5 V?


06/09/15 17:36:44 62SWA00A_140_0155

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-154










If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the 3rd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known-goodPCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the 3rd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the 3rd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM,then go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 20 and recheck.





06/09/15 17:36:44 62SWA00A_140_0156

－

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９６２ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0962:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-155

A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR

Problem in A/T Clutch PressureControl Solenoid Valve A Circuit





2. Check that DTC P0962 recurs.

Go to step 6.

Go to step 3.


Go to step 4.

Go to step 6.

4. Choose Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Controlin the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and command A/Tclutch pressure control solenoid valve A at 1.0 Awith the HDS.


Go to step 6.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections and looseterminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 3 and recheck.


7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A connector.

8. Measure resistance between A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve A connector terminals No. 1and No. 2.

Go to step 9.


(cont’d)





Is there 3 10 ?

06/09/15 17:36:45 62SWA00A_140_0157

＊０２

＊０３

－

－－

－

YES

NO YES

NO

14-156




GND (BLK)


GND (BLK)LS A (RED/BLK)(K24Z1 engine model)LS A (WHT)(R20A1 and R20A2engine models)

9. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2and body ground.

Go to step 10.

Repair open in the wire between A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve A and ground(G101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go tostep 16.


11. Measure voltage between A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve A connector terminals No. 1and No. 2.

Go to step 12.

Repair open or short in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B44 and A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve A, then go to step 16.


Wire side of female terminalsIs there continuity?

Is there voltage?

06/09/15 17:36:45 62SWA00A_140_0158

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-157








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known-goodPCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A and the PCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM,then go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 17 and recheck.





06/09/15 17:36:45 62SWA00A_140_0159

－

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９６３ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0963:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-158





GND (BLK)

Problem in A/T Clutch PressureControl Solenoid Valve A






Go to step 6.

Go to step 3.


Go to step 4.

Go to step 6.

4. Choose Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Controlin the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and command A/Tclutch pressure control solenoid valve A at 0.2 Awith the HDS.


Go to step 6.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections and looseterminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 3 and recheck.



8. Measure resistance between A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve A connector terminals No. 1and No. 2.

Go to step 9.


9. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2and body ground.

Go to step 10.

Repair open in the wire between A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve A and ground(G101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go tostep 10.






Is there 3 10 ?


06/09/15 17:36:45 62SWA00A_140_0160

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-159








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known-goodPCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A and the PCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM,then go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 15 and recheck.





06/09/15 17:36:45 62SWA00A_140_0161

－

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９６６ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0966:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-160



A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR

Problem in A/T Clutch PressureControl Solenoid Valve B Circuit






Go to step 6.

Go to step 3.


Go to step 4.

Go to step 6.

4. Choose Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Controlin the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and command A/Tclutch pressure control solenoid valve B at 1.0 Awith the HDS.


Go to step 6.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections and looseterminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve B and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 3 and recheck.


7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve B connector.

8. Measure resistance between A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve B connector terminals No. 1and No. 2.

Go to step 9.






Is there 3 10 ?

06/09/15 17:36:46 62SWA00A_140_0162

＊０２

＊０３

－

－－

－

YES

NO YES

NO

14-161


GND (BLK)


GND (BLK)LS B (BRN)(K24Z1 engine model)LS B (BRN/WHT)(R20A1 and R20A2engine models)

9. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2and body ground.

Go to step 10.

Repair open in the wire between A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve B and ground(G101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go tostep 16.


11. Measure voltage between A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve B connector terminals No. 1and No. 2.

Go to step 12.

Repair open or short in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B35 and A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve B, then go to step 16.

(cont’d)



Is there voltage?

06/09/15 17:36:46 62SWA00A_140_0163

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-162










If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known-goodPCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve B and the PCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM,then go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 17 and recheck.





06/09/15 17:36:46 62SWA00A_140_0164

－

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９６７ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0967:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-163



GND (BLK)

Problem in A/T Clutch PressureControl Solenoid Valve B






Go to step 6.

Go to step 3.


Go to step 4.

Go to step 6.

4. Choose Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Controlin the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and command A/Tclutch pressure control solenoid valve B at 0.2 Awith the HDS.


Go to step 6.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections and looseterminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve B and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 3 and recheck.



8. Measure resistance between A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve B connector terminals No. 1and No. 2.

Go to step 9.


9. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2and body ground.

Go to step 10.

Repair open in the wire between A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve B and ground(G101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go tostep 14.

(cont’d)






Is there 3 10 ?


06/09/15 17:36:46 62SWA00A_140_0165

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-164










If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known-goodPCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve B and the PCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM,then go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 15 and recheck.





06/09/15 17:36:46 62SWA00A_140_0166

－

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９７０ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0970:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-165

A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR

Problem in A/T Clutch PressureControl Solenoid Valve C Circuit






Go to step 6.

Go to step 3.


Go to step 4.

Go to step 6.

4. Choose Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Controlin the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and command A/Tclutch pressure control solenoid valve C at 1.0 Awith the HDS.


Go to step 6.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections and looseterminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 3 and recheck.


7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C connector.

8. Measure resistance between A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve C connector terminals No. 1and No. 2.

Go to step 9.


(cont’d)





Is there 3 10 ?

06/09/15 17:36:47 62SWA00A_140_0167

＊０２

＊０３

－

－－

－

YES

NO YES

NO

14-166




GND (BLK)


GND (BLK)LS C (BLU/YEL)(K24Z1 engine model)LS C (BLU/WHT)(R20A1 and R20A2engine models)

9. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2and body ground.

Go to step 10.

Repair open in the wire between A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve C and ground(G101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go tostep 16.


11. Measure voltage between A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve C connector terminals No. 1and No. 2.

Go to step 12.

Repair open or short in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B25 and A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve C, then go to step 16.



Is there voltage?

06/09/15 17:36:47 62SWA00A_140_0168

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-167








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known-goodPCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C and the PCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM,then go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 17 and recheck.





06/09/15 17:36:47 62SWA00A_140_0169

－

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９７１ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0971:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-168





GND (BLK)

Problem in A/T Clutch PressureControl Solenoid Valve C






Go to step 6.

Go to step 3.


Go to step 4.

Go to step 6.

4. Choose Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Controlin the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and command A/Tclutch pressure control solenoid valve C at 0.2 Awith the HDS.


Go to step 6.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections and looseterminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 3 and recheck.



8. Measure resistance between A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve C connector terminals No. 1and No. 2.

Go to step 9.


9. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2and body ground.

Go to step 10.

Repair open in the wire between A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve C and ground(G101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go tostep 10.






Is there 3 10 ?


06/09/15 17:36:48 62SWA00A_140_0170

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-169








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known-goodPCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C and the PCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM,then go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, return to step 15 and recheck.





06/09/15 17:36:48 62SWA00A_140_0171

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９７３ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0973:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-170



PCM CONNECTORS

B (44P) C (44P)

LG1 (BRN/YEL) LG2(BRN/YEL)

SH A (BLU/BLK) (K24Z1 engine model)SH A (BLU) (R20A1 and R20A2 engine models)

Short in Shift Solenoid Valve ACircuit





2. Start the engine, and shift to the D position.


Go to step 7.

Go to step 4.

4. Choose Shift Solenoid A in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and test shift solenoid valve A with the HDS.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 7.



Go to step 7.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check the SH A wire for an intermittent shortto ground between shift solenoid valve A and thePCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, returnto step 4 and recheck.



9. Disconnect PCM connectors B (44P) and C (44P).

10. Measure resistance between PCM connectorterminals B10 and C40 or C44.

Go to step 11.

Go to step 14.





Is there less than 12 ?

06/09/15 17:36:48 62SWA00A_140_0172

＊０２

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-171

PCM CONNECTORS

B (44P) C (44P)



11. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector.

12. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminals B10 and C40 or C44.

Repair short in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B10 and the shift solenoidharness connector, then go to step 18.

Go to step 13.

13. Inspect shift solenoid valve A (see page 14-230).

Go to step 14.

Replace shift solenoid valve A or the shiftsolenoid harness (see page 14-235), then go to step18.








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10),then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, keepidling until a result comes on.

(cont’d)



Is shif t solenoid valve A OK ?



06/09/15 17:36:48 62SWA00A_140_0173

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-172






Check for poor connections and looseterminals at shift solenoid valve A and the PCM,then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 19 andrecheck.



06/09/15 17:36:48 62SWA00A_140_0174

－

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９７４ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0974:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-173

PCM CONNECTORS

B (44P) C (44P)



Open in Shift Solenoid Valve ACircuit





2. Start the engine in the P position.


Go to step 7.

Go to step 4.

4. Choose Shift Solenoid A in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and test shift solenoid valve A with the HDS.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 7.



Go to step 7.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections or loose terminalsat shift solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 4 andrecheck.





Go to step 15.

Go to step 11.

(cont’d)





Is there 12 25 ?

06/09/15 17:36:49 62SWA00A_140_0175

＊０２＊０３

－

－

－

－YES

NO

YES

NO

14-174



PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)SHIFT SOLENOIDHARNESS CONNECTOR

SH A (BLU/BLK)(K24Z1 engine model)SH A (BLU)(R20A1 and R20A2 engine models)

SH A (BLU/BLK)(K24Z1 engine model)SH A (BLU)(R20A1 and R20A2engine models)


SH A (BLU)

SH A (BLU)

SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE ACONNECTOR



Go to step 13.


13. Remove the shift solenoid harness (see page14-230).

14. Check for continuity between shift solenoidharness connector terminal No. 5 and the shiftsolenoid valve A connector terminal.


Replace the shift solenoid harness (see page14-235), then go to step 19.




Terminal side ofmale terminals



06/09/15 17:36:49 62SWA00A_140_0176

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-175








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10),then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, keepidling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at shift solenoid valve A and the PCM,then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 20 andrecheck.





06/09/15 17:36:49 62SWA00A_140_0177

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９７６ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0976:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-176



SH B (GRN/WHT)

PCM CONNECTORS

B (44P) C (44P)


Short in Shift Solenoid Valve BCircuit







Go to step 7.

Go to step 4.

4. Choose Shift Solenoid B in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and test shift solenoid valve B with the HDS.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 7.



Go to step 7.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check the SH B wire for an intermittent shortto ground between shift solenoid valve B and thePCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, returnto step 4 and recheck.





Go to step 11.

Go to step 14.






06/09/15 17:36:49 62SWA00A_140_0178

＊０２

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-177

SH B (GRN/WHT)

PCM CONNECTORS

B (44P) C (44P)





Go to step 13.

13. Inspect shift solenoid valve B (see page 14-230).

Go to step 14.

Replace shift solenoid valve B or the shiftsolenoid harness (see page 14-235), then go to step18.








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10),then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, keepidling until a result comes on.

(cont’d)



Is shif t solenoid valve B OK ?



06/09/15 17:36:49 62SWA00A_140_0179

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-178






Check for poor connections and looseterminals at shift solenoid valve B and the PCM,then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 19 andrecheck.



06/09/15 17:36:50 62SWA00A_140_0180

－

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９７７ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0977:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-179

SH B (GRN/WHT)

PCM CONNECTORS

B (44P) C (44P)


Open in Shift Solenoid Valve BCircuit





2. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in 1stthru 3rd gears in the D position D3 driving mode.


Go to step 7.

Go to step 4.

4. Choose Shift Solenoid B in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and test shift solenoid valve B with the HDS.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 7.



Go to step 7.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections or loose terminalsat shift solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 4 andrecheck.





Go to step 15.

Go to step 11.

(cont’d)





Is there 12 25 ?

06/09/15 17:38:01 62SWA00A_140_0181

＊０２＊０３

－

－－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-180




SH B (GRN/WHT)SH B (GRN/WHT)

SHIFT SOLENOIDHARNESS CONNECTOR SHIFT SOLENOID

VALVE BCONNECTOR

SH B (ORN)

SH B (ORN)




Go to step 13.



14. Check for continuity between shift solenoidharness connector terminal No. 2 and the shiftsolenoid valve B connector terminal.




Terminal side offemale terminals Wire side of

female terminalsTerminal side ofmale terminals

Is there continuity?Is there continuity?

06/09/15 17:38:02 62SWA00A_140_0182

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-181








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10),then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, keepidling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at shift solenoid valve B and the PCM,then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 20 andrecheck.





06/09/15 17:38:02 62SWA00A_140_0183

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９７９ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0979:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-182



SH C (GRN)

PCM CONNECTORS

B (44P) C (44P)


Short in Shift Solenoid Valve CCircuit







Go to step 7.

Go to step 4.

4. Choose Shift Solenoid C in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and test shift solenoid valve C with the HDS.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 7.



Go to step 7.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check the SH C wire for an intermittent shortto ground between shift solenoid valve C and thePCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, returnto step 4 and recheck.





Go to step 11.

Go to step 14.






06/09/15 17:38:03 62SWA00A_140_0184

＊０２

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-183

SH C (GRN)

PCM CONNECTORS

B (44P) C (44P)





Go to step 13.

13. Inspect shift solenoid valve C (see page 14-230).

Go to step 14.

Replace shift solenoid valve C or the shiftsolenoid harness (see page 14-235), then go to step18.








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10),then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, keepidling until a result comes on.

(cont’d)



Is shif t solenoid valve C OK ?



06/09/15 17:38:03 62SWA00A_140_0185

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-184






Check for poor connections and looseterminals at shift solenoid valve C and the PCM,then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 19 andrecheck.



06/09/15 17:38:03 62SWA00A_140_0186

－

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９８０ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0980:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-185

SH C (GRN)

PCM CONNECTORS

B (44P) C (44P)


Open in Shift Solenoid Valve CCircuit







Go to step 7.

Go to step 4.

4. Choose Shift Solenoid C in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and test shift solenoid valve C with the HDS.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 7.



Go to step 7.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections or loose terminalsat shift solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 4 andrecheck.





Go to step 15.

Go to step 11.

(cont’d)





Is there 12 25 ?

06/09/15 17:38:03 62SWA00A_140_0187

＊０２＊０３

－

－－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-186




SH C (GRN)SH C (GRN)

SHIFT SOLENOIDHARNESS CONNECTOR SHIFT SOLENOID

VALVE CCONNECTOR

SH C (GRN)

SH C (GRN)




Go to step 13.



14. Check for continuity between shift solenoidharness connector terminal No. 1 and the shiftsolenoid valve C connector terminal.







06/09/15 17:38:04 62SWA00A_140_0188

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-187








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10),then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, keepidling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at shift solenoid valve C and the PCM,then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 20 andrecheck.





06/09/15 17:38:04 62SWA00A_140_0189

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９８２ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0982:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-188



SH D (GRN/RED)

PCM CONNECTORS

B (44P) C (44P)


Short in Shift Solenoid Valve DCircuit





2. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in 1st and2nd gears in the D position.


Go to step 7.

Go to step 4.

4. Choose Shift Solenoid D in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and test shift solenoid valve D with the HDS.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 7.



Go to step 7.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check the SH D wire for an intermittent shortto ground between shift solenoid valve D and thePCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, returnto step 4 and recheck.





Go to step 11.

Go to step 14.






06/09/15 17:38:04 62SWA00A_140_0190

＊０２

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-189

SH D (GRN/RED)

PCM CONNECTORS

B (44P) C (44P)





Go to step 13.

13. Inspect shift solenoid valve D (see page 14-230).

Go to step 14.

Replace shift solenoid valve D or the shiftsolenoid harness (see page 14-235), then go to step18.








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve D and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10),then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, keepidling until a result comes on.

(cont’d)



Is shif t solenoid valve D OK ?



06/09/15 17:38:04 62SWA00A_140_0191

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-190






Check for poor connections and looseterminals at shift solenoid valve D and the PCM,then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve D and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 19 andrecheck.



06/09/15 17:38:04 62SWA00A_140_0192

－

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９８３ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0983:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-191

SH D (GRN/RED)

PCM CONNECTORS

B (44P) C (44P)


Open in Shift Solenoid Valve DCircuit







Go to step 7.

Go to step 4.

4. Choose Shift Solenoid D in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and test shift solenoid valve D with the HDS.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 7.



Go to step 7.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections or loose terminalsat shift solenoid valve D and the PCM. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 4 andrecheck.





Go to step 15.

Go to step 11.

(cont’d)





Is there 12 25 ?

06/09/15 17:38:05 62SWA00A_140_0193

＊０２＊０３

－

－－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-192



SH D (GRN/RED)



SH D (GRN/RED)

SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE DCONNECTOR


SH D (YEL)

SH D (YEL)



Go to step 13.



14. Check for continuity between shift solenoidharness connector terminal No. 8 and the shiftsolenoid valve D connector terminal.

Replace shift solenoid valve D (see page14-235), then go to step 19.






06/09/15 17:38:05 62SWA00A_140_0194

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-193








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve D and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10),then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, keepidling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at shift solenoid valve D and the PCM,then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve D and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 20 andrecheck.





06/09/15 17:38:05 62SWA00A_140_0195

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９８５ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0985:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-194



SH E (YEL)

PCM CONNECTORS

B (44P) C (44P)


Short in Shift Solenoid Valve ECircuit







Go to step 7.

Go to step 4.

4. Choose Shift Solenoid E in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and test shift solenoid valve E with the HDS.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 7.



Go to step 7.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check the SH E wire for an intermittent shortto ground between shift solenoid valve E and thePCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, returnto step 4 and recheck.





Go to step 11.

Go to step 14.






06/09/15 17:38:06 62SWA00A_140_0196

＊０２

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-195

SH E (YEL)

PCM CONNECTORS

B (44P) C (44P)





Go to step 13.

13. Inspect shift solenoid valve E (see page 14-230).

Go to step 14.

Replace shift solenoid valve E or the shiftsolenoid harness (see page 14-235), then go to step18.








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve E and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10),then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, keepidling until a result comes on.

(cont’d)



Is shif t solenoid valve E OK ?



06/09/15 17:38:06 62SWA00A_140_0197

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-196






Check for poor connections and looseterminals at shift solenoid valve E and the PCM,then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve E and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 19 andrecheck.



06/09/15 17:38:06 62SWA00A_140_0198

－

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９０９８６ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P0986:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-197

SH E (YEL)

PCM CONNECTORS

B (44P) C (44P)


Open in Shift Solenoid Valve ECircuit







Go to step 7.

Go to step 4.

4. Choose Shift Solenoid E in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and test shift solenoid valve E with the HDS.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 7.



Go to step 7.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for poor connections or loose terminalsat shift solenoid valve E and the PCM. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 4 andrecheck.





Go to step 15.

Go to step 11.

(cont’d)





Is there 12 25 ?

06/09/15 17:38:06 62SWA00A_140_0199

＊０２＊０３

－

－－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-198




SH E (RED)


SH E (RED)


SH E (RED)

SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE E CONNECTOR

SH E (RED)



Go to step 13.



14. Check for continuity between shift solenoidharness connector terminal No. 3 and the shiftsolenoid valve E connector terminal.







06/09/15 17:38:07 62SWA00A_140_0200

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-199








If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve E and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10),then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, keepidling until a result comes on.




Check for poor connections and looseterminals at shift solenoid valve E and the PCM,then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at shift solenoidvalve E and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDSindicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 20 andrecheck.





06/09/15 17:38:07 62SWA00A_140_0201

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９１６Ｃ０ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

DTC P16C0:

YES

NO

14-200



PCM A/T Control SystemIncomplete Updated



• This code is indicated when PCM updating isincomplete.

1. Update the PCM (see page 14-9).

2. Check whether the DTC P16C0 is indicated in theDTCs/Freeze Data in A/T Mode Menu with the HDS.

Replace the original PCM; R20A1 and R20A2engine models (see page 11-226), K24Z1 enginemodel (see page 11-613).

PCM updating is complete.

Is DTC P16C0 indicated?

06/09/15 17:38:07 62SWA00A_140_0202

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９１７１７ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P1717:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-201

GND (BLK)


Open in Transmission RangeSwitch ATP RVS Switch Circuit





2. Shift to the R position, and verify the A/T R SWITCHsignal with the HDS in the A/T data list.

Go to step 3.

Check for proper transmission range switchinstallation (see page 14-329), adjust the shift cable(see page 14-321), then recheck.

3. Check the REVERSE SWITCH signal with the HDS.


Go to step 4.




Go to step 7.

Repair open in the wire between transmissionrange switch connector terminal No. 10 and ground(G101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go tostep 14.

(cont’d)


Is the A/ T R SWITCH ON?

Is the REVERSE SWITCH ON?


06/09/15 17:38:07 62SWA00A_140_0203

＊０２

＊０３

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-202




ATP RVS (WHT/RED)

GND (BLK)

ATP RVS

GND




Go to step 9.

Repair open in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B22 and the transmission rangeswitch, then go to step 14.

9. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 10terminals at the transmission range switch.

Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the transmission range switch and thePCM. If the connections are OK, go to step 10.




Is there voltage?

Is there continuity while the shif t lever is in the Rposition, and no continuity when the shif t lever isshif ted to any position other than R?

06/09/15 17:38:08 62SWA00A_140_0204

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-203


11. Test-drive the vehicle in the R position at speedsbelow 5 km/h (3 mph) for more than 2 seconds,then increase the speed and test-drive at speedsover 5 km/h (3 mph) for more than 2 seconds, thenslow down to a stop.








15. Test-drive the vehicle in the R position at speedsbelow 5 km/h (3 mph) for more than 2 seconds,then increase the speed and test-drive at speedsover 5 km/h (3 mph) for more than 2 seconds, thenslow down to a stop.


Check for poor connections and looseterminals at the transmission range switch and thePCM, then go to step 1.




If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at thetransmission range switch and the PCM, then go tostep 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,return to step 15 and recheck.





06/09/15 17:38:08 62SWA00A_140_0205

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９１７３０ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P1730:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-204



Problem in Shift Control System:

• Shift Solenoid Valves A or D Stuck OFF• Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON• Shift Valves A, B, or D Stuck











Go to step 8.



9. Choose Shift Solenoid A in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and check that shift solenoid valve Aoperates with the HDS.

Go to step 10.


10. Choose Shift Solenoid B in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and check that shift solenoid valve Boperates with the HDS.

Go to step 11.


11. Choose Shift Solenoid D in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and check that shift solenoid valve Doperates with the HDS.

Go to step 12.







06/09/15 17:38:08 62SWA00A_140_0206

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-205




Repair hydraulic system related with shiftvalves A, B, and D, or replace the transmission,then go to step 15.










06/09/15 17:38:08 62SWA00A_140_0207

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９１７３１ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P1731:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-206




• Shift Solenoid Valve E Stuck OFF• Shift Valve E Stuck• A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Stuck

OFF











Go to step 8.



9. Choose Shift Solenoid E in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and check that shift solenoid valve Eoperates with the HDS.

Go to step 10.






Repair the hydraulic system related with shiftvalve E, or replace the transmission, then go to step12.







06/09/15 17:38:08 62SWA00A_140_0208

－

－

YES

NO

14-207








06/09/15 17:38:08 62SWA00A_140_0209

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９１７３２ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P1732:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-208




• Shift Solenoid Valves B or C Stuck ON• Shift Valves B or C Stuck











Go to step 8.



9. Choose Shift Solenoid B in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and check that shift solenoid valve Boperates with the HDS.

Go to step 10.


10. Choose Shift Solenoid C in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and check that shift solenoid valve Coperates with the HDS.

Go to step 11.





Repair hydraulic system related with shiftvalves B and C, or replace the transmission, thengo to step 14.







06/09/15 17:38:09 62SWA00A_140_0210

－

－

YES

NO

14-209








06/09/15 17:39:18 62SWA00A_140_0211

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９１７３３ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P1733:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-210




• Shift Solenoid Valve D Stuck ON• Shift Valve D Stuck• A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Stuck

OFF











Go to step 8.



9. Choose Shift Solenoid D in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and check that shift solenoid valve Doperates with the HDS.

Go to step 10.


10. Choose Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Cin the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS.

Go to step 11.





Repair hydraulic system related with shiftvalve D, or replace the transmission, then go tostep 14.







06/09/15 17:39:18 62SWA00A_140_0212

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-211


Repair the hydraulic system related to shiftvalve E, or replace the transmission, then go to step15.










06/09/15 17:39:18 62SWA00A_140_0213

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９１７３４ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P1734:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-212




• Shift Solenoid Valves B or C Stuck OFF• Shift Valves B or C Stuck











Go to step 8.




Go to step 10.


10. Choose Shift Solenoid C in the Miscellaneous TestMenu, and check that shift solenoid valve Coperates with the HDS.

Go to step 11.





Repair hydraulic system related with shiftvalves B and C, or replace the transmission, thengo to step 14.







06/09/15 17:39:18 62SWA00A_140_0214

－

－

YES

NO

14-213








06/09/15 17:39:19 62SWA00A_140_0215

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９２１２２ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P2122:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-214



Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)Sensor A (Throttle Position Sensor D) CircuitLow Voltage Input






Go to step 4.


Go to step 5.









If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at acceleratorpedal position sensor A and the PCM. If the PCMwas updated, substitute a known-good PCM(see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.





06/09/15 17:39:19 62SWA00A_140_0216

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００９２１２３ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC P2123:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-215

Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)Sensor A (Throttle Position Sensor D) CircuitHigh Voltage Input






Go to step 4.

4. Check whether the DTC P2123 is indicated in theDTCs/Freeze Data in A/T Mode Menu with the HDS.

Go to step 5.









If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at acceleratorpedal position sensor A and the PCM. If the PCMwas updated, substitute a known-good PCM(see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.





06/09/15 17:39:19 62SWA00A_140_0217

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００Ｕ００２８ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC U0028:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-216



F-CAN Communication CircuitError (F-CAN Bus OFF)




3. Check whether DTC U0155 is indicated in the DTCs/Freeze Data in PGM-FI Mode Menu with the HDS.

Troubleshoot for DTC U0155 in the PGM-FISystem; R20A1 and R20A2 engine models(see page 11-184), K24Z1 engine model (see page11-576).

Go to step 4.

4. Check whether DTC U0028 is indicated in the DTCs/Freeze Data in A/T Mode Menu with the HDS.

Go to step 5.






If DTC U0028 is not indicated, or if any otherDTCs are indicated, go to step 8.

8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for U0028 in the DTCs/Freeze Data in A/T Mode Menu for a pass/fail.


If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the PCM andthe connectors on the F-CAN circuit. If the PCM wasupdated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page14-10), then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, goto step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,keep idling until a result comes on.

Is DTC U0155 indicated in the PGM-FI system?

Is DTC U0028 indicated?



06/09/15 17:39:19 62SWA00A_140_0218

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００Ｕ０１２１ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC U0121:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-217

CAN H (WHT)

PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)

CAN H (WHT) CAN L (RED)

CAN L(RED)

ABS MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 25P CONNECTOR

Lost Communication with ABSControl Unit




3. Check that DTC U0121 recurs.

Go to step 4.


4. Check whether any DTC is indicated in the DTCs/Freeze Data in ABS Mode Menu with the HDS.

Troubleshoot for indicated DTC in the ABSsystem (see page 19-65).

Go to step 5.



7. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).

8. Disconnect the ABS modulator-control unit 25Pconnector.

9. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A36 and ABS modulator-control unit 25Pconnector terminal No. 1, and between PCMconnector terminal A37 and ABS modulator-controlunit 25P connector terminal No. 17.

Go to step 10.

Go to step 14.

(cont’d)




Is any DTC indicated in the ABS?


06/09/15 17:39:19 62SWA00A_140_0219

－

－

－

－

－

－YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-218










If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the ABSmodulator-control unit and the PCM. If the PCMwas updated, substitute a known-good PCM(see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.

14. Check the communication line between the ABSmodulator-control unit and the gauge controlmodule with the HDS.

Repair open in the wires between the ABSmodulator-control unit connector and CANcommunication lines.

Substitute a known-good ABS modulator-control unit (see page 19-99), then recheck. If thesymptom/indication goes away with a known-goodABS modulator-control unit, replace the originalABS modulator-control unit.



Is there malfunction in the F-CAN line between theABS modulator-control unit and gauge controlmodule?

06/09/15 17:39:20 62SWA00A_140_0220

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００Ｕ０１２２ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC U0122:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-219

CAN L (RED)


CAN H (WHT)

CAN H (WHT)

CAN L (RED)

VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNITCONNECTOR

Lost Communication with VSAControl Unit




3. Check that DTC U0122 recurs.

Go to step 4.


4. Check whether any DTC is indicated in the DTCs/Freeze Data in VSA Mode Menu with the HDS.

Troubleshoot for indicated DTC in the VSAsystem (see page 19-105).

Go to step 5.




8. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unitconnector.

9. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A36 and VSA modulator-control unitconnector terminal No. 39, and between PCMconnector terminal A37 and VSA modulator-controlunit connector terminal No. 38.

Go to step 10.

Go to step 14.

(cont’d)




Is any DTC indicated in the VSA?


06/09/15 17:39:20 62SWA00A_140_0221

－

－

－

－

－

－YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-220










If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the VSAmodulator-control unit and the PCM. If the PCMwas updated, substitute a known-good PCM(see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM wassubstituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOTCOMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.

14. Check the communication line between the VSAmodulator-control unit and the gauge controlmodule with the HDS.

Repair open in the wires between the VSAmodulator-control unit connector and CANcommunication lines.

Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see page 19-169), then recheck. If thesymptom/indication goes away with a known-goodVSA modulator-control unit, replace the originalVSA modulator-control unit.



Is there malfunction in the F-CAN line between theVSA modulator-control unit and gauge controlmodule?

06/09/15 17:39:20 62SWA00A_140_0222

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＫ７７１０００Ｕ０１５５ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC U0155:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-221

Lost Communication with GaugeControl Module




3. Check whether DTC U0155 is indicated in the DTCs/Freeze Data in PGM-FI Mode Menu with the HDS.

Troubleshoot for DTC U0155 in the PGM-FISystem; R20A1 and R20A2 engine models(see page 11-184), K24Z1 engine model (see page11-576).

Go to step 4.

4. Check whether the DTC U0155 is indicated in theDTCs/Freeze Data in A/T Mode Menu with the HDS.

Go to step 5.









If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poorconnections and loose terminals at the gaugecontrol module and the PCM. If the PCM wasupdated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page14-10), then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, goto step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,keep idling until a result comes on.

Is DTC U0155 indicated in the PGM-FI system?




06/09/15 17:39:20 62SWA00A_140_0223

－

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４００００００００ＦＥＡＴ００

14-222


Road Test

A


2. Apply the parking brake, and block both rearwheels. Start the engine, then shift to the D positionwhile pressing the brake pedal. Press theaccelerator pedal, and release it suddenly. Theengine should not stall.

3. Repeat step 2 in all shift lever positions.

4. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A), and go to the A/Tdata list. If the HDS does not communicate with thePCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit; R20A1 andR20A2 engine models (see page 11-199), K24Z1engine model (see page 11-589).

5. Prepare the HDS to take a HIGH SPEED SNAPSHOT(refer to the HDS user’s guide for more details ifneeded):

• Select High Speed icon.• Select these parameters:

– VSS veh speed– Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed– Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed (rpm)– RPM engine speed– Relative TP Sensor– APP Sensor A– ATF Temp sensor– Battery voltage– Shift control– Brake Switch

• Set the Trigger Type to Parameter.• Adjust the Parameter setting to APP Sensor A

above 0.75 V.• Set the recording time to 60 seconds.• Set the Trigger point to 30 seconds.

6. Find a suitable level road. When you are ready todo the test, press OK on the HDS.

7. Monitor the HDS and accelerate quickly until theAPP Sensor A reads 0.75 V. Maintain a steadythrottle until the transmission shifts to 5th gear,then slow the vehicle and come to a stop.

8. Save the snapshot if the entire event was recordedor increase the recording time setting as necessaryand repeat step 7.

9. Adjust the parameter setting to 2.25 V. Test-drivethe vehicle again. While monitoring the HDSaccelerate quickly until the APP Sensor A reads2.25 V. Maintain a steady throttle until thetransmission shifts to 5th gear (or reasonablespeed), then slow the vehicle and come to a stop.

10. Save the snapshot if the entire event was recordedor increase the recording time setting as necessaryand repeat step 9.

11. Accelerate quickly until the accelerator pedal is tothe floor. Maintain a steady pedal until thetransmission shifts to 3rd gear, then slow to a stop,and save the snapshot.


06/09/15 17:39:21 62SWA00A_140_0224

→ －－→ －－→ －－→ －－

－－

→ －－→ －－→ －－→ －－

－－

→ －－→ －－→ －－

－－→ －－→ －－→ －－

－－

→ －－→ －－→ －－→ －－

K24Z1 Engine Model

Upshift: D Position

Accelerator pedal position sensor voltage:

0.8 V


2.25 V

Fully-opened throttle


4.5 V

Downshift: D Position (reference)


0.8 V


2.25 V



4.5 V

14-223

12. Review each snapshot individually, and comparethe Shift Command, the APP Sensor A voltage, andthe Vehicle Speed to the table below.

1st 2nd 16 20 km/h (10 12 mph)2nd 3rd 27 33 km/h (17 21 mph)3rd 4th 40 48 km/h (25 30 mph)4th 5th 59 69 km/h (37 43 mph)Lock-up ON 50 58 km/h (31 36 mph)


1st 2nd 58 68 km/h (36 42 mph)2nd 3rd 103 115 km/h (64 72 mph)3rd 4th 159 175 km/h (99 108 mph)

Lock-up OFF 49 57 km/h (30 35 mph)5th 4th 49 59 km/h (30 37 mph)4th 3rd 33 39 km/h (21 24 mph)3rd 1st 7 13 km/h (4 8 mph)

Lock-up OFF 89 101 km/h (55 63 mph)

5th 4th 182 198 km/h (113 123 mph)4th 3rd 133 147 km/h (83 91 mph)3rd 2nd 82 94 km/h (51 58 mph)2nd 1st 40 50 km/h (25 31 mph)

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:39:21 62SWA00A_140_0225

→ －－→ －－→ －－→ －－

－－

→ －－→ －－→ －－→ －－

－－

→ －－→ －－→ －－

－－→ －－→ －－→ －－

－－

－－→ －－→ －－→ －－→ －－

R20A1 and R20A2 Engine Models

Upshift: D Position


0.8 V


2.25 V



4.5 V

Downshift: D Position (reference)


0.8 V


2.25 V



4.5 V

14-224


Road Test (cont’d)



1st 2nd 58 68 km/h (36 42 mph)2nd 3rd 103 115 km/h (64 71 mph)3rd 4th 159 175 km/h (99 109 mph)

Lock-up OFF 47 55 km/h (29 34 mph)5th 4th 47 57 km/h (29 35 mph)4th 3rd 29 35 km/h (18 22 mph)3rd 1st 7 13 km/h (4 8 mph)

Lock-up OFF 85 97 km/h (53 60 mph)

Lock-up OFF 185 201 km/h (115 125 mph)5th 4th 182 198 km/h (113 123 mph)4th 3rd 138 152 km/h (86 94 mph)3rd 2nd 84 96 km/h (52 60 mph)2nd 1st 40 50 km/h (25 31 mph)

13. Drive the vehicle in 4th or 5th gear in the D position,then shift to the 2 position. The vehicle shouldimmediately begin to slow down from enginebraking.

14. Shift to the R position, briefly accelerate from astop at full throttle, and check for abnormal noiseand clutch slippage.

15. Park the vehicle on a slope (about 16 degrees),apply the parking brake, and shift into the Pposition. Release the brake; the vehicle should notmove.

NOTE: Always use the brake to hold the vehicle,when stopped on an incline in gear. Depending onthe grade of the incline, the vehicle could rollbackwards if the brake is released.

06/09/15 17:39:21 62SWA00A_140_0226

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４７４００００００ＦＥＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

Stall Speed rpm

K24Z1 Engine Model:

Specification: 2,245 rpm (min )

Service Limit: 2,295 2,595 rpm (min )

R20A1 and R20A2 Engine Models:

Specification: 2,540 rpm (min )

Service Limit: 2,490 2,590 rpm (min )

Problem Probable causes

1

1

1

1

14-225

Stall Speed Test

A

1. Make sure the transmission fluid is filled to theproper level (see page 14-251).

2. Apply the parking brake, and block all four wheels.

3. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A), and go to the A/Tdata list. If the HDS does not communicate with thePCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit; R20A1 andR20A2 engine models (see page 11-199), K24Z1engine model (see page 11-589).

4. Make sure the A/C switch OFF.

5. After the engine has warmed up to normaloperating temperature (the radiator fan comes on),shift to the D position.

6. Firmly press and hold the brake pedal, and thenfirmly press the accelerator pedal for 6 to 8 seconds,and note engine speed. Do not move the shift leverwhile raising engine speed.

7. Allow 2 minutes for cooling, then repeat the test inthe 2, 1, and R positions.

NOTE:• Do not test stall speed for more than 10 seconds

at a time.• Stall speed tests should be used for diagnostic

purposes only.• Stall speed should be the same in the D, 2, 1, and

R positions.• Do not test stall speed with the A/T pressure

gauges installed.

8. If the stall speeds are out of the service limit, thepossible problems and probable causes are listedin the table.

•

•••

••

•

Stall speed rpm highin the D, 2, 1, and Rpositions

ATF pump outputlowClogged ATF strainerRegulator valve stuckSlipping clutch

Stall speed rpm highin the 1 position

Slippage of 1st clutch

Stall speed rpm highin the 2 position

Slippage of 2nd clutch

Stall speed rpm highin the R position

Slippage of 4th clutch

Stall speed rpm lowin the D, 2, 1, and Rpositions

Engine output lowEngine throttle valveclosedTorque converterone-way clutchslipping


06/09/15 17:39:21 62SWA00A_140_0227

－

－－－

－－－

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０８０００００ＦＥＡＴ００


K24Z1 Engine Model

Pressure Fluid Pressure

Standard Service Limit




14-226


Pressure Test

A/T OIL PRESSURE GAUGE SET07406-0020004

A

A

A/T oil clutch pressure gauge set 07406-0020004

1. Make sure the transmission fluid is filled to theproper level (see page 14-251).


3. Remove the splash shield.

4. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the line pressureinspection hole (A). Do not allow dust or otherforeign particles to enter the hole while connectingthe gauge.


6. Turn off the engine, and connect the HDS to theDLC (A).


7. Measure the line pressure at the line pressureinspection port in the P or N position while holdingthe engine speed at 2,000 rpm (min ).

NOTE: Higher pressure may be indicated ifmeasurements are made in the shift lever positionother than P or N.

Line 840 kPa(8.7 kgf/cm ,120 psi)

Line 830 kPa(8.5 kgf/cm ,120 psi)

1

2

2

930 980 kPa(9.5 10.0 kgf/cm ,140 142 psi)

2

907 956 kPa(9.25 9.75 kgf/cm ,132 139 psi)

2


06/09/15 17:39:22 62SWA00A_140_0228

－

－

－－－

－－－

＊０４

＊０５

K24Z1 Engine Model






14-227

B

C

8. Turn the engine off, then disconnect the oilpressure gauge from the line pressure inspectionport.

9. Install the sealing bolt to the line pressureinspection port with a new sealing washer, andtighten the bolt to 18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m, 13 lbf·ft). Donot reuse the old sealing washer.

10. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the 1st clutchpressure inspection port (B).

11. Remove the air cleaner housing and intake air duct,and connect the oil pressure gauge to the 2ndclutch pressure inspection port (C). Thentemporarily install the air cleaner housing andintake air duct.


13. Shift to the 1 position, and measure the 1st clutchpressure at the 1st clutch pressure inspection port(B) while holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm(min ).

14. Shift to the 2 position, and measure the 2nd clutchpressure at the 2nd clutch pressure inspection port(C) while holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm(min ).

1st clutch(B)2nd clutch(C)

840 kPa(8.6 kgf/cm ,120 psi)

1st clutch(B)2nd clutch(C)

830 kPa(8.5 kgf/cm ,120 psi)

15. Turn the engine off, remove the air cleaner housingand intake air duct, then disconnect the oil pressuregauges from the 1st clutch pressure and 2nd clutchpressure inspection ports.

16. Install the sealing bolts in the 1st clutch pressureand 2nd clutch pressure inspection ports with newsealing washers, and tighten the bolts to 18 N·m(1.8 kgf·m, 13 lbf·ft). Do not reuse the old sealingwashers.

17. Install the air cleaner housing and intake air duct.

(cont’d)

1

1

2

2

930 980 kPa(9.5 10.0 kgf/cm ,140 142 psi)

2

907 956 kPa(9.25 9.75 kgf/cm ,132 139 psi)

2

06/09/15 17:39:22 62SWA00A_140_0229

－

－

－

－－－

－－－

＊０６

＊０７K24Z1 Engine Model






14-228


Pressure Test (cont’d)

D

F

E

18. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the 3rd clutchpressure inspection port (D) and the 5th clutchpressure inspection port (F).

19. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the 4th clutchpressure inspection port (E).

20. Cancel the transmission 2nd-hold control modewith the HDS; choose Pressure Test AssistanceMode in the Miscellaneous Test Menu of the A/TMode Menu.

21. Start the engine, shift to the D position, and selectthe D3 driving mode by pressing the D3 switch.

22. Measure the 3rd clutch pressure at the 3rd clutchpressure inspection port (D) while holding theengine speed at 2,000 rpm (min ).

23. Release the D3 driving mode by pressing the D3switch, and measure the 4th clutch pressure at the4th clutch pressure inspection port (E) whileholding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm (min ).

24. Measure the 5th clutch pressure at the 5th clutchpressure inspection port (F) while holding theengine speed at 2,000 rpm (min ).

3rd clutch(D)4th clutch(E)5th clutch(F)

840 kPa(8.6 kgf/cm ,120 psi)

3rd clutch(D)4th clutch(E)5th clutch(F)

830 kPa(8.5 kgf/cm ,120 psi)

1

1

1

2

2

930 980 kPa(9.5 10.0 kgf/cm ,140 142 psi)

2

907 956 kPa(9.25 9.75 kgf/cm ,132 139 psi)

2

06/09/15 17:39:23 62SWA00A_140_0230

－

－－－

－－－

K24Z1 Engine Model






Problem Probable causes

14-229

25. Bring the engine back to an idle, then apply thebrake pedal to stop the wheels from rotating.

26. Shift to the R position, then release the brake pedal.Raise the engine speed to 2,000 rpm (min ), andmeasure the 4th clutch pressure at the 4th clutchpressure inspection port (E).

4th clutch(E) in R

840 kPa(8.6 kgf/cm ,120 psi)

4th clutch(E) in R

830 kPa(8.5 kgf/cm ,120 psi)

27. Turn the engine off, then disconnect the oilpressure gauges from the 3rd, 4th, and 5th clutchpressure inspection ports.

28. Install the sealing bolts in the 3rd, 4th, and 5thclutch pressure inspection ports with new sealingwashers, and tighten the bolts to 18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m,13 lbf·ft). Do not reuse the old sealing washers.

29. If the pressure pressure measurements are out ofthe service limit, the possible problems andprobable causes are listed in the table.

••••

••••••••••••••

No or low linepressure

Torque converterATF pumpRegulator valveTorque convertercheck valveClogged ATF strainer

No or low 1st clutchpressure

1st clutchO-rings

No or low 2nd clutchpressure

2nd clutchO-rings

No or low 3rd clutchpressure

3rd clutchO-rings

No or low 4th clutchpressure

4th clutchO-rings

No or low 5th clutchpressure

5th clutchO-rings

No or low 4th clutchpressure in the Rposition

Servo valve4th clutchO-rings

30. Install the splash shield.

1

2

2

930 980 kPa(9.5 10.0 kgf/cm ,140 142 psi)

2

907 956 kPa(9.25 9.75 kgf/cm ,132 139 psi)

2

06/09/15 17:39:23 62SWA00A_140_0231

＊０１＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０６５４８０１ＦＥＡＴ００

－Standard: 12 25

14-230


Shift Solenoid Valve Test

A


2. Choose Shift Solenoid A, B, C, D, and E in theMiscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS.


3. Check that shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and Eoperate with the HDS. A clicking sound should beheard.

• If a clicking sound is heard, the valves are OK.The test is complete, disconnect the HDS.

• If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 4, andtest the solenoid valves.

4. Raise the vehicle up on a lift, or apply the parkingbrake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front ofthe vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported.



7. Measure shift solenoid valve resistance betweenshift solenoid harness connector terminals belowand body ground:

• No. 1 terminal: Shift solenoid valve C• No. 2 terminal: Shift solenoid valve B• No. 3 terminal: Shift solenoid valve E• No. 5 terminal: Shift solenoid valve A• No. 8 terminal: Shift solenoid valve D

• If the resistance is within the standard, go to step8 and check solenoid valve for clicking sound.

• If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 9and test shift solenoid valves.

8. Connect a jumper wire from the negative batteryterminal to body ground, and connect anotherjumper wire from the positive battery terminal toeach shift solenoid harness connector terminalsindividually. A clicking sound should be heard.

• If a clicking sound is heard, the valves are OK.The test is complete, connect the connector.

• If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 9 and testshift solenoid valves.



06/09/15 17:39:24 62SWA00A_140_0232

＊０３

＊０４

＊０５

14-231

B

A18 x 1.5 mm49 N·m (5.0 kgf·m, 36 lbf·ft)

A

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

A

C

D

E

B

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

9. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain thetransmission fluid (ATF).

10. Reinstall the drain plug with the new sealingwasher (B).

11. Get the customer’s radio (and navigation) anti-theftcodes if equipped, and write down the radiopresets.

12. Disconnect the negative terminal from the battery,then disconnect the positive terminal.

13. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, andremove the battery cover, battery, and battery tray.

14. Remove the battery base.

15. Remove the air cleaner housing and intake air duct.

16. For K24Z1 engine model: Remove the ATF dipstick,and remove the bolts securing the ATF cooler line(A). Remove the harness clamp (B), and remove theATF dipstick guide tube (C).

17. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models: Remove theATF dipstick, remove the harness clamp (A) fromits bracket (B), and remove the bracket. Remove thebolts securing the ATF cooler line (C). Remove theharness clamp (D), and remove the ATF dipstickguide tube (E).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:39:24 62SWA00A_140_0233

＊０６＊０７

－Standard: 12 25

14-232


Shift Solenoid Valve Test (cont’d)

A

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

A

B

C

D

E

18. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), dowelpins (B), and gasket (C).

19. Disconnect the connectors from shift solenoidvalve A, shift solenoid valve B, shift solenoid valveC, shift solenoid valve D, and shift solenoid valve E.

20. Measure the resistance of each shift solenoid valvebetween the connector terminals and body ground.

• If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 23and replace shift solenoid valve.

• If the resistance is within the standard, go to step21 and check solenoid valve for a clicking sound.

21. Connect a jumper wire from the negative batteryterminal to body ground, and connect anotherjumper wire from the positive battery terminal toeach solenoid valve terminal individually.

• If a clicking sound is heard, go to step 22 andreplace the shift solenoid harness.

• If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 23 andreplace shift solenoid valve.

06/09/15 17:39:25 62SWA00A_140_0234

＊０８

＊０９

14-233

A

B

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

A

D

E

B

C

F

F F

F

F

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

22. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (A),and replace it. Install a new O-ring (B) on the shiftsolenoid harness connector, and install theconnector in the transmission housing, then go tostep 28.

23. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove thesolenoid valves.

24. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve)(F) on the reused solenoid valves.

NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with newO-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use theO-rings provided on it.

25. Install shift solenoid valve C (brown connector),shift solenoid valve D (black connector), and shiftsolenoid valve E (black connector) by holding theshift solenoid valve body; make sure the mountingbracket contacts the servo body.

NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by theconnector when installing the solenoid valve. Besure to hold the solenoid valve body.

26. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) byholding the shift solenoid valve body; make surethe mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shiftsolenoid valve D.

NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve A beforeinstalling shift solenoid valve D. If shift solenoidvalve A is installed before installing shift solenoidvalve D, it may damage the hydraulic controlsystem.

27. Install shift solenoid valve B (brown connector) byholding the shift solenoid valve body; make surethe mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shiftsolenoid valve E.

NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve B beforeinstalling shift solenoid valve E. If shift solenoidvalve B is installed before installing shift solenoidvalve E, it may damage the hydraulic controlsystem.

28. Connect the RED harness terminal to shift solenoidvalve E, the GRN harness terminal to shift solenoidvalve C, the ORN harness terminal to shift solenoidvalve B, the BLU harness terminal to shift solenoidvalve A, and the YEL, WHT, WHT harness terminalto shift solenoid valve D.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:39:26 62SWA00A_140_0235

14-234


Shift Solenoid Valve Test (cont’d)

29. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, dowel pins,and a new gasket.

30. Install the new O-ring on the ATF dipstick guidetube, and install the guide tube then secure it withthe bolts.

31. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, clean orrepair if necessary, then connect the connectorsecurely. Install the harness clamp in its clampbracket on the ATF dipstick guide tube.

32. Secure the ATF cooler line with the bolts.

33. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models: Install theharness clamp bracket, and install the harnessclamp on its bracket.

34. Refill the transmission with ATF (see step 5 on page14-252).

35. Install the intake air duct and air cleaner housing.

36. Install the battery base.

37. Install the battery tray, battery, battery cover, andbattery hold-down bracket, then connect batteryterminals.


39. Enter the radio (and navigation) anti-theft codes ifequipped, then enter the radio presets, and set theclock.

40. Do the power window control unit reset procedure(see page 22-458).

06/09/15 17:39:26 62SWA00A_140_0236

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０６５４８０１ＫＢＡＴ００

14-235

Shift Solenoid Valve, Shift Solenoid Harness Replacement

B


A

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

A

C

D

E

B












(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:39:26 62SWA00A_140_0237

＊０４

＊０５

14-236


Shift Solenoid Valve, Shift Solenoid Harness Replacement (cont’d)

A

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

A

B

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)


13. Disconnect the shift solenoid valve connectors.

• If replacing shift solenoid valve(s), go to step 14.• If replacing the shift solenoid harness, remove

the shift solenoid harness connector (A), andreplace it. Install a new O-ring (B) on the shiftsolenoid harness connector, and install theconnector in the transmission housing, then goto step 19.

06/09/15 17:39:27 62SWA00A_140_0238

＊０６

14-237

A

D

E

B

C

F

F F

F

F

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

14. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove thesolenoid valves.

15. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve)(F) on the reused solenoid valves.


16. Install shift solenoid valve C (brown connector),shift solenoid valve D (black connector), and shiftsolenoid valve E (black connector) by holding theshift solenoid valve body; make sure the mountingbracket contacts the servo body.

NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by theconnector when installing the solenoid valve. Besure to hold the solenoid valve body.

17. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) byholding the shift solenoid valve body; make surethe mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shiftsolenoid valve D.

NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve A beforeinstalling shift solenoid valve D. If shift solenoidvalve A is installed before installing shift solenoidvalve D, it may damage the hydraulic controlsystem.

18. Install shift solenoid valve B (brown connector) byholding the shift solenoid valve body; make surethe mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shiftsolenoid valve E.

NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve B beforeinstalling shift solenoid valve E. If shift solenoidvalve B is installed before installing shift solenoidvalve E, it may damage the hydraulic controlsystem.




22. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, thenconnect the connector securely. Install the harnessclamp in its clamp bracket on the ATF dipstickguide tube.










06/09/15 17:39:27 62SWA00A_140_0239

＊０１＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０６１２２２３ＦＥＡＴ１０

－Standard: 3 10

14-238


A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test

A


2. Choose Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Ain the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS.


3. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve Awith the HDS.

• If the valve tests OK, the test is complete.Disconnect the HDS.

• If the valve does not test OK, follow theinstructions on the HDS.

• If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS doesnot determine the cause, go to step 4.



6. Measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valveA resistance at the connector terminals.

• If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/Tclutch pressure control solenoid valve A(see page 14-240).

• If the resistance is within the standard, go to step7.

7. Connect a jumper wire from the negative batteryterminal to the solenoid valve A connector terminalNo. 2, and connect another jumper wire from thepositive battery terminal to the connector terminalNo. 1.

• If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK.Reconnect the connector, and install all removedparts.

• If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 8.


06/09/15 17:39:28 62SWA00A_140_0240

＊０３

＊０４

＊０５

14-239

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

A

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

A

D

E

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

8. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models: Remove theharness clamp (A) from its bracket (B), and removethe bracket. Remove the bolts securing the ATFcooler line (C).

9. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve A.

10. Remove the ATF pipe (B), ATF joint pipes (C),O-rings (D), and gasket (E).

11. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve forcontamination.

12. Connect a jumper wire from the negative batteryterminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A connector terminal No. 2, and connectanother jumper wire from the positive batteryterminal to the connector terminal No. 1. Make sureA/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A moves.

13. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and checkvalve movement at the fluid passage in valve bodymounting surface. If the valve binds or movessluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate,replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valveA.

14. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passage ofthe solenoid valve body and transmission housing.

15. Install the new gasket on the transmission housing,and install the ATF pipe and ATF joint pipes. Installthe new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes.

16. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A.

17. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, clean orrepair if necessary, then connect the connectorsecurely.

18. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models: Secure theATF cooler line with the bolts. Install the harnessclamp bracket, and install the harness clamp on itsbracket.


06/09/15 17:41:16 62SWA00A_140_0241

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０６１２２２３ＫＢＡＴ１０

14-240


A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

A

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

A

D

E

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)


2. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models: Remove theharness clamp (A) from its bracket (B), and removethe bracket. Remove the bolts securing the ATFcooler line (C).


4. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve A.

5. Remove the ATF pipe (B), ATF joint pips (C),O-rings (D), and gasket (E).

6. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passage ofthe solenoid valve body and transmission housing.

7. Install the new gasket on the transmission housing,and install the ATF pipe and ATF joint pipes. Installthe new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes.

8. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A.

9. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, thenconnect the connector securely.

10. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models: Secure theATF cooler line with the bolts. Install the harnessclamp bracket, and install the harness clamp on itsbracket.


06/09/15 17:41:16 62SWA00A_140_0242

＊０６＊０７

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０６１２２２３ＦＥＡＴ２０

－Standard: 3 10

14-241

A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test

A


2. Choose Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Bin the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS.


3. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve Bwith the HDS.







7. Measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valveB resistance at the connector terminals.

• If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/Tclutch pressure control solenoid valve B(see page 14-245).


8. Connect a jumper wire from the negative batteryterminal to the solenoid valve B connector terminalNo. 2, and connect another jumper wire from thepositive battery terminal to the connector terminalNo. 1.

• If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK.Reconnect the connector, and install the splashshield.


(cont’d)


06/09/15 17:41:17 62SWA00A_140_0243

＊０８

＊０９

14-242


A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test (cont’d)

A

D

E

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

B

9. Disconnect the connector from A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve C.

10. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valveB and C.

11. Remove the ATF joint pipes (A), O-rings (D), andgasket (E).


13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative batteryterminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve B connector terminal No. 2, and connectanother jumper wire from the positive batteryterminal to the connector terminal No. 1. Make sureA/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B moves.

14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and checkvalve movement at the fluid passage in valve bodymounting surface. If the valve binds or movessluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate,replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valveB and C.

15. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passage ofthe solenoid valve body and solenoid valve cover.

16. Install the new gasket on the transmission housing,and install the ATF joint pipes.

17. Install the new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes.

18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve Band C.

19. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean orrepair if necessary, then connect the connectorssecurely.


06/09/15 17:41:17 62SWA00A_140_0244

＊１０＊１１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０６１２２２３ＦＥＡＴ３０

－Standard: 3 10

14-243

A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test

A


2. Choose Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Cin the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS.


3. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve Cwith the HDS.







7. Measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valveC resistance at the connector terminals.

• If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/Tclutch pressure control solenoid valve C(see page 14-245).


8. Connect a jumper wire from the negative batteryterminal to the solenoid valve C connector terminalNo. 2, and connect another jumper wire from thepositive battery terminal to the connector terminalNo. 1.

• If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK.Reconnect the connector, and install the splashshield.


(cont’d)


06/09/15 17:41:18 62SWA00A_140_0245

＊１２

＊１３

14-244


A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test (cont’d)

A

D

E

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

C

9. Disconnect the connector from A/T clutch pressurecontrol solenoid valve B.




13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative batteryterminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C connector terminal No. 2, and connectanother jumper wire from the positive batteryterminal to the connector terminal No. 1. Make sureA/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B moves.

14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and checkvalve movement at the fluid passage in valve bodymounting surface. If the valve binds or movessluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate,replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valveB and C.





19. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean orrepair if necessary, then connect the connectorssecurely.


06/09/15 17:41:18 62SWA00A_140_0246

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０６１２２２３ＫＢＡＴ２０

14-245

A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B and C Replacement

A

D

E

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)



3. Disconnect the connectors from A/T clutchpressure control solenoid valve B and C.







10. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, thenconnect the connectors securely.


06/09/15 17:41:19 62SWA00A_140_0247

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０６３４６１５ＫＢＡＴ００

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０６４３８２１ＫＢＡＴ００

14-24614-246


Input Shaft (Mainshaft) SpeedSensor Replacement

Output Shaft (Countershaft) SpeedSensor Replacement

B

A

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

C

A

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

B


2. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speedsensor connector, and remove the input shaft(mainshaft) speed sensor (A).

3. Install the new O-ring (B) on the new input shaft(mainshaft) speed sensor, then install the inputshaft (mainshaft) speed sensor in the transmissionhousing.




2. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor connector, and remove the output shaft(countershaft) speed sensor (A) and sensor washer(B) (only for K24Z1 engine model).

NOTE: The sensor washer is equipped on K24Z1engine model; R20A1 and R20A2 engine models donot have a sensor washer.

3. Install the new O-ring (C) on the new output shaft(countershaft) speed sensor, then install the outputshaft (countershaft) speed sensor and sensorwasher (only for K24Z1 engine model) in thetransmission housing.



06/09/15 17:41:19 62SWA00A_140_0248

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０６１０１０１ＫＢＡＴ００

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０６１０１１１ＫＢＡＴ００

14-24714-247

2nd Clutch Transmission FluidPressure Switch Replacement

3rd Clutch Transmission FluidPressure Switch Replacement

A20 N·m(2.0 kgf·m, 14 lbf·ft)

B

B



2. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch connector, and remove the switch.

3. Install the new 2nd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch (A) and a new sealing washer (B),and tighten the switch.

4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreignparticles inside the connector.

5. Connect the connector securely.




3. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch connector, and remove the switch.

4. Install the new 3rd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch (A) and a new sealing washer (B),and tighten the switch.

5. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreignparticles inside the connector.

6. Connect the connector securely.


06/09/15 17:41:20 62SWA00A_140_0249

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０６１３０４１ＦＨＡＴ００

－Standard: 50 25 k

14-248


ATF Temperature Sensor Test and Replacement

B





4. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistancebetween shift solenoid harness connectorterminals No. 6 and No. 7.

5. If the resistance is out of standard, replace the ATFtemperature sensor and solenoid harness; go tostep 6. The ATF temperature sensor is not availableseparately from the solenoid harness.If the measurement is within the standard, connectthe connector securely, and install the splash shield.









06/09/15 17:41:20 62SWA00A_140_0250

＊０３

＊０４

＊０５

14-249

A

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

A

C

D

E

B

A

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)




(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:41:21 62SWA00A_140_0251

＊０６

14-250


ATF Temperature Sensor Test and Replacement (cont’d)

A

B

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

16. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (A),and replace it.

17. Install a new O-ring (B) on the shift solenoidharness connector, and install the connector in thetransmission housing.

18. Connect WHT harnesses and YEL harnessconnector to shift solenoid valve D. The ATFtemperature sensor is assembled in the connectorwith WHT harnesses.

19. Connect the RED harness terminal to shift solenoidvalve E, the GRN harness terminal to shift solenoidvalve C, the ORN harness terminal to shift solenoidvalve B, and the BLU harness terminal to shiftsolenoid valve A.



22. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, clean orrepair if necessary, then connect the connectorsecurely. Install the harness clamp in its clampbracket on the ATF dipstick guide tube.










06/09/15 17:41:21 62SWA00A_140_0252

－

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４０００１３００１ＭＡＡＴ００

14-251

ATF Level Check

A

B

C

A

B

A

NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission.

1. Park the vehicle on the level ground.

2. Warm up the engine to normal operatingtemperature (the radiator fan comes on), and turnthe engine off. Do not allow the engine to warm uplonger than the time it takes for the radiator fan tocome on twice.

NOTE: Check the fluid level within 60 90 secondsafter turning the engine off. Higher fluid level maybe indicated if the radiator fan comes on twice ormore.

3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) (A) from thedipstick guide tube, and wipe it with a clean cloth.

4. Insert the dipstick into the guide tube aligning thenotch (B) with the guide tab (C).

5. Remove the dipstick and check the fluid level. Itshould be between the upper mark (A) and lowermark (B).

6. If the level is below the lower mark, check for fluidleaks at the transmission, and hose and line joints.If a problem is found, fix it before filling thetransmission.

NOTE: If the vehicle is driven when the ATF level isbelow the lower mark:• Transmission damage will result.• Vehicle does not move in any gear.• Vehicle accelerates poorly, and flares when

starting off in the D and R positions.• The engine vibrates at idle.

7. If the level is above the upper mark, drain the ATFto proper level (see step 3 on page 14-252).

NOTE: If the vehicle is driven when the ATF level isabove the upper mark, the vehicle may creepforward while in the N position, or have a shiftingproblem.

8. If necessary, fill the transmission with ATF throughthe dipstick guide tube opening (A) to bring thefluid level midway between the upper mark andlower mark of the dipstick. Do not fill past the uppermark. Always use genuine Honda ATF-Z1Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality.

9. Insert the dipstick into the guide tube aligning thenotch with the guide tab.

06/09/15 17:41:22 62SWA00A_140_0253

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４０００１３００１ＫＢＡＴ００

Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity

4WD Model:

2.5 L (2.6 US qt, 2.2 lmp qt) at change

7.2 L (7.6 US qt, 6.3 lmp qt) at overhaul

2WD Model:

2.6 L (2.7 US qt, 2.3 lmp qt) at change

7.0 L (7.4 US qt, 6.2 lmp qt) at overhaul

14-252


ATF Replacement

B


A

NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission.

1. Park the vehicle on the level ground.

2. Warm up the engine to normal operatingtemperature (the radiator fan comes on), and turnthe engine off.


4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer(B).

5. Refill the transmission through the dipstick guidetube opening (A) to bring the fluid level up to aboutmidway between the upper mark and lower markof the dipstick with the recommended fluid. Do notfill the fluid to excess of the upper mark. Alwaysuse genuine Honda ATF-Z1 AutomaticTransmission Fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATFcan affect shift quality.

06/09/15 17:41:22 62SWA00A_140_0254

－

＊０３＊０４

14-253

A

B

C

D

A

C

B

6. Insert the dipstick (A) into the guide tube (B)aligning the notch (C) with the guide tab (D).

7. Warm up the engine to normal operatingtemperature (the radiator fan comes on), and turnthe engine off. Do not allow the engine to warm uplonger than the time it takes for the radiator fan tocome on twice.

NOTE: Check the fluid level within 60 90 secondsafter turning the engine off. Higher fluid level maybe indicated if the radiator fan comes on twice ormore.

8. Remove the dipstick (A) and check the fluid level. Itshould be between the upper mark (B) and lowermark (C).

9. Insert the dipstick into the guide tube aligning thenotch with the guide tab.

06/09/15 17:41:23 62SWA00A_140_0255

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４７４５０００００ＭＡＡＴ１０

－－Standard: 0.06 0.16 mm (0.002 0.006 in.)

14-254


Transfer Assembly Inspection

A

C

B 8 x 1.25 mm32 N·m(3.3 kgf·m, 24 lbf·ft)

A

B

1. Raise the vehicle, and make sure it is supportedsecurely.

2. Shift the transmission into the N position.

3. Make a reference mark (A) across the propellershaft (B) and the transfer companion flange (C).

4. Separate the propeller shaft from the transferassembly.

5. Set a dial indicator (A) on the transfer companionflange (B), and measure the transfer gear backlash.

6. If the measurement is out of standard, remove thetransfer assembly, and adjust the transfer gearbacklash (see page 14-457).

7. Check for fluid leaks between the mating faces ofthe transfer assembly and transmission.

8. If there is leak, remove the transfer assembly, andreplace the O-ring. Also check for fluid leaksbetween the mating surfaces of the transferhousing and transfer cover. If there is a leak,remove the transfer cover, and replace the O-ring.

9. Check for leaks between the transfer companionflange and transfer oil seal.

10. If there is a leak, remove the transfer assemblyfrom the transmission, and replace the transfer oilseal and O-ring on the transfer output shaft (hypoidgear). If oil seal and O-ring replacement is required,you will need to check and adjust the transfer geartooth contact, transfer gear backlash, the taperedroller bearing starting torque, and the total startingtorque (see page 14-457). Do not replace the oil sealwith the transfer assembly on the transmission.

06/09/15 17:41:23 62SWA00A_140_0256

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４７４５０００００ＫＡＡＴ００

14-255

Transfer Assembly Removal

B


1. Raise the vehicle, and make sure it is supportedsecurely.

2. Shift the transmission into the N position.



5. For K24Z1 engine model: Disconnect the A/F sensorconnector and the secondary heated oxygensensor connector.

NOTE: Steps 5 thru 7 describe three-way catalyticconverter removal for K24Z1 engine model, go tostep 8 and remove exhaust pipe A for R20A1 andR20A2 engine models.

6. For K24Z1 engine model: Remove the sensorharnesses from the harness clamps.

7. For K24Z1 engine model: Remove the three-waycatalytic converter.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:41:24 62SWA00A_140_0257

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

14-256


Transfer Assembly Removal (cont’d)

A

A

B

C

A

B

C

D

8. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models: Removeexhaust pipe A.

9. Make a reference mark (A) across the propellershaft (B) and the transfer companion flange (C).

10. Separate the propeller shaft from the transfercompanion flange.

11. Remove the transfer assembly mounting bolts (A)(4), and pull out the bolt (B) to the limit of travel.

12. Remove the transfer assembly (C) and dowel pin(D) from the transmission.

06/09/15 17:41:24 62SWA00A_140_0258

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４７４５０００００ＫＣＡＴ００

14-257

Transfer Assembly Installation

AB

C

D

10 x 1.25 mm44 N·m(4.5 kgf·m,33 lbf·ft)

A

B

C

8 x 1.25 mm32 N·m(3.3 kgf·m, 24 lbf·ft)

10 x 1.25 mm33 N·m(3.4 kgf·m,25 lbf·ft)

A

B

C

8 x 1.25 mm22 N·m(2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)

1. Clean the areas where the transfer assemblycontacts the transmission with solvent, and drywith compressed air. Then apply transmission fluidto the contact area.

2. Install the new O-ring (A) on the transfer assembly(B).

3. Install the dowel pin (C) in the transmission.

4. Install the one bolt (D) part-way in the rear lower ofthe transfer housing, and install the transferassembly on the transmission.

5. Install the propeller shaft (A) to the transfercompanion flange (B) by aligning the referencemark (C).

6. For K24Z1 engine model: Install the three-waycatalytic converter (A) with the bolts, the new self-locking nuts, and new gaskets (B) (C).

NOTE: Steps 6 thru 8 describe three-way catalyticconverter installation for K24Z1 engine model, goto step 9 and install exhaust pipe A for R20A1 andR20A2 engine models.

(cont’d)

Replace.

06/09/15 17:41:25 62SWA00A_140_0259

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

14-258


Transfer Assembly Installation (cont’d)

A8 x 1.25 mm22 N·m(2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)

C

10 x 1.25 mm33 N·m(3.4 kgf·m,25 lbf·ft)

B

7. For K24Z1 engine model: Connect the A/F sensorconnector and the secondary heated oxygensensor connector.

8. For K24Z1 engine model: Install the sensorharnesses in the harness clamps.

9. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models: Installexhaust pipe A with the bolts, the new self-lockingnuts, and new gaskets (B) (C).


Replace.

06/09/15 17:41:25 62SWA00A_140_0260

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ３ＰＥ１０４１０４０００００ＫＡＡＴ００


K24Z1 Engine Model

14-259

Transmission Removal

B


Engine support hanger AAR-T1256-J00This special tool is available from Snap-on ToolsInternational, LLC.

NOTE:• Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted

surfaces.• Engine support hanger (AAR-T1256-J00) must be

used with the side engine mount installed.

1. Remove the windshield wiper arms (see page22-309).

2. Remove the cowl cover (see page 20-205).

3. Remove the front bulkhead cover.

4. Make sure you have the customer’s radio (andnavigation) anti-theft codes if equipped, and writedown the radio presets.

5. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. Disconnectthe negative cable from the battery, thendisconnect the positive cable.


7. Remove the intake air duct and air cleaner housing.


9. Raise the vehicle, and make sure it is securelysupported.




13. Fix the hood in the vertical position.

14. Remove the harness clamp from the clamp bracket,and remove the air cleaner housing bracket.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:41:26 62SWA00A_140_0261

＊０３

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

14-260


Transmission Removal (cont’d)

A

B

CD

D

C

E

B

A

C

D

A

B

C

A

BD

C

E

15. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A connector and 2nd clutch transmissionfluid pressure switch connector (B), and remove theharness clamps (C) from the clamp brackets (D).

16. Disconnect the transmission range switchconnector (A), and remove the connector from itsbracket.

17. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor connector (B) and input shaft (mainshaft)speed sensor connector (C), and remove theharness clamp (D) from the clamp bracket (E).

18. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch connector (A), and remove theharness clamp (B) from its bracket (C).

19. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C connector (A), A/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve B connector (B), and shift solenoidharness connector (C), then remove the harnessclamp (D) from the clamp bracket (E).

06/09/15 17:41:27 62SWA00A_140_0262

－

＊０７

＊０８

＊０９

14-261

A

B

B

A

A

B

C

D

AAR-T1256-J00

AB

C

20. Disconnect the ATF cooler hoses (A) from the ATFlines (B). Turn the end of the ATF cooler hoses up toprevent ATF from flowing out, then plug the hosesand lines.

21. Remove the air cleaner housing mounting bracket(A).

22. Install the hanger plate (B) to the stud nut (C) with8 x 1.25 mm 16 mm bolt (D).

23. Install the engine support hanger (AAR-T1256-J00)to the vehicle, and attach the hook (A) to the hangerplate chain (B). Tighten the wing nut (C) by hand,and lift and support the engine.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:41:28 62SWA00A_140_0263

＊１０

＊１１

＊１２

＊１３

14-262



A

B C

D

E

F

GH

I

24. Insert a 6 mm Allen wrench (A) in the top of the balljoint pin (B), and remove the nuts (C), then separatethe stabilizer link (D) from the stabilizer (E).

25. Remove the nuts (F) and bolt (G) securing the lowerarm (H) and ball joint (I), and separate the lowerarms from the ball joints.

26. Disconnect the A/F sensor connector and thesecondary heated oxygen sensor connector.

27. Remove the sensor harnesses from the harnessclamps.

28. Remove the three-way catalytic converter.

06/09/15 17:41:28 62SWA00A_140_0264

＊１４

＊１５

＊１６

＊１７

14-263

B

C

A

AB

B

29. For 4WD model: Make a reference mark (A) acrossthe propeller shaft (B) and the transfer companionflange (C). Separate the propeller shaft from thetransfer companion flange.

30. Remove the steering gearbox bracket mountingbolts.

NOTE: The illustration shows the LHD model; RHDis similar.



32. Remove the bolt (A) securing the power steeringfluid line clamp.

33. Remove the power steering fluid line from the lineclamps (B).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:41:29 62SWA00A_140_0265

＊１８

＊１９

＊２０

14-264



A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

34. Remove the bolt securing the ATF filter on the frontsubframe.

35. Remove the lower torque rod bolts.

36. Remove the shift cable cover (A).

37. Remove the spring clip (B) and control pin (C), andseparate the shift cable end (D) from the controllever (E).

38. Remove the bolts securing the shift cable brackets(F) (G). Do not bend the shift cable excessively.

39. Check synthetic resin bushing (H) in the shift cableend for a proper fit and wear. If the bushing is looseor worn, replace the shift cable (see page 14-319).

06/09/15 17:41:29 62SWA00A_140_0266

＊２１

＊２２

＊２３

＊２４

14-265

A

B

C

40. Remove the shift cable holder bracket from thetransmission.

41. For 4WD model: Remove the propeller shaftprotector.

42. Remove both mid-bracket bolts.

43. Make reference marks (A) on the body across themarks (B) on the edge of the front subframe (C).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:41:30 62SWA00A_140_0267

＊２５

＊２６

＊２７

＊２８

14-266



A

B

44. Support the front subframe with a wood piece anda jack.

45. Remove the six bolts securing the front subframe,and lower the subframe.

46. Hang the steering gearbox to the body with a strap.

47. Remove the torque converter cover (A), andremove the drive plate bolts (B) (8) while rotatingthe crankshaft pulley.

48. Remove the driveshafts from the differential andintermediate shaft. Coat all precision machinedsurfaces with clean engine oil, then put plastic bagsover driveshaft ends.

06/09/15 17:41:31 62SWA00A_140_0268

＊２９

＊３０

＊３１

＊３２

14-267

49. Remove the intermediate shaft. Coat all precisionmachined surfaces with clean engine oil, then putplastic bags over intermediate shaft ends.

50. Remove the upper transmission housing mountingbolts.

51. Remove the transmission mount bracket bolts.

52. Remove the front transmission housing mountingbolts.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:41:31 62SWA00A_140_0269

＊３３

＊３４

＊３５

14-268



53. Remove the rear transmission housing mountingbolts.

54. Lower the transmission by loosening the wing nutof the engine support hanger, and tilt the enginejust enough for the transmission to clear the sideframe.

55. Place a jack under the transmission.

56. Slide the transmission away from the engine toremove it from the vehicle.

57. Remove the torque converter and dowel pins.

58. Inspect the drive plate, and replace it if it’sdamaged.

59. For 4WD model: Install the propeller shaft protector.

06/09/15 17:41:32 62SWA00A_140_0270

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ２ＰＥ１０４１０４０００００ＫＡＡＴ００



14-269

B


A

B

C

B


NOTE:• Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted

surfaces.• Engine support hanger (AAR-T1256-J00) must be

used with the side engine mount installed.

1. Remove the windshield wiper arms (see page22-309).

2. Remove the cowl cover (see page 20-205).

3. Remove the front bulkhead cover.

4. Make sure you have the customer’s radio (andnavigation) anti-theft codes if equipped, and writedown the radio presets.

5. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. Disconnectthe negative cable from the battery, thendisconnect the positive cable.




9. Raise the vehicle, and make sure it is securelysupported.




13. Fix the hood in the vertical position.


15. Remove the harness clamps (B) from the clampbrackets (C), and remove the bolt securing theharness clamp.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:42:07 62SWA00A_140_0271

＊０３

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

14-270



A

B

B

AB

C

A

BC

A

B

D

C

E

16. Disconnect the connector from the 2nd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch (A), and removethe bolts securing the harness clamp brackets (B).

17. Disconnect the transmission range switchconnector (A), and remove the connector from itsbracket.

18. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor connector (B) and input shaft (mainshaft)speed sensor connector (C).

19. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluidpressure switch connector (A), and remove theharness clamp (B) from its bracket (C).

20. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve C connector (A), A/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve B connector (B), and shift solenoidharness connector (C), then remove the harnessclamp (D) from the clamp bracket (E).

06/09/15 17:42:08 62SWA00A_140_0272

＊０７

＊０８

＊０９

＊１０

14-271

AB

A

B

AB

D

C

21. Disconnect the ATF cooler hoses (A) from the ATFlines (B). Turn the end of the ATF cooler hoses up toprevent ATF from flowing out, then plug the hosesand lines.

22. Remove the engine cover.

23. Disconnect the connectors (A), remove the ACGterminal (B), and remove the harness clamp (C)from its bracket (D).

24. Remove the bolts securing the harness covers onthe engine.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:42:08 62SWA00A_140_0273

－＊１１

＊１２

＊１３

14-272



A

B

C

D

A

AB

C

D

A

B

C

AAR-T1256-J00

25. Disconnect the connectors (A) and vacuum tube (B).

26. Remove the bolts securing the harness cover (C),and remove the harness cover from its bracket.

27. Remove the bolts securing the connector bracket(D).

28. Remove the harness cover bracket (A), and installthe hanger plate (B) to the bolt hole (C) of theharness cover bracket with 8 x 1.25 16 mm bolt(D).

29. Install the engine support hanger (AAR-T1256-J00)to the vehicle, and attach the hook (A) to the hangerplate chain (B). Tighten the wing nut (C) by hand,and lift and support the engine.

06/09/15 17:42:09 62SWA00A_140_0274

＊１４

＊１５

＊１６

＊１７

14-273

A

B C

D

E

F

GH

I

B

C

A

30. Insert a 6 mm Allen wrench (A) in the top of the balljoint pin (B), and remove the nuts (C), then separatethe stabilizer link (D) from the stabilizer (E).

31. Remove the nuts (F) and bolt (G) securing the lowerarm (H) and ball joint (I), and separate the lowerarms from the ball joints.

32. Remove exhaust pipe A.

33. For 4WD model: Make a reference mark (A) acrossthe propeller shaft (B) and the transfer companionflange (C). Separate the propeller shaft from thetransfer companion flange.



(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:42:10 62SWA00A_140_0275

＊１８

＊１９

＊２０

＊２１

14-274



A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H



36. Remove the bolts securing the ATF cooler line onthe front subframe.

37. Remove the lower torque rod bolts.


39. Remove the spring clip (B) and control pin (C), andseparate the shift cable end (D) from the controllever (E).

40. Remove the bolts securing the shift cable brackets(F) (G). Do not bend the shift cable excessively.

41. Check synthetic resin bushing (H) in the shift cableend for a proper fit and wear. If the bushing is looseor worn, replace the shift cable (see page 14-319).

06/09/15 17:42:11 62SWA00A_140_0276

＊２２

＊２３

＊２４

＊２５

14-275

A

B

C

42. Remove the shift cable holder bracket from thetransmission.


44. Remove both mid-bracket bolts.

45. Make reference marks (A) on the body across themarks (B) on the edge of the front subframe (C).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:42:11 62SWA00A_140_0277

＊２６

＊２７

＊２８

＊２９

14-276



A

B

46. Support the front subframe with a wood piece anda jack.

47. Remove the six bolts securing the front subframe,and lower the subframe.

48. Hang the steering gearbox to the body with a strap.

49. Remove the torque converter cover (A), andremove the drive plate bolts (B) (8) while rotatingthe crankshaft pulley.

50. Remove the driveshafts from the differential andintermediate shaft. Coat all precision machinedsurfaces with clean engine oil, then put plastic bagsover driveshaft ends.

06/09/15 17:42:12 62SWA00A_140_0278

＊３０

＊３１

＊３２

＊３３

14-277

A

B

51. Remove the lower torque rod mounting bracket (A).

52. Remove the intermediate shaft (B). Coat allprecision machined surfaces with clean engine oil,then put plastic bags over intermediate shaft ends.

53. Remove the upper transmission housing mountingbolts.

54. Remove the transmission mount bracket bolts.

55. Remove the front transmission housing mountingbolts.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:42:13 62SWA00A_140_0279

＊３４

＊３５

＊３６

＊３７

14-278



56. Remove the rear transmission housing mountingbolts.

57. Remove the lower transmission housing mountingbolts.

58. Lower the transmission by loosening the wing nutof the engine support hanger, and tilt the enginejust enough for the transmission to clear the sideframe.

59. Place a jack under the transmission.

60. Slide the transmission away from the engine toremove it from the vehicle.

61. Remove the torque converter and dowel pins.

62. Inspect the drive plate, and replace it if it’sdamaged.


06/09/15 17:42:13 62SWA00A_140_0280

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ３ＰＥ１０４１０４０００００ＫＣＡＴ００


K24Z1 Engine Model

14-279

Transmission Installation

A

B

C

D

D

12 x 1.25 mm64 N·m (6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft)


NOTE: Use fender covers to avoid damaging paintedsurfaces.


2. Install the torque converter (A) on the mainshaft (B)with the new O-ring (C).

3. Install the 14 x 20 mm dowel pins (D) in the torqueconverter housing.

4. Place the transmission on the jack, and raise thetransmission to the engine level.

5. Install the rear transmission housing mountingbolts.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:42:14 62SWA00A_140_0281

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

14-280


Transmission Installation (cont’d)

12 x 1.25 mm64 N·m(6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft)

12 x 1.25 mm64 N·m(6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft)

12 x 1.25 mm74 N·m (7.5 kgf·m, 54 lbf·ft)

A

B

C

10 x 1.25 mm39 N·m(4.0 kgf·m, 29 lbf·ft)

6. Install the front transmission housing mountingbolts.

7. Install the upper transmission housing mountingbolts.

8. Secure the transmission mount bracket on thetransmission housing with the new mounting bolts.

9. Install the new set ring (A) on the intermediate shaft(B).

10. Clean the areas where the intermediate shaftcontacts the transmission (differential) with solvent,and dry with compressed air. Apply intermediateshaft splines (C) with ATF, then install theintermediate shaft, be sure not to allow dust orother foreign particles to enter the transmission.

Replace.

06/09/15 17:42:15 62SWA00A_140_0282

＊０８

＊０９

＊１０

14-281

B

A

A6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) B

11. Install the new set ring (A) on the left driveshaft (B).

12. Clean the areas where the left driveshaft contactsthe transmission (differential) with solvent, and drywith compressed air. Then install the left driveshaft,be sure not to allow dust or other foreign particlesto enter the transmission. Turn the steering knucklefully outward, and slide the driveshaft into thedifferential until you feel its set ring fully engagethe side gear.

13. Apply right driveshaft inboard-joint splines with therecommended grease.

14. Slide the right driveshaft over the intermediateshaft splines until you feel the driveshaft fullyengage the intermediate shaft set ring.

15. Attach the torque converter to the drive plate witheight bolts (A). Rotate the crankshaft pulley asnecessary to tighten the bolts to 1/2 of the specifiedtorque, then to the final torque, in a crisscrosspattern. After tightening the last bolt, check that thecrankshaft rotate freely.

16. Install the torque converter cover (B).

17. Support the front subframe with a wood piece anda jack, and lift it up to the body.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:42:15 62SWA00A_140_0283

＊１１

＊１２

＊１３

＊１４

14-282



14 x 1.5 mm103 N·m(10.5 kgf·m, 75.9 lbf·ft)

14 x 1.5 mm103 N·m(10.5 kgf·m, 75.9 lbf·ft)

A

B

A

12 x 1.25 mm64 N·m(6.5 kgf·m,47 lbf·ft)

12 x 1.25 mm88 N·m (9.0 kgf·m, 65 lbf·ft)

18. Loosely install the new subframe mounting bolts.

19. Align all reference marks (A) on the front subframe(B) with the body, then tighten the mounting boltson the subframe to the specified torque.

20. Install both mid-bracket bolts with new ones.

21. Secure the lower torque rod with the new bolts.Replace. Replace.

Replace.

Replace.

06/09/15 17:42:16 62SWA00A_140_0284

＊１５

＊１６

＊１７

＊１８

14-283

8 x 1.25 mm22 N·m(2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)

A

B

C

8 x 1.25 mm32 N·m(3.3 kgf·m, 24 lbf·ft)

10 x 1.25 mm66 N·m(6.7 kgf·m, 48 lbf·ft)

10 x 1.25 mm66 N·m(6.7 kgf·m, 48 lbf·ft)


23. For 4WD model: Install the propeller shaft (A) to thetransfer companion flange (B) by aligning thereference mark (C).

24. Loosely install the steering gearbox bracketmounting bolts.




(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:42:17 62SWA00A_140_0285

＊１９

＊２０

＊２１

14-284



H

I

F

A

B E10 x 1.25 mm59 N·m(6.0 kgf·m,43 lbf·ft)

C10 x 1.25 mm59 N·m(6.0 kgf·m, 43 lbf·ft)

D10 x 1.25 mm59 N·m(6.0 kgf·m, 43 lbf·ft)

G12 x 1.25 mm78 N·m(8.0 kgf·m, 58 lbf·ft)

10 x 1.25 mm33 N·m(3.4 kgf·m,25 lbf·ft)

A

B

C

8 x 1.25 mm22 N·m(2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)

26. Tighten the steering gearbox bracket mountingbolts to the specified torque.

27. Install both lower arms (A) to both ball joints (B),and loosely install the new mounting nuts and bolts.

28. Tighten the nuts and bolts to 59 N·m (6.0 kgf·m,43 lbf·ft) in the following order; the nut on the front(C), the nut on the rear (D), then the bolt (E).

29. Install the stabilizer links (F) to the stabilizer, andinstall the nuts (G). Insert a 6 mm Allen wrench (H)in the ball joint pin (I), and tighten the nuts.

30. Install the three-way catalytic converter (A) with thebolts, the new self-locking nuts, and new gaskets(B) (C).

31. Connect the A/F sensor connector and thesecondary heated oxygen sensor connector.

Replace.

Replace.Replace.

Replace.

06/09/15 17:42:17 62SWA00A_140_0286

＊２２

＊２３

＊２４

14-285

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7lbf·ft)

E

D

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

F

G

H

A

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

32. Install the sensor harnesses in the harness clamps.

33. Install the shift cable holder bracket on thetransmission.

34. Apply molybdenum grease to the bore hole of thesynthetic resin bushing (A) in the shift cable end (B),and attach the shift cable end to the control lever(C). Insert the control pin (D) into the control leverhole through the shift cable end, and secure thecontrol pin with the spring clip (E). Do not bend theshift cable excessively.

35. Secure the shift cable brackets (F) (G) with the bolts.

36. Install the shift cable cover (H).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:42:18 62SWA00A_140_0287

＊２５

＊２６

＊２７

＊２８

14-286



6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

AB

6 x 1.0 mm9.8 N·m(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)

C

C

C

B

A

8 x 1.25 mm26 N·m (2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft)

A

B

B

A

C

C

37. Secure the ATF filter with the bolt on the frontsubframe.

38. Secure the power steering fluid line clamp (A) withthe bolt.

39. Secure the power steering fluid line (B) with theclamps (C).

40. Remove the hanger plate (A) and bolt (B), andinstall the air cleaner housing mounting bracket (C)on the engine.

41. Remove the engine support hanger.

42. Connect the ATF cooler hoses (A) to the ATF coolerlines (B), and secure the hoses with the clips (C)(see page 14-302).

06/09/15 17:42:19 62SWA00A_140_0288

＊２９

＊３０

＊３１

＊３２

14-287

A

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

E

B

A

CD

A

B

CD

D

C

43. Connect the shift solenoid harness connector (A),A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve Cconnector (B), and A/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve B connector (C), and install theharness clamp (D) on the clamp bracket (E).

44. Connect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressureswitch connector (A), and install the harness clamp(B) on its clamp bracket (C).

45. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor connector (A) and input shaft (mainshaft)speed sensor connector (B), and install the harnessclamp (C) on its clamp bracket (D).

46. Install the transmission range switch connector (E)on the connector bracket, and connect theconnector.

47. Connect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A connector (A) and 2nd clutch transmissionfluid pressure switch connector (B), and install theharness clamps (C) on the clamp brackets (D).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:42:20 62SWA00A_140_0289

＊３３

14-288



8 x 1.25 mm22 N·m(2.2 kgf·m,16 lbf·ft)

48. Install the air cleaner housing mounting bracket,and install the harness clamp on the harness clampbracket.




52. Install the bulkhead cover.

53. Install the cowl cover (see page 20-205).

54. Install the windshield wiper arms (see page 22-309).

55. Install the battery tray, battery, and battery cover,then secure the battery with its hold-down bracket.

56. Connect the battery terminals, and apply greasearound the battery terminals.

57. Set the parking brake. Start the engine, and shiftthe transmission through all positions three times.

58. Check the shift lever operation, A/T gear positionindicator operation, and shift cable adjustment.

59. Check and adjust the front wheel alignment(see page 18-7).


61. Start the engine in the P or N position, and warm itup to normal operating temperature (the radiatorfan comes on). Turn off the engine, and check theATF level (see page 14-251).

62. Enter the radio (and navigation) anti-theft code ifepuipped, then enter the radio presets, and set theclock.


64. Perform the road test (see page 14-222).

65. After the road test, raise the vehicle on a hoist, andmake sure it is securely supported.

06/09/15 17:42:20 62SWA00A_140_0290

＊３４

＊３５

＊３６

14-289

A54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)

A74 N·m (7.5 kgf·m, 54 lbf·ft)B

74 N·m(7.5 kgf·m,54 lbf·ft)

B88 N·m(9.0 kgf·m, 65 lbf·ft)

A93 N·m(9.5 kgf·m,69 lbf·ft)

66. Loosen the upper torque rod bolt (A).

67. Loosen the transmission mount base bracket bolt(A) and nuts (B).

68. Loosen the lower torque rod bolts (A) (B).

69. Retighten the lower torque rod bolts (B) to thespecified torque, then retighten the bolt (A) to thespecified torque.

70. Tighten the transmission mount base bracket boltand nuts to the specified torque.

71. Tighten the upper torque rod bolt to the specifiedtorque.

06/09/15 17:42:20 62SWA00A_140_0291

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ２ＰＥ１０４１０４０００００ＫＣＡＴ００



14-290



A

B

C

D

D

12 x 1.25 mm64 N·m (6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft)


NOTE: Use fender covers to avoid damaging paintedsurfaces.


2. Install the torque converter (A) on the mainshaft (B)with the new O-ring (C).

3. Install the 14 x 20 mm dowel pins (D) in the torqueconverter housing.

4. Place the transmission on the jack, and raise thetransmission to the engine level.

5. Install the lower transmission housing mountingbolts.

06/09/15 17:42:21 62SWA00A_140_0292

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

14-291

12 x 1.25 mm64 N·m(6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft)

12 x 1.25 mm64 N·m(6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft)

12 x 1.25 mm64 N·m (6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft)

12 x 1.25 mm74 N·m (7.5 kgf·m, 54 lbf·ft)

6. Install the rear transmission housing mountingbolts.

7. Install the front transmission housing mountingbolts.

8. Install the upper transmission housing mountingbolts.

9. Secure the transmission mount bracket on thetransmission housing with the new mounting bolts.

(cont’d)

Replace.

06/09/15 17:42:22 62SWA00A_140_0293

＊０８＊０９

14-292



10 x 1.25 mm39 N·m(4.0 kgf·m,29 lbf·ft)

E12 x 1.25 mm81 N·m(8.3 kgf·m,60 lbf·ft)

D12 x 1.25 mm81 N·m(8.3 kgf·m,60 lbf·ft)

A

B

C

D

B

A

10. Install the new set ring (A) on the intermediate shaft(B).

11. Clean the areas where the intermediate shaftcontacts the transmission (differential) with solvent,and dry with compressed air. Apply intermediateshaft splines with ATF, then install the intermediateshaft, be sure not to allow dust or other foreignparticles to enter the transmission.

12. Install the lower torque rod mounting bracket (C),and secure it with the new bolts (D) and the newbolt (E).

13. Install the new set ring (A) on the left driveshaft (B).

14. Clean the areas where the left driveshaft contactsthe transmission (differential) with solvent, and drywith compressed air. Then install the left driveshaft,be sure not to allow dust or other foreign particlesto enter the transmission. Turn the steering knucklefully outward, and slide the driveshaft into thedifferential until you feel its set ring fully engagethe side gear.

15. Apply right driveshaft inboard-joint splines with therecommended grease.

16. Slide the right driveshaft over the intermediateshaft splines until you feel the driveshaft fullyengage the intermediate shaft set ring.

Replace.

Replace.

06/09/15 17:42:22 62SWA00A_140_0294

＊１０

＊１１

＊１２

＊１３

14-293

A6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

B

14 x 1.5 mm103 N·m(10.5 kgf·m, 75.9 lbf·ft)

14 x 1.5 mm103 N·m(10.5 kgf·m, 75.9 lbf·ft)

A

B

A

17. Attach the torque converter to the drive plate witheight bolts (A). Rotate the crankshaft pulley asnecessary to tighten the bolts to 1/2 of the specifiedtorque, then to the final torque, in a crisscrosspattern. After tightening the last bolt, check that thecrankshaft rotate freely.

18. Install the torque converter cover (B).

19. Support the front subframe with a wood piece anda jack, and lift it up to the body.

20. Loosely install the new subframe mounting bolts.

21. Align all reference marks (A) on the front subframe(B) with the body, then tighten the mounting boltson the subframe to the specified torque.

(cont’d)

Replace. Replace.

06/09/15 17:42:23 62SWA00A_140_0295

＊１４

＊１５

＊１６

＊１７

14-294



12 x 1.25 mm64 N·m(6.5 kgf·m,47 lbf·ft)

12 x 1.25 mm88 N·m (9.0 kgf·m, 65 lbf·ft)

8 x 1.25 mm22 N·m(2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)

A

B

C

8 x 1.25 mm32 N·m(3.3 kgf·m, 24 lbf·ft)

22. Install both mid-bracket bolts with new ones.

23. Secure the lower torque rod with the new bolts.


25. For 4WD model: Install the propeller shaft (A) to thetransfer companion flange (B) by aligning thereference mark (C).

Replace.

Replace.

06/09/15 17:42:24 62SWA00A_140_0296

＊１８

＊１９

＊２０

14-295

10 x 1.25 mm66 N·m (6.7 kgf·m, 48 lbf·ft)

10 x 1.25 mm66 N·m(6.7 kgf·m,48 lbf·ft)

H

I

F

A

B E10 x 1.25 mm59 N·m(6.0 kgf·m,43 lbf·ft)

C10 x 1.25 mm59 N·m(6.0 kgf·m, 43 lbf·ft)

D10 x 1.25 mm59 N·m(6.0 kgf·m, 43 lbf·ft)

G12 x 1.25 mm78 N·m(8.0 kgf·m, 58 lbf·ft)





28. Tighten the steering gearbox bracket mountingbolts to the specified torque.

29. Install both lower arms (A) to both ball joints (B),and loosely install the new mounting nuts and bolts.

30. Tighten the nuts and bolts to 59 N·m (6.0 kgf·m,43 lbf·ft) in the following order; the nut on the front(C), the nut on the rear (D), then the bolt (E).

31. Install the stabilizer links (F) to the stabilizer, andinstall the nuts (G). Insert a 6 mm Allen wrench (H)in the ball joint pin (I), and tighten the nuts.

(cont’d)

Replace.

Replace.Replace.

06/09/15 17:42:24 62SWA00A_140_0297

＊２１

＊２２

＊２３

14-296



A8 x 1.25 mm22 N·m(2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)

C

10 x 1.25 mm33 N·m(3.4 kgf·m,25 lbf·ft)

B

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

H

E

D

B

C

F

G

A

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

32. Install exhaust pipe A with the bolts, the new self-locking nuts, and new gaskets (B) (C).

33. Install the shift cable holder bracket on thetransmission.




Replace.

06/09/15 17:42:25 62SWA00A_140_0298

＊２４

＊２５

＊２６

＊２７

14-297

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

CA B

8 x 1.25 mm26 N·m(2.7 kgf·m,20 lbf·ft)

C

D

A

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm9.8 N·m(1.0 kgf·m,7.2 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)

B

C

A9 N·m(0.9 kgf·m,6.5 lbf·ft)

D

37. Secure the ATF cooler line with the bolts on thefront subframe.

38. Remove the hanger plate (A) and bolt (B), andinstall the harness cover bracket (C) on the engine.

39. Remove the engine support hanger.

40. Install the harness cover (A) on its bracket, andsecure it with the bolts.

41. Secure the connector bracket (B).

42. Connect disconnected connectors (C) and vacuumtube (D), and secure the tube with the clip.

43. Install the ACG terminal (A), connect theconnectors (B), and install the harness clamp (C) onits bracket (D).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:42:26 62SWA00A_140_0299

＊２８

＊２９

＊３０

＊３１

14-298



6 x 1.0 mm9.8 N·m(1.0 kgf·m,7.2 lbf·ft)

AB

C

B

C

A

C

B

D

A

E

44. Secure the harness cover with the bolts.

45. Install the engine cover.

46. Connect the ATF cooler hoses (A) to the ATF coolerlines (B), and secure the hoses with the clips (C)(see page 14-303).

47. Connect the shift solenoid harness connector (A),A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve Bconnector (B), and A/T clutch pressure controlsolenoid valve C connector (C), and install theharness clamp (D) on the clamp bracket (E).

06/09/15 17:42:27 62SWA00A_140_0300

＊３２

＊３３

＊３４

＊３５

14-299

A

BC

CA

B

A

8 x 1.25 mm22 N·m(2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

A

C

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

48. Connect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressureswitch connector (A), and install the harness clamp(B) on its clamp bracket (C).

49. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor connector (A) and input shaft (mainshaft)speed sensor connector (B).

50. Install the transmission range switch connector (C)on the connector bracket, and connect theconnector.

51. Connect the connector to the 2nd clutchtransmission fluid pressure switch (A), and securethe harness clamp brackets with the bolts.

52. Connect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A connector (A).

53. Secure the harness clamp brackets (B) with the bolt,and install the harness clamps (C) on the clampbrackets.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:43:19 62SWA00A_140_0301

＊３６

＊３７

14-300




B74 N·m (7.5 kgf·m, 54 lbf·ft)





57. Install the front bulkhead cover.

58. Install the cowl cover (see page 20-205).

59. Install the windshield wiper arms (see page 22-309).

60. Install the battery tray, battery, and battery cover,then secure the battery with its hold-down bracket.

61. Connect the battery terminals, and apply greasearound the battery terminals.

62. Set the parking brake. Start the engine, and shiftthe transmission through all positions three times.

63. Check the shift lever operation, A/T gear positionindicator operation, and shift cable adjustment.

64. Check and adjust the front wheel alignment(see page 18-7).


66. Start the engine in the P or N position, and warm itup to normal operating temperature (the radiatorfan comes on). Turn off the engine, and check theATF level (see page 14-251).

67. Enter the radio (and navigation) anti-theft code ifequipped, then enter the radio presets, and set theclock.


69. Perform the road test (see page 14-222).

70. After the road test, raise the vehicle on a hoist, andmake sure it is securely supported.

71. Loosen the upper torque rod bolt (A).

72. Loosen the transmission mount base bracket bolt(A) and nuts (B).

06/09/15 17:43:20 62SWA00A_140_0302

＊３８

14-301

B88 N·m(9.0 kgf·m, 65 lbf·ft)


73. Loosen the lower torque rod bolts (A) (B).

74. Retighten the lower torque rod bolts (B) to thespecified torque, then retighten the bolt (A) to thespecified torque.

75. Tighten the transmission mount base bracket boltand nuts to the specified torque.

76. Tighten the upper torque rod bolt to the specifiedtorque.

06/09/15 17:43:20 62SWA00A_140_0303

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４０００２２２５１ＫＤＡＴ００

－－

－－

－－

－－

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ３ＰＥ１０４０００１３０１２ＫＢＡＴ００

K24Z1 Engine Model

14-30214-302


Drive Plate Removal andInstallation

ATF Cooler Hose Replacement

12 x 1.0 mm74 N·m (7.5 kgf·m, 54 lbf·ft)

B

A

A

B

C

DE

F

G

H

I

J

K

LMN

O

P

1. Remove the transmission assembly:

• K24Z1 engine model (see page 14-259)• R20A1 and R20A2 engine models (see page

14-269)

2. Remove the drive plate (A) and washer (B) from theengine crankshaft.

NOTE: The illustration shows K24Z1 engine model;R20A1 and R20A2 engine models are similar.

3. Install the drive plate and washer on the enginecrankshaft, and tighten the eight bolts in acrisscross pattern in two or more steps.

4. Install the transmission assembly:

• K24Z1 engine model (see page 14-279)• R20A1 and R20A2 engine models (see page

14-290)

1. Slide the ATF cooler/filter hose (A) on the ATF filter(B) until the hose end is 5 7 mm (0.20 0.28 in.)(C) away from the filter housing, and secure thehose with the clip (D) at 10 12 mm (0.39 0.47 in.)(E) from the filter housing. Install the cooler hose(F) on the other side of the ATF filter in the samemanner.

2. Slide the ATF cooler/filter hose (G) over the ATFcooler line (H) until the hose end contacts the bulge(I), and secure the hoses with the clip (J) at2 4 mm (0.08 0.16 in.) (K) from the hose end.

3. Slide the ATF cooler hoses (L) over the ATF lines(M) until the hose ends contact the bulge (N), andsecure the hoses with the clip (O) at 6 8 mm(0.24 0.31 in.) (P) from the hose end.

06/09/15 17:43:20 62SWA00A_140_0304

－－

－－

－－

－－

－－

－－＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ２ＰＥ１０４０００１３０１２ＫＢＡＴ００


14-303

AD

E

B

C

F

G

H

I

JZ

L

M

N

O

P QR

S

TU

V W

X

Y CC

BB

AA

DD

K

1. Slide the ATF cooler hose (A) on the ATF filter (B)until the hose end contacts the filter housing, andsecure the hose with the clip (C) at 6 8 mm(0.24 0.31 in.) (D) from the filter housing. Installthe cooler hose on the other side of the ATF filter inthe same manner.

2. Slide the ATF cooler hoses (E) over the ATF lines (F)until the hose ends contact the bulge (G), andsecure the hoses with the clip (H) at 6 8 mm(0.24 0.31 in.) (I) from the hose end.

3. Slide the ATF cooler hose (J) over the ATF line (K)until the hose end contacts the line bracket (L), andsecure the hose with the clip (M) at 6 8 mm(0.24 0.31 in.) (N) from the hose end.

4. Slide the ATF cooler hose (O) over the ATF coolerline (P) until the hose end contacts the bulge (Q),and secure the hose with the clip (R) at 2 4 mm(0.08 0.16 in.) (S) from the hose end.

5. Slide the ATF cooler hose (T) over the ATF coolerline (U) until the hose end contacts the mark (V),and secure the hose with the clip (W) at 2 4 mm(0.08 0.16 in.) (X) from the hose end.

6. Slide the ATF cooler hose (Y) over the ATF coolerline (Z) until the hose end contacts the bulge (AA)with the white dot (BB) facing up, and secure thehose with the clip (CC) at 6 8 mm (0.24 0.31 in.)(DD) from the hose end.

06/09/15 17:43:21 62SWA00A_140_0305

－－

－－

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ３ＰＥ１０４０００１３０１５ＫＢＡＴ００

K24Z1 Engine Model

14-304


ATF Filter Replacement

B


6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

AB

C

D

E

F

A





5. Disconnect the ATF cooler hoses (A) from the ATFfilter (B).

6. Remove the ATF filter holder (C), and remove theATF filter.

7. Install the new ATF filter, and secure it with itsholder and bolt.

8. Slide the ATF cooler hose on the ATF filter until thehose end is 5 7 mm (0.20 0.28 in.) (D) away fromthe filter housing, and secure the hose with the clip(E) at 10 12 mm (0.39 0.47 in.) (F) from the filterhousing. Install the cooler hose on the other side ofthe ATF filter in the same manner.



06/09/15 17:43:21 62SWA00A_140_0306

－－

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ２ＰＥ１０４０００１３０１５ＫＢＡＴ００


14-305

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

A

B

C

D

E

F

A

F


2. Disconnect the ATF cooler hoses (A) from the ATFfilter (B).

3. Remove the ATF filter holder (C).

4. Remove the ATF filter, and replace it.

5. Install the new ATF filter on the filter mountingbracket (D), and secure it with its holder and bolt.

6. Slide the ATF cooler hoses on the ATF filter untilthe hose ends contact the filter housing, and securethe hose with the clips (E) at 6 8 mm(0.24 0.31 in.) (F) from the filter housing. Installthe cooler hose on the other side of the ATF filter inthe same manner.


06/09/15 17:43:21 62SWA00A_140_0307

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１４１２２８２ＫＡＡＴ００

14-306


Shift Lever Removal

A

A

B

C

A

B

C

D

1. Remove the following parts:

• Heater control panel; HVAC control unit (withoutclimate control) (see page 21-51) or Climatecontrol unit (with climate control) (see page21-140)

• Dashboard center panel (see page 20-124)• Center lower covers (see page 20-127)

2. Shift the shift lever into the R position.

3. Remove the nut securing the shift cable end.

4. Unlock the retainer (A).

5. Rotate the socket holder retainer (A)counterclockwise (B) until it stops, and push theretainer lock (C) into the socket holder retainer tolock the retainer.

6. Lower the socket holder (A), then slide it to removethe shift cable (B) from the shift cable bracket (C).Do not remove the shift cable by pulling the shiftcable guide (D).

06/09/15 17:43:22 62SWA00A_140_0308

＊０５

14-307

A

B

C

7. Cover around the opening of the dashboard withtape to prevent damage to the dashboard.

8. Remove the shift lever mounting bolt and nuts.

9. Disconnect the shift lock solenoid connector (A)and D3 switch/park pin switch/A/T gear positionindicator panel light connector (B), and remove theshift lever assembly (C).

NOTE: The illustration shows the LHD model; RHDmodel is similar.

06/09/15 17:43:22 62SWA00A_140_0309

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１４１２２８２ＫＣＡＴ００

14-308


Shift Lever Installation

B

C

A

8 x 1.25 mm22 N·m(2.2 kgf·m,16 lbf·ft)

1. Cover around the opening of the dashboard withtape to prevent damage to the dashboard.

2. Install the shift lever assembly (A) in the dashboard.

NOTE: The illustration shows the LHD model; RHDmodel is similar.

3. Connect the shift lock solenoid connector (B) andD3 switch/park pin switch/A/T gear positionindicator panel light connector (C).

4. Install the shift cable on the shift lever, and adjustthe shift cable (see step 7 on page 14-322).

06/09/15 17:43:23 62SWA00A_140_0310

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＵＥ１０４１１４１２２８２ＭＦＡＴ００

LHD Model

14-309

Shift Lever Disassembly and Reassembly

SHIFT LEVER BUTTON

SPRING

SHIFT LEVER KNOB

SCREW 5 x 0.8 mm3 N·m (0.3 kgf·m, 2 lbf·ft)

SHIFT LEVER RING

A/T GEAR POSITIONINDICATOR PANEL

SHIFT LOCKRELEASE LID

LEVER COVER

A/T GEAR POSITIONINDICATOR PANEL BASE

SHIFT LEVERKNOB COVER

D3 SWITCH

A/T GEAR POSITIONINDICATOR PANELLIGHT BULB

SILICONE GREASE

SHIFT LEVER ROD

SHIFT LEVER/SHIFT CABLEBRACKET ASSEMBLY

SHIFT LOCKRELEASE SHAFT

SHIFT LOCKRELEASE

SHIFT LOCKRELEASE SPRING

SHIFT LOCKSTOP CUSHION

SILICONE GREASE

SHIFT LOCKSOLENOIDPLUNGER

PLUNGERSPRING

CONNECTORCLAMP

0.3 N·m(0.03 kgf·m, 0.2 lbf·ft)

PARK PINSWITCH

SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID CONNECTOR

CLAMP

HARNESSBAND

SHIFT LEVERMOUNTINGBRACKET

8 x 1.25 mm22 N·m(2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)

HARNESSBAND

SHIFT LOCKSTOP

Apply non-hardeningthread lock sealant.


06/09/15 17:43:23 62SWA00A_140_0311

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＷＥ１０４１１４１２２８２ＭＦＡＴ００

RHD Model

14-310


Shift Lever Disassembly and Reassembly (cont’d)

D3 SWITCH

SHIFT LEVER KNOB

SPRING

SHIFT LEVER RING

SHIFT LEVER BUTTON

SHIFT LEVERKNOB COVER

LEVER COVER

A/T GEAR POSITIONINDICATOR PANEL

SHIFT LOCKRELEASE LID

HARNESSBAND

A/T GEAR POSITIONINDICATOR PANEL BASE

8 x 1.25 mm22 N·m(2.2 kgf·m,16 lbf·ft)

SHIFT LEVERMOUNTINGBRACKET

HARNESSBAND

CONNECTORCLAMP

PARK PIN SWITCH

SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID

CONNECTORCLAMP

PLUNGERSPRING

SHIFT LOCKSOLENOIDPLUNGER

SHIFT LOCKSTOP

SHIFT LOCKSTOP CUSHION

SHIFT LOCKRELEASESPRING

SHIFT LOCKRELEASE

SHIFT LEVER/SHIFT CABLEBRACKETASSEMBLY

SILICONE GREASE

SHIFT LEVER ROD

SILICONE GREASE

SCREW5 x 0.8 mm3 N·m (0.3 kgf·m, 2 lbf·ft)

A/T GEAR POSITIONINDICATOR PANELLIGHT BULB

SHIFT LOCKRELEASEEXTENSION

0.3 N·m(0.03 kgf·m, 0.2 lbf·ft)



06/09/15 17:43:24 62SWA00A_140_0312

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１４１２２７ＮＫＢＡＴ００

14-311

Shift Lever/Shift Cable Bracket Assembly Replacement

A

B

C

B B

A

D

F

B

C

E

E

NOTE:• Refer to the Shift Lever Disassembly and Reassembly

LHD model (see page 14-309), RHD model (see page14-310) as needed during the following procedures.

• The illustration shows the LHD model; RHD model issimilar.

1. Remove the shift lever (see page 14-306).

2. Wrap the end of a flat-tip screwdriver (A) with tape,pry the shift lever knob cover locks (B), and removethe shift lever knob cover (C).

3. Remove the screws (A), shift lever button (B), andspring (C).

4. Remove the D3 switch (D) by expanding its locks(E) from the shift lever knob, and remove the shiftlever knob (F).

5. Remove the shift lock solenoid connector and D3switch/park pin switch/A/T gear position indicatorpanel light connector from the shift lever.

6. Remove the harness bands, and disconnect the D3switch 2P connector.

7. Remove the D3 switch harness and shift lever ring.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:43:24 62SWA00A_140_0313

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

14-312


Shift Lever/Shift Cable Bracket Assembly Replacement (cont’d)

A

B

C

E

D

F

8. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel lightsocket from the indicator panel, and remove theindicator panel.

9. For LHD model: Remove the shift lock release,release spring, and release shaft (see page 14-357).For RHD model: Remove the shift lock release,release spring, and release extension (see page14-358).

10. Remove the shift lever mounting bracket, andremove the park pin switch.

11. Release the lock tabs retaining the shift locksolenoid using thin blade screwdrivers.

12. Insert a 6 mm pin (A) into the guide hole (B), andpush the shift lock solenoid (C) out.

13. Remove the shift lock solenoid plunger (D), plungerspring (E), and shift lock stop and stop cushion (F).

14. Replace the shift lever/shift cable bracket assembly.

15. Install the shift lock stop and stop cushion.

16. Apply silicone grease to joint of the shift locksolenoid plunger and shift lock stop, if necessary.

17. Install the shift lock solenoid plunger and plungerspring in the shift lock solenoid.

18. Install the shift lock solenoid by aligning the joint ofthe shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip of theshift lock stop, then push the shift lock solenoid intothe shift lever securely.

06/09/15 17:43:25 62SWA00A_140_0314

＊０７

＊０８

＊０９

14-313

0.3 N·m(0.03 kgf·m,0.2 lbf·ft)

A

A

D

B

C

A

B

C

19. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to thescrew threads. Install the park pin switch (A), andsecure the switch with the screw.

20. Install the shift lever mounting bracket.

21. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel, shiftlever ring, and D3 switch harness.

22. Route the D3 switch harness (A), connect the D3switch 2P connector (B), and install the connector inthe holder.

23. Tie the harnesses of the D3 switch and park pinswitch at the guide (C) with the band (D).

24. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel lightsocket in the indicator panel.

25. Route the park pin switch harness, D3 switchharness, and indicator panel light harness. Take aslack out of the harnesses, and secure theharnesses (A) with the band (B) at the guide (C).

26. Install the shift lock solenoid connector and D3switch/park pin switch/A/T gear position indicatorpanel light connector on the shift lever.

27. For LHD model: Install the shift lock release, releasespring, and release shaft (see page 14-357).For RHD model: Install the shift lock release,release spring, and release extension (see page14-358).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:43:26 62SWA00A_140_0315

＊１０

14-314


Shift Lever/Shift Cable Bracket Assembly Replacement (cont’d)

E3 N·m(0.3 kgf·m, 2 lbf·ft)

F

D

C

A

B

G

28. Apply silicone grease to the top of the shift leverrod (A), to the shift lever button spring (B), and tothe area of the shift lever button (C) connected withthe shift lever rod.

29. Install the shift lever button spring and button inthe shift lever knob (D), and install the shift leverknob over the shift lever.

30. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to thescrew threads, and secure the shift lever knob withthe screws (E).

31. Install the D3 switch (F) and shift lever knob cover(G) on the shift lever knob.

32. Install the shift lever (see page 14-308).

06/09/15 17:43:26 62SWA00A_140_0316

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１４１２２８７ＫＢＡＴ００

14-315

Shift Lever Knob Replacement

A

B

C

B B

A

D

F

B

C

E

E


F

D

C

A

B

G

NOTE: The illustration shows the LHD model; RHD issymmetrical.










06/09/15 17:43:27 62SWA00A_140_0317

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１４１２２８３ＫＢＡＴ００

14-316


Shift Lever Knob Cover Replacement

A

B

C

B B

NOTE: The illustration shows the LHD model; RHD issymmetrical.


2. Replace the shift lever knob cover, and install thenew cover on the shift lever knob.

06/09/15 17:43:27 62SWA00A_140_0318

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１４１２２８６ＫＢＡＴ００

14-317

Shift Lever Ring Replacement

A

B

C

B B

A

D

F

B

C

E

E








5. Remove the harness band, and disconnect the D3switch 2P connector.

6. Remove the D3 switch and shift lever ring.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:43:27 62SWA00A_140_0319

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

14-318


Shift Lever Ring Replacement (cont’d)

A

D

B

C


F

D

C

A

B

G

7. Replace the shift lever ring, and install the D3switch harness through the shift lever ring.

8. Install the shift lever ring over the shift lever.








06/09/15 17:43:28 62SWA00A_140_0320

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１４１２２８１ＫＢＡＴ００

14-319

Shift Cable Replacement

A

A

B

C

A

B

C

1. Lift the vehicle up on a lift or apply the parkingbrake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of thevehicle. Make sure it is securely supported.








7. Lower the socket holder (A), then slide it to removethe shift cable (B) from the shift cable bracket (C).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:43:29 62SWA00A_140_0321

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

14-320


Shift Cable Replacement (cont’d)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

6 x 1.0 mm9.8 N·m(1.0 kgf·m,7.2 lbf·ft)

A

B

C

E

D

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

F

G

H

A


NOTE: The illustration shows K24Z1 engine model;R20A1 and R20A2 engine models are similar.

9. Remove the spring clip (B) and control pin (C), andseparate the shift cable end (D) from the controllever (E). Remove the bolts securing the shift cablebrackets (F) (G).

10. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable grommet(A).

11. Remove the shift cable grommet, and pull out theshift cable (B).

12. Insert the new shift cable through the grommethole (C), and install the grommet in its hole. Do notbend the shift cable excessively.

13. Secure the shift cable grommet with the nuts.


NOTE: The illustration shows the K24Z1 enginemodel; R20A1 and R20A2 engine models aresimilar.



17. Install the shift cable on the shift lever, and adjustthe shift cable (see step 7 on page 14-322).

06/09/15 17:43:29 62SWA00A_140_0322

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１４１２２８１ＭＢＡＴ００

14-321

Shift Cable Adjustment

A

A

B

C

A

B

C

D








6. Lower the socket holder (A), then slide it to removethe shift cable (B) from the shift cable bracket (C).Do not remove the shift cable by pulling the shiftcable guide (D).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:43:30 62SWA00A_140_0323

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

＊０８

14-322


Shift Cable Adjustment (cont’d)

A

B

A

B

A

7. Push the shift cable (A) until it stops, then release it.Pull the shift cable back one step so that the shiftposition is in R. Do not hold the shift cable guide (B)to adjust the shift cable.

8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and verify that theR position indicator comes on.


10. Place the shift lever in the R position, then insert a6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin (A) into the positioning hole(B) on the shift lever, through the positioning holeon the shift lever, and into the positioning hole onthe bracket. Use only the 6.0 mm pin with removed-burrs ends.

11. Verify that the shift lever is secured in the Rposition.

12. Unhinge the retainer lock (A).

06/09/15 17:43:31 62SWA00A_140_0324

＊０９

＊１０

14-323

A

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

DE

F

G

HI

J

13. Rotate the socket holder retainer (A)counterclockwise (B) until it stops to createclearance (C) between the socket holder (D) andholder retainer, and push the retainer lock (E) intothe socket holder retainer to lock the retainer.

14. Align the clearance (A) between the socket holder(B) and the socket holder retainer (C) with theopening (D) in the shift cable bracket (E), then slidethe holder into the bracket with installing the shiftcable end (F) over the mounting stud (G) byaligning its square hole (H) with the square fitting(I) at the bottom of the stud. Do not install the shiftcable by holding the shift cable guide (J).

NOTE: When the socket holder is installed in theshift cable bracket, the retainer lock is unhingedand releases the holder retainer lock, then theholder retainer returns under spring force to securethe shift cable.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:43:31 62SWA00A_140_0325

＊１１

＊１２

＊１３

14-324


Shift Cable Adjustment (cont’d)

A

B

C

A

Improperly installed:

Properlyinstalled:

8 x 1.25 mm22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)

15. Push the retainer lock (A) fully to lock the socketholder retainer (B), and make sure that the retainerlock fits into the hinged-joint (C). If the retainer lockdoes not fit with the edge of the hinged-joint, rotatethe holder retainer counterclockwise while pushingthe retainer lock until it locks.

16. Verify that the shift cable end is properly installedon the mounting stud.

17. If the cable end is out of position on the mountingstud, remove the shift cable from the bracket, andreinstall the shift cable. Do not install the shift cableend on the mounting stud while the shift cable is onthe bracket.If the cable end rides on the bottom of themounting stud, rotate the stud and align the squarefitting with the hole.

18. Install and tighten the nut on the shift cable end.

19. Remove the 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin that was installedto hold the shift lever.

20. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Move the shift leverto each position, and verify that the A/T gearposition indicator follows the transmission rangeswitch.

21. Shift to the P position, and check that the shift lockworks properly. Push the shift lock release, andverify that the shift lever releases, and also checkthat the shift lever locks when it is shifted back tothe P position.

22. Install the following parts:

• Center lower covers (see page 20-127)• Dashboard center panel (see page 20-124)• Heater control panel; HVAC control unit (without

climate control) (see page 21-51) or Climatecontrol unit (with climate control) (see page21-140)

Cable endpositionsout of themounting stud.

Cable end rideson the bottomof the mountingstud.

06/09/15 17:43:32 62SWA00A_140_0326

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＵＥ１０４１０７０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

LHD Model

14-325

A/T Gear Position Indicator

Component Location Index

A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATORD3 INDICATOR

D3 SWITCH A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATORPANEL LIGHT HARNESS

A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR PANEL

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)


F-CAN Communication CircuitTroubleshooting, page 22-210Gauge Control Module Self-diagnostic FunctionIndicator Drive Circuit Check, page 22-198Communication Line Check, page 22-199

Circuit Troubleshooting, page 14-340Test, page 14-342Replacement, page 14-343

Replacement, page 14-333


Test, page 14-329Replacement, page 14-331

06/09/15 17:43:35 62SWA00A_140_0327

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＷＥ１０４１０７０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

RHD Model

14-326


Component Location Index (cont’d)

A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATORD3 INDICATOR

D3 SWITCHA/T GEAR POSITION INDICATORPANEL LIGHT HARNESS

A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR PANEL

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)


F-CAN Communication CircuitTroubleshooting, page 22-210Gauge Control Module Self-diagnostic FunctionIndicator Drive Circuit Check, page 22-198Communication Line Check, page 22-199

Circuit Troubleshooting, page 14-340Test, page 14-342Replacement, page 14-343



Test, page 14-329Replacement, page 14-331

06/09/15 17:43:39 62SWA00A_140_0328

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ３ＰＥ１０４１０７０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－－

－

K24Z1 Engine Model

14-327

Circuit Diagram

28

22

36 41 444342

27 28 30 33 34 3532

2520 21 22

16 181713 14 151211

7 8 931

2323

31

4 5 6

14

2120 24

3429

4236

31

1 2 3 4 5 6 987

11 151413 16

3230

42403936

1817

8

10

20

27

2

26 29

4

19

33

9

35

25

37

31

12

4443

16

27

4140

21

29

15

44

24

1817

23

41

BLK

BLK

BRN/YEL

BRN/YEL

B36 PG1

PG2B1

C40 LG1

LG2C44

G101



A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)

G503

D3 SWA41BLU

BLK

BLU

6

5

WHT

WHT

D3 SWITCH

SCSBRN BRN

A31

PG

SG

B19

B15

BLK

YEL

B33

B34WHT

RED

RED

WHT

B36

CAN LA37

A36 CAN H

138276 9 5 4 10

17625 4 9 3 8 10

BLK

B13


To 12 V


No. 2 (15 A)


No. 10 (7.5 A)

BLU/WHT

RED/BLK

WHT

BLK

BLK

BAT IG1

IGNITION SWITCH

No. 14 (7.5 A)

To 5 V

RED/WHT

BLK

BLU/WHT

FWD RVS

2

ST

P

R

N


DE

1

B22ATP RVS

ATP FWD

ATP P

ATP R

ATP N

ATP D

ATP 2

ATP 1

YEL/RED

B28

G101

B12

B21

B15

BRN

BLU

PNK

RED/BLK

WHT

BLK/BLU

B14

B16

WHT/RED

BLU/BLK

YEL/GRN

GRN/RED

RED

BLU/YEL

3

4

GRY

BLK

G502

2

RED

1

D

N

R

P



CANCONTROLLER



F CANTRANSCEIVER


STARTERCUTRELAYA/T GEAR

POSITIONINDICATORPANELLIGHT


DIMMINGCIRCUIT



G501

(26)

(10)

(22)

(39)

D3

06/09/15 17:43:40 62SWA00A_140_0329

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ２ＰＥ１０４１０７０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－－

－


14-328


Circuit Diagram (cont’d)

22

393837

28

36 41 444342

27 28 30 33 34 3532

2520 21 22

16 181713 14 151211

7 8 931

2323

31

4 5 6

14

2120 24

3429

4236

31

1 2 3 4 5 6 987

11 151413 16

3230

42403936

1817

8

10

20

27

2

26 29

4

19

33

9

35

25

37

31

12

4443

16

27

4140

21

29

15

44

24

1817

23

(37)(39)

BLK

BLK

BRN/YEL

BRN/YEL

B36 PG1

PG2B1

C40 LG1

LG2C44

G101



A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)

G503

D3 SWA41BLU

BLK

BLU

6

5

WHT

WHT

D3 SWITCH

SCSBRN BRN

A31

PG

SG

B19

B15

BLK

YEL

B33

B34WHT

RED

RED

WHT

B36

CAN LA37

A36 CAN H

138276 9 5 4 10

17625 4 9 3 8 10

BLK

B13


To 12 V


No. 2 (15 A)


No. 10 (7.5 A)

BLU/WHT

RED/BLK

WHT/GRN

BLK

BLK

BAT IG1

IGNITION SWITCH

No. 14 (7.5 A)

To 5 V

YEL

BLK

BLU/WHT

FWD RVS

2

ST

P

R

N


DE

1

B22ATP RVS

ATP FWD

ATP P

ATP R

ATP N

ATP D

ATP 2

ATP 1

YEL/RED

B28

G101

B12

B21

B15

BRN

BLU

PNK

RED/BLK

WHT

BLK/BLU

B14

B16

WHT/RED

BLU/BLK

YEL/GRN

RED

BRN

BLU/YEL

3

4

GRY

BLK

G502

2

RED

1

D

N

R

P



CANCONTROLLER



F CANTRANSCEIVER


STARTERCUTRELAYA/T GEAR

POSITIONINDICATORPANELLIGHT


DIMMINGCIRCUIT



G501

D3

06/09/15 17:43:41 62SWA00A_140_0330

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０７５９８１１ＦＥＡＴ００

Transmission Range Switch Harness Connector

14-329

Transmission Range Switch Test

A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

ATPNP

P NRD

P

R

N

D

ATPRVS

2

1

Position/Connector Terminal/Signal Connections

ATP2

ATP1

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

ATPFWD

GND

1. Lift the vehicle up on a lift, or apply the parkingbrake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of thevehicle. Make sure it is securely supported.

2. Disconnect the transmission range switch harnessconnector (A), and remove the connector from theconnector bracket.

3. Check for continuity between terminals at theharness connector. There should be continuitybetween the terminals in the following table foreach switch position.

4. Transmission range switch test is finished if thetest results are OK.If there is no continuity between any terminals, goto step 5.

5. Remove the transmission range switch cover.


(cont’d)


06/09/15 17:44:29 62SWA00A_140_0331

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

－－－－

Transmission Range Switch Connector

Selector Control Shaft Specification

Width (B): 6.1 6.2 mm (0.240 0.244 in.)

End Gap (C): 1.8 2.0 mm (0.07 0.08 in.)

14-330


Transmission Range Switch Test (cont’d)

ATPFWD

GND

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

ATPNP

ATP1

PN R D

P

R

N

D

ATP2

ATPRVS

2

1

Position/Connector Terminal/Signal Connections

A

B

C

A

C

B

7. Check for continuity between terminals at theswitch connector. There should be continuitybetween the terminals in the following table foreach switch position.

8. If the transmission range switch continuity check isOK, remove the harness clamps (A) from the clampbracket (B), and replace the faulty transmissionrange switch harness (C).

9. If there is no continuity between any terminals,remove the transmission range switch, and checkthe end of the selector control shaft (A).

10. If measurement of the selector control shaft end iswithin the specification, replace the transmissionrange switch. If the measurement is out ofspecification, repair the selector control shaft end,and recheck the transmission range switchcontinuity.

06/09/15 17:44:30 62SWA00A_140_0332

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０７５９８１１ＫＢＡＴ００

14-331

Transmission Range Switch Replacement

A

B

C

D

1. Lift the vehicle up on a lift, or apply the parkingbrake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of thevehicle. Make sure it is securely supported.

2. Shift the N position.

3. Remove the transmission range switch cover.

4. Remove the transmission range switch.

5. Make sure the control shaft is in the N position. Ifnecessary, move the shift lever to the N position.

NOTE: Do not use the selector control shaft toadjust the shift position. If the control shaft tips aresqueezed together it will cause a faulty signal orposition due to play between the selector controlshaft and switch.

6. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with theneutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmissionrange switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feelergauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch inthe N position.

NOTE: Be sure to use a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade orequivalent to hold the switch in the N position.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:44:31 62SWA00A_140_0333

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

14-332


Transmission Range Switch Replacement (cont’d)

C

A

B

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

7. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently onthe selector control shaft (B) while holding it in theN position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C).

8. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switchwhile you continue to hold the N position. Do notmove the transmission range switch whentightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge.

9. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, thenconnect the connector securely.

10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Move the shift leverthrough all positions, and make sure thetransmission range switch is synchronized with theA/T gear position indicator.

11. Make sure that the engine will start in the P and Npositions, and will not start in any other shift leverposition.

12. Make sure that the back-up lights come on whenthe shift lever is in the R position.

13. Allow the all four wheels (4WD model) or the frontwheels (2WD model) to rotate freely, then start theengine, and check the shift lever operation.

14. Install the transmission range switch cover.

06/09/15 17:44:32 62SWA00A_140_0334

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０７１２２５０ＫＢＡＴ００

14-333

A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light Harness Replacement

A

B

C

B B

A

D

F

B

C

E

E

NOTE:• The A/T gear position indicator panel light harness is

not available from the park pin switch and D3 switchconnector harness; replace the A/T gear positionindicator panel light harness, park pin switch, D3switch connector harness, and the connector as a set.

• Refer to the Shift Lever Disassembly and ReassemblyLHD model (see page 14-309), RHD model (see page14-310) as needed during the following procedures.





5. Remove the D3 switch/park pin switch/A/T gearposition indicator panel light connector from theshift lever.



(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:44:33 62SWA00A_140_0335

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

14-334


A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light Harness Replacement (cont’d)

A

B

A

B

0.3 N·m(0.03 kgf·m,0.2 lbf·ft)

A


9. For LHD model: Release the lock (A) of the shift lockrelease, and remove the shift lock release andrelease spring (B).

10. For RHD model: Release the lock (A) of the shiftlock release extension, and remove the shift lockrelease extension (B).


12. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel lightharness, park pin switch, D3 switch connectorharness, and connector assembly, and replace it.

13. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to thescrew threads. Install the park pin switch (A), andsecure the switch with the screw.



06/09/15 17:44:33 62SWA00A_140_0336

＊０８＊０９

＊１０

LHD Model

RHD Model

14-335

A

D

B

C




(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:44:34 62SWA00A_140_0337

＊１１

＊１２

＊１３

＊１４

14-336


A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light Harness Replacement (cont’d)

A

B

C

A

B

A

D

B

C



21. For LHD model: Install the shift lock release spring(A) in the shift lock release (B).

NOTE: Steps 21 thru 23 describe shift lock releaseinstallation for the LHD model; go to step 24 forRHD model.

22. For LHD model: Install the shift lock release andrelease spring on the release shaft end.

23. For LHD model: Make sure that the release springend (A) is installed in the shift lock release (B), andthe hooked end (C) is hitched on the catch (D).

24. For RHD model: Install the shift lock releaseextension.

06/09/15 17:44:35 62SWA00A_140_0338

＊１５

14-337


F

D

C

A

B

G






06/09/15 17:44:35 62SWA00A_140_0339

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０７１２２４７ＫＢＡＴ００

14-338


A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Replacement

A

B

C

B B

A F

B

C

E

E

D










7. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel lightsocket from the indicator panel.

06/09/15 17:44:36 62SWA00A_140_0340

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

14-339

A

B

C

D

D

A

D

B

C


F

D

C

A

B

G

8. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel, anddisassemble the indicator panel (A), panel base (B),and lever cover (C).

9. Replace the indicator panel, panel base, or levercover, and assemble the A/T gear position indicatorpanel; install the lever cover in the panel base withthe marks (D) point toward the front.

10. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel, andinstall the shift lever ring and D3 switch harness.









06/09/15 17:44:36 62SWA00A_140_0341

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０７１２２４２ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-340


D3 Switch Circuit Troubleshooting

D3 SWITCH/PARK PIN SWITCH/A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATORPANEL LIGHT CONNECTOR

GND (BLK)D3 SW (BLU)


D3 SW (BLU)

D3 SWITCH/PARK PIN SWITCH/A/T GEAR POSITIONINDICATOR PANELLIGHT CONNECTOR

D3 SW (BLU)

D3 SW(BLU)




3. Measure voltage between D3 switch/park pinswitch/A/T gear position indicator panel lightconnector terminals No. 5 and No. 6.

Go to step 10.

Go to step 4.

4. Measure voltage between D3 switch/park pinswitch/A/T gear position indicator panel lightconnector terminal No. 5 and body ground.

Repair open in the wire between D3 switch/park pin switch/A/T gear position indicator panellight connector terminal No. 6 and ground (G503),and repair poor ground (G503).

Go to step 5.




8. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A41 and D3 switch/park pin switch/A/Tgear position indicator panel light connectorterminal No. 5.

Go to step 9.

Repair open in the wire between PCMconnector terminal A41 and the D3 switch/park pinswitch/A/T gear position indicator panel lightconnector.





Is there about 5 V?

Is there about 5 V?


06/09/15 17:44:37 62SWA00A_140_0342

＊０４＊０５

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-341


D3 SW (BLU)


D3 SW (WHT) GND (WHT)

9. Check for continuity between D3 switch/park pinswitch/A/T gear position indicator panel lightconnector terminal No. 5 and body ground.

Repair short in the wire between PCMconnector terminal A41 and the D3 switch/park pinswitch/A/T gear position indicator panel lightconnector.

Check for loose or poor connection at PCMconnector terminal A41. If the connection is OK,substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10) andrecheck. If the symptom goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the original PCM; R20A1 andR20A2 engine models (see page 11-226), K24Z1engine model (see page 11-613).

10. Check for continuity between D3 switch/park pinswitch/A/T gear position indicator panel lightconnector terminals No. 5 and No. 6 while pressingthe D3 switch several times.

Check for loose or poor connection at PCMconnector terminal A41. If the connection is OK,substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10) andrecheck. If the symptom goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the original PCM; R20A1 andR20A2 engine models (see page 11-226), K24Z1engine model (see page 11-613).

Replace the D3 switch (see page 14-343).

Wire side of female terminalsTerminal side of male terminals

Is there continuity?Is there alternating continuity and no continuityevery time the switch is pushed?

06/09/15 17:44:37 62SWA00A_140_0343

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０７１２２４１ＦＥＡＴ００

14-342


D3 Switch Test

1. Remove the center lower covers (see page 20-127).

2. Disconnect the D3 switch/park pin switch/A/T gearposition indicator panel light connector.

3. Push the D3 switch several times, and check theswitch for continuity between D3 switch/park pinswitch/A/T gear position indicator panel lightconnector terminals No. 5 and No. 6. There shouldbe toggled continuity and no continuity betweenterminals every time the D3 switch is pushed.

4. D3 switch test is finished if the test result is OK. Ifthe D3 switch works incorrectly at the D3 switch/park pin switch/A/T gear position indicator panellight connector, test the D3 switch at the D3 switch2P connector.


6. Remove the D3 switch 2P connector from theconnector holder, and disconnect it.

7. Push the D3 switch several times, and check theswitch for continuity between D3 switch 2Pconnector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. There shouldbe toggled continuity and no continuity betweenterminals every time the D3 switch is pushed.

8. Replace the D3 switch (see page 14-343) if theswitch works incorrectly.

9. Replace the D3 switch connector harness, A/T gearposition indicator panel light harness, and park pinswitch as a set (see page 14-333) if the switch is OK.The D3 switch connector harness is not availablefrom the A/T gear position indicator panel lightharness and park pin switch.

10. Connect the 2P connector, and install it in theholder.


12. Install the center lower covers (see page 20-127).



06/09/15 17:44:38 62SWA00A_140_0344

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０７１２２４１ＫＢＡＴ００

14-343

D3 Switch Replacement

A

B

C

B B

A

D

F

B

C

E

E









6. Remove the D3 switch and shift lever ring.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:44:38 62SWA00A_140_0345

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

14-344


D3 Switch Replacement (cont’d)

A

D

B

C


F

D

C

A

B

G

7. Replace the D3 switch, and install the D3 switchharness through the shift lever ring.

8. Install the shift lever ring over the shift lever.








06/09/15 17:44:39 62SWA00A_140_0346

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４３６４０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

LHD Model

RHD Model

14-345




PARK PIN SWITCH

STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLYKEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID

SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID


PARK PIN SWITCH

STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLYKEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID

Key Interlock System CircuitTroubleshooting, page 14-352Test, page 14-359Replacement, page 14-360

Key Interlock System CircuitTroubleshooting, page 14-352

Shift Lock System CircuitTroubleshooting, page 14-347Test, page 14-354Replacement, page 14-355

Shift Lock System CircuitTroubleshooting, page 14-347Test, page 14-354Replacement, page 14-355

Key Interlock System CircuitTroubleshooting, page 14-352Test, page 14-359Replacement, page 14-360

Key Interlock System CircuitTroubleshooting, page 14-352

06/09/15 17:44:42 62SWA00A_140_0347

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４３６４０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－－

－

－

－

14-346


Circuit Diagram

(37)(39)(38)(37)(39) (41)

28

36 41 444342

27 28 30 33 34 3532

2520 21 22

16 181713 14 151211

7 8 931

2323

31

4 5 6

14

2120 24

3429

4236

31

1 2 3 4 5 6 987

11 151413 16

3230

42403936

1817

8

10

20

27

2

26 29

4

19

33

9

35

25

37

31

12

4443

16

27

4140

21

29

15

44

24

1817

WHT orWHT/GRN

GRN/RED or RED

RED or BRN

RED/WHT or YEL

BLU/BLK

BLU/YEL

YEL/GRN

RED/BLK

P

R

N

D

1

2

SG

PG



A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)


To 5 V

CAN H

G502

BLK


A36

A37 CAN L

B36

WHT

RED

RED

WHTB34

B33

YEL

BLK

B15

B19


BATTERY


IGNITION SWITCH

BRN/YEL

BRN/YEL

BLK

BLK

LT GRN

LT GRN

BLK

G101

To 12 V

IG1 C36LT BLUBLK/RED

SCSBRN BRN

A31

G503

2

1

1

EDN

R

P

ST

2

RVSFWD

BK SW

LT GRN

LT GRN

WHT

No. 12 (15 A)

A40BK SW

GRN

GRN

BLK

2

1

3

4

138276 9 5 4 10

17625 4 9 3 8 10

KEY SW

KEY SOL

G501

BLU

GRY

ORN

BLK

P PIN ATP P

RED

5

4

6

2

1

3

LT GRN

PUR

BLU

A24VCC5

APSB A18

A34SG5

SG4 A35

A17APSA

VCC4 A25

LT BLU

ORN

BRN

PG1

PG2

LG1

LG2

C40

B1

C44

B36

G101

RED

BLK

B13

No. 2 (15 A)

No. 10 (7.5 A)

BLU/WHT

SLSA27

RED

BLK

BAT IG1

BLU/WHT

B22ATP RVS

ATP FWD

ATP P

ATP R

ATP N

ATP D

ATP 2

ATP 1

YEL/RED

B28

B12

B21

B15

BRN

BLU

PNK

RED/BLK

WHT

BLK/BLU

B14

B16

WHT/RED

BLU/BLK

1

2

YEL

RED

No. 2 (IG) (50 A)No. 1 (100 A)

SHIFTLOCKSOLENOID

PARKPINSWITCH

KEYINTERLOCKSOLENOID

KEYSWITCH

UNDER DASHFUSE/RELAYBOXNo. 35 (7.5 A)



BRAKEPEDALPOSITIONSWITCH


ACCELERATORPEDALPOSITIONSENSOR

STARTERCUTRELAY

DIMMINGCIRCUIT

F CANTRANSCEIVER



CANCONTROLLER

G501

(22)

(26)

(10)

(22) (23)

D3

06/09/15 17:44:44 62SWA00A_140_0348

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４３６４５５２０１ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-347

Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting

SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR

IG1 (YEL)


IG1 (YEL) SLS (RED)


2. Select Shift Lock Solenoid Test in theMiscellaneous Test Menu, and check that the shiftlock solenoid operates with the HDS.


Go to step 14.

Go to step 3.


4. Disconnect the shift lock solenoid connector.


6. Measure voltage between shift lock solenoidconnector terminal No. 1 and body ground.

Go to step 7.

Check for a blown No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in theunder-dash fuse/relay box. If the fuse is OK, repairopen or short in the wire between shift locksolenoid connector terminal No. 1 and the under-dash fuse/relay box.

7. Shift the shift lever into the P position, and pressthe brake pedal. Do not press the accelerator.

8. Measure voltage between shift lock solenoidconnector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 while pressingthe brake pedal.

Go to step 9.

Go to step 10.

(cont’d)



Does the shif t lock solenoid work proper ly?



06/09/15 17:44:44 62SWA00A_140_0349

＊０３

＊０４

－

－－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-348


Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d)


IG1 (YEL) SLS (RED)

SHIFT LOCKSOLENOIDCONNECTOR

SLS (RED)


SLS (RED)

9. Release the brake pedal, and measure voltagebetween shift lock solenoid connector terminalsNo. 1 and No. 2. The shift lever must be in theP position.

Repair short in the wire between PCMconnector terminal A27 and the shift locksolenoid.

Check the shift lock mechanism. If themechanism is OK, replace the shift lock solenoid(see page 14-355).




13. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A27 and shift lock solenoid connectorterminal No. 2.

Substitute a known-good PCM (see page14-10) and recheck.

Repair open in the wire between PCMconnector terminal A27 and the shift locksolenoid.






06/09/15 17:44:44 62SWA00A_140_0350

＊０５

＊０６－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-349


BK SW (LT GRN)

PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)BRAKE PEDALPOSITION SWITCH4P CONNECTOR

BK SW(LT GRN)

BK SW(LT GRN)

14. Press the brake pedal.

Go to step 15.

Repair faulty brake light circuit.




18. Measure voltage between PCM connector terminalA40 and body ground while pressing the brakepedal and when the brake pedal is released.

Go to step 20.

Go to step 19.

19. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A40 and brake pedal position switch 4Pconnector terminal No. 2.


Repair open in the wire between PCMconnector terminal A40 and the brake pedalposition switch.

(cont’d)




Are the brake lights ON?

Is there battery voltage while the brake pedal ispressed, and no voltage when the pedal isreleased?


06/09/15 17:44:45 62SWA00A_140_0351

＊０７

＊０８

＊０９

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-350


Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d)


ATP P (BLK/BLU) GND (BLK)

ATP P (BLU/BLK)


PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) TRANSMISSION RANGESWITCH CONNECTOR

ATP P (BLK/BLU)

ATP P (BLU/BLK)

20. Connect PCM connector A (44P).




Go to step 28.

Go to step 24.




Repair short in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B13 and the transmission rangeswitch connector.

Go to step 27.

27. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B13 and transmission range switchconnector terminal No. 6.

Go to step 28.

Repair open in the wire between PCMconnector terminal B13 and the transmission rangeswitch connector.





Is there about 5 V?



06/09/15 17:44:46 62SWA00A_140_0352

＊１０

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-351


GND (BLK)



Repair open in the wire between transmissionrange switch connector terminal No. 10 and ground(G101), or repair poor ground (G101).

29. Test the transmission range switch (see page14-329).

Go to step 30.

Replace the transmission range switch(see page 14-331).


31. Check the accelerator pedal position sensor 1 in thedata list with the HDS. Do not press the accelerator.

Check the throttle body; R20A1 and R20A2engine models (see page 11-340), K24Z1 enginemodel (see page 11-741).




Is the switch OK ?

Is the accelerator pedal position sensor 1 opening11 % and above, or the sensor 1 voltage 0.90 Vand above?

06/09/15 17:44:46 62SWA00A_140_0353

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４３６４３６０２１ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

14-352


Key Interlock System Circuit Troubleshooting

STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR

KEY SOL (BLU)


P-PIN (LT GRN)


P-PIN (GRN) GND (GRN)

SRS components are located in this area. Review theSRS component locations (see page 24-14) and theprecautions and procedures (see page 24-16) beforedoing repair or service.

1. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I). The shift levermust be in the P position.

2. Disconnect the steering lock assembly connector.

3. Check if the ignition switch can be turned to theLOCK (0) position.

Go to step 4.

Replace the ignition key cylinder/steering lockassembly (see page 17-15).


5. Shift the shift lever into any position other than P.

6. Check for continuity between steering lockassembly connector terminal No. 3 and bodyground.

Repair a short in the wire between the keyinterlock solenoid and the MICU.

Go to step 7.


8. Check for continuity between D3 switch/park pinswitch/A/T gear position indicator panel lightconnector terminal No. 1 and body ground.

Repair short in the wire between D3 switch/park pin switch/A/T gear position indicator panellight connector terminal No. 1 and the MICU.

Go to step 9.

9. Shift the shift lever into the P position.

10. Check for continuity between D3 switch/park pinswitch/A/T gear position indicator panel lightconnector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Do not pushthe shift lever button.

Replace the park pin switch (see page14-360).

Go to step 11.




Can the ignition switch be turned the LOCK (0)position?




06/09/15 17:44:46 62SWA00A_140_0354

＊０４

－

－

YES

NO

14-353

ATP P (RED)

UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX F (34P) CONNECTOR

11. Disconnect the F (34P) connector from the under-dash fuse/relay box.


13. Measure voltage between under-dash fuse/relaybox F (34P) connector terminal No. 27 and bodyground.

Substitute a known-good MICU andrecheck.

Repair open or short in the wire between theMICU and the transmission range switch.


Is there about 5 V when the shif t lever is in anyposition other than the P position, and no voltagewhen the shif t lever is in the P position?

06/09/15 17:44:47 62SWA00A_140_0355

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４３６４５５１０１ＦＥＡＴ００

14-354


Shift Lock Solenoid Test

A


2. Select Shift Lock Solenoid Test in theMiscellaneous Test Menu, and check that the shiftlock solenoid operates with the HDS.


3. Check that the shift lever can be moved out of theP position when Shift Lock Solenoid: ON. Move theshift lever back in the P position, and make sure itlocks with Shift Lock Solenoid: OFF.

4. Check that the shift lock releases when the shiftlock release is pushed, and check that it locks whenthe shift lock release is released.

5. If the shift lock solenoid does not work properly,perform shift lock system troubleshooting(see page 14-347).


06/09/15 17:44:47 62SWA00A_140_0356

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４３６４５５１０１ＫＢＡＴ００

14-355

Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement

A B

C

F

DE


2. Remove the shift lock solenoid connector.

3. Release the lock tabs retaining the shift locksolenoid using thin blade screwdrivers.

4. Insert a 6 mm pin (A) into the guide hole (B), andpush the shift lock solenoid (C) out.

5. Replace the shift lock solenoid, solenoid plunger(D), and plunger spring (E).

6. Apply silicone grease to the tip (F) of the shift lockstop and solenoid plunger.

7. Install the shift lock solenoid by aligning the joint ofthe shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip of theshift lock stop, then push the shift lock solenoid intothe shift lever securely.

8. Install the shift lock solenoid connector.


06/09/15 17:44:47 62SWA00A_140_0357

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４３６４５５１５１ＫＢＡＴ００

14-356


Shift Lock Stop, Shift Lock Stop Cushion Replacement

A

B

C

1. Remove the shift lock solenoid (see page 14-355).

2. Remove the shift lock stop (A) and stop cushion (B),and replace the shift lock stop or stop cushion.

3. Install the shift lock stop cushion on the shift lockstop.

4. Apply silicone grease to the pin (C) on the shiftlever bracket base, and install the shift lock stopover the pin.

5. Install the shift lock solenoid (see page 14-355).

06/09/15 17:44:48 62SWA00A_140_0358

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４３６４５５０７９ＫＢＡＴ１０

14-357

Shift Lock Release, Release Spring, Release Shaft Replacement

A

D

B

C AB

C

A

D

B

C

NOTE: This replacement applies for the LHD model.


2. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel fromthe shift lever.

3. Release the lock (A) of the shift lock release, andremove the shift lock release and release spring (B).

4. Release the lock (C) of the shift lock release shaft,and remove the shaft (D).

5. Replace the shift lock release, release spring, orrelease shaft.

6. Install the shift lock release spring (A) in the shiftlock release (B).

7. Install the shift lock release shaft (C) in the shiftlever, and install the shift lock release and releasespring on the release shaft end.

8. Make sure that the release spring end (A) isinstalled in the shift lock release (B), and thehooked end (C) is hitched on the catch (D).

9. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel on theshift lever.


06/09/15 17:44:48 62SWA00A_140_0359

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４３６４５５０７９ＫＢＡＴ２０

14-358


Shift Lock Release, Release Spring, Release Extension Replacement

A

D

B

C

B

A

CG

D

A

F E

H

B

NOTE: This replacement applies for the RHD model.


2. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel fromthe shift lever.

3. Release the lock (A) of the shift lock releaseextension, and remove the shift lock releaseextension (B).

4. Push the stop lever (C) of the shift lock release, andremove the shift lock release (D).

5. Remove the shift lock release spring (A) from therelease (B).

6. Replace the shift lock release, release spring, orrelease extension.

7. Install the shift lock release spring in the shift lockrelease.

8. Install the shift lock release (A) while aligning thetab (B) with the tab slot (C), while hooking therelease spring end (D) in the slot (E), and set thestop lever (F) on the stop (G).

9. Install the shift lock release extension (H).

10. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel on theshift lever.


06/09/15 17:44:49 62SWA00A_140_0360

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４３６４４５４０１ＦＥＡＴ００

14-359

Park Pin Switch Test


2. Disconnect the D3 switch/park pin switch/A/T gearposition indicator panel light connector.

3. Shift the shift lever into the P position, and checkfor continuity between D3 switch/park pin switch/A/T gear position indicator panel light connectorterminals No. 1 and No. 2.There should be no continuity.

4. Shift out of the P position, and check for continuitybetween connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2.There should be continuity.

5. If the park pin switch tests OK, connect theconnector and install the center lower covers(see page 20-127).If the park pin switch fails the test, replace the parkpin switch (see page 14-360).


06/09/15 17:45:28 62SWA00A_140_0361

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４３６４４５４０１ＫＢＡＴ００

14-360


Park Pin Switch Replacement

A

B

C

B B

A F

B

C

E

E

D

NOTE:• The park pin switch is not available from the D3

switch connector harness and A/T gear positionindicator panel light harness; replace the park pinswitch, D3 switch connector harness, A/T gearposition indicator panel light harness, and theconnector as a set.

• Refer to the Shift Lever Disassembly and ReassemblyLHD model (see page 14-309), RHD model (see page14-310) as needed during the following procedures.





5. Remove the shift lock solenoid connector and D3switch/park pin switch/A/T gear position indicatorpanel light connector from the shift lever.



06/09/15 17:45:28 62SWA00A_140_0362

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

14-361

A

B

A

B

0.3 N·m(0.03 kgf·m,0.2 lbf·ft)

A


9. For LHD model: Release the lock (A) of the shift lockrelease, and remove the shift lock release andrelease spring (B).

10. For RHD model: Release the lock (A) of the shiftlock release extension, and remove the shift lockrelease extension (B).


12. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel lightharness, park pin switch, D3 switch connectorharness, and connector assembly, and replace it.

13. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to thescrew threads. Install the new park pin switch (A),and secure the switch with the screw.



(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:45:29 62SWA00A_140_0363

＊０８

＊０９

＊１０

＊１１

14-362


Park Pin Switch Replacement (cont’d)

A

D

B

C

A

B

C

A

B

A

D

B

C






21. For LHD model: Install the shift lock release spring(A) in the shift lock release (B).

NOTE: Steps 21 thru 23 describe shift lock releaseinstallation for the LHD model; go to step 24 forRHD model.

22. For LHD model: Install the shift lock release andrelease spring on the release shaft end.

23. For LHD model: Make sure that the release springend (A) is installed in the shift lock release (B), andthe hooked end (C) is hitched on the catch (D).

06/09/15 17:45:30 62SWA00A_140_0364

＊１２

＊１３

14-363


F

D

C

A

B

G

24. For RHD model: Install the shift lock releaseextension.






06/09/15 17:45:30 62SWA00A_140_0365

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ３ＰＥ１０４１０４２４２５１ＫＡＡＴ００


K24Z1 Engine Model

14-364


End Cover Removal

A

BC

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

E

E

Mainshaft holder set 07PAB-0010000

NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD is similar.

1. Remove the cooler inlet line bolt (D), sealing washers, and line bracket bolts (E), and remove the ATF cooler inletline (F).

06/09/15 17:45:31 62SWA00A_140_0366

＊０２

＊０３

14-365

07PAB-0010000

C

A

B

2. Remove the ATF dipstick guide tube (G).

3. Remove the cooler outlet line bolt (H), line bracketbolt, and sealing washers, and remove the ATFcooler outlet line (I).

4. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valveA, ATF joint pipes, O-rings, ATF pipe, and gasket.

5. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valveB and C, harness clamp bracket (J), ATF joint pipes,O-rings, and gasket.

6. Remove the transmission range switch cover (K).

7. Remove the transmission range switch harnessclamps (L) from the clamp bracket (M), and removethe transmission range switch (N).

8. Remove the harness clamp bracket from the endcover (O).

9. Remove the end cover, dowel pins, O-rings, andend cover gasket.

10. Slip the special tool onto the mainshaft.

11. Engage the park pawl with the park gear.

12. Cut the lock tab (A) of the each shaft locknut (B)using a chisel (C). Then remove the locknuts andconical spring washers from each shaft.

NOTE:• Countershaft and secondary shaft locknuts have

left-hand threads.• Keep all of the chiseled particles out of the

transmission.• Clean the old mainshaft and countershaft

locknuts; they are used to install the press fit idlergear on the mainshaft, and park gear on thecountershaft.

13. Remove the special tool from the mainshaft.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:45:32 62SWA00A_140_0367

＊０４＊０５

14-366


End Cover Removal (cont’d)

A

C

B

D

A

B

C

D

E

14. Set a two-jaw (or three-jaw) puller (A) on thecountershaft (B) by putting a spacer (C) betweenthe puller and countershaft, then remove the parkgear (D).

15. Install a 6 x 1.0 mm bolts (A) on the mainshaft idlergear (B). Set a puller (C) on the mainshaft (D) withputting a spacer (E) between the puller andmainshaft, then remove the mainshaft idler gear.

16. Remove the park pawl, park pawl spring, park pawlshaft, and stop shaft.

17. Remove the park lever from the control shaft.

06/09/15 17:45:32 62SWA00A_140_0368

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ２ＰＥ１０４１０４２４２５１ＫＡＡＴ００



14-367

A

BC

D E

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

F

E



1. Remove the cooler inlet line bolt (D), sealing washers, and line bracket bolts (E), and remove the ATF cooler inletline and ATF filter (F).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:45:33 62SWA00A_140_0369

＊０２

＊０３

14-368


End Cover Removal (cont’d)

07PAB-0010000

C

A

B

2. Remove the ATF dipstick guide tube (G).

3. Remove the cooler outlet line bolt (H), line bracketbolt, and sealing washers, and remove the ATFcooler outlet line (I).

4. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valveA, ATF joint pipes, O-rings, ATF pipe, and gasket.

5. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valveB and C, harness clamp bracket (J), ATF joint pipes,O-rings, and gasket.

6. Remove the transmission range switch cover (K).

7. Remove the transmission range switch harnessclamps (L) from the clamp bracket (M), and removethe transmission range switch (N).

8. Remove the harness clamp bracket from the endcover (O).

9. Remove the end cover, dowel pins, O-rings, andend cover gasket.

10. Slip the special tool onto the mainshaft.

11. Engage the park pawl with the park gear.

12. Cut the lock tab (A) of the each shaft locknut (B)using a chisel (C). Then remove the locknuts andconical spring washers from each shaft.

NOTE:• Countershaft and secondary shaft locknuts have

left-hand threads.• Keep all of the chiseled particles out of the

transmission.• Clean the old mainshaft and countershaft

locknuts; they are used to install the press fit idlergear on the mainshaft, and park gear on thecountershaft.


06/09/15 17:45:34 62SWA00A_140_0370

＊０４＊０５

14-369

A

C

B

D

A

B

C

D

E

14. Set a two-jaw (or three-jaw) puller (A) on thecountershaft (B) by putting a spacer (C) betweenthe puller and countershaft, then remove the parkgear (D).

15. Install a 6 x 1.0 mm bolts (A) on the mainshaft idlergear (B). Set a puller (C) on the mainshaft (D) withputting a spacer (E) between the puller andmainshaft, then remove the mainshaft idler gear.

16. Remove the park pawl, park pawl spring, park pawlshaft, and stop shaft.

17. Remove the park lever from the control shaft.

06/09/15 17:45:34 62SWA00A_140_0371

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０４４５００１ＭＣＡＴ００

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０４３４０８３ＫＢＡＴ００

－－Standard: 57.7 58.7 mm (2.27 2.31 in.)

PARK LEVER STOP

Mark Part Number B C


14-37014-370


Park Lever Stop Inspection andAdjustment

Idler Gear Shaft BearingReplacement

C

A

B

B C

A

07JAC-PH80000

A

B

07749-0010000

07746-0010400

1. Set the park lever in the P position.

2. Measure the distance (A) between the park pawlshaft (B) and the park lever roller pin (C).

3. If the measurement is out of standard, select andinstall the appropriate park lever stop (A) from thetable.

1 24537-PA9-003 11.00 mm(0.433 in.)

11.00 mm(0.433 in.)

2 24538-PA9-003 10.80 mm(0.425 in.)

10.65 mm(0.419 in.)

3 24539-PA9-003 10.60 mm(0.417 in.)

10.30 mm(0.406 in.)

4. After replacing the park lever stop, make sure thedistance is within tolerance.

• Adjustable bearing remover set 07JAC-PH80000• Handle driver 07749-0010000• Driver attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400

1. Remove the idler gear shaft bearing (A) from theend cover (B) with the special tool.

2. Install the new bearing in the end cover with thespecial tools.

06/09/15 17:45:35 62SWA00A_140_0372

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０４１７２５６ＫＢＡＴ００

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０４１７２５３ＫＢＡＴ００

Special Tools Required Special Tools Required

14-37114-371

Selector Control Shaft Oil SealReplacement

Selector Control Shaft BearingReplacement

A

B

07749-0010000

07746-0010800

07746-0010800

07749-0010000

• Handle driver 07749-0010000• Driver attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800

1. Remove the oil seal (A) from the end cover (B).

2. Install the new oil seal flush to the end cover withthe special tools.


1. Remove the oil seal from the end cover, thenremove the bearing.

2. Install the new bearing flush to the end cover withthe special tools.

3. Install the new oil seal.

06/09/15 17:45:36 62SWA00A_140_0373

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０４１３０１３ＫＢＡＴ００

14-372


ATF Feed Pipe Replacement

A

C

G

F

E

D

A

C

F

G

B

B

1. Remove the snap rings (A), ATF feed pipes (B), andfeed pipe flanges (C) from the end cover (D).

NOTE: Replace the end cover, if the 1st clutch ATFfeed pipe (E) replacement is required.

2. Install the new O-rings (F) over the ATF feed pipes.

3. Install the ATF feed pipes in the end cover byaligning the feed pipe tabs with the indentations inthe end cover.

4. Install the new O-rings (G) in the end cover, theninstall the feed pipe flanges over the ATF feedpipes.

5. Secure the ATF feed pipes and feed pipe flangeswith the snap rings.

06/09/15 17:45:36 62SWA00A_140_0374

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０４５９８０１ＫＡＡＴ００

14-373


Housing and Shaft Assembly Removal

AB

C

D

E

F

G

H I

J

K

L

NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD does not have the transfer mechanism.

1. Remove the ATF feed pipe (A) from the idler gear shaft, and the ATF lubrication pipe (B) from the transmissionhousing.

2. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (C), dowel pins (D), and gasket (E).

3. Disconnect the connectors from shift solenoid valves, and remove the solenoid harness connector (F).

4. Remove the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (G), and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (H) and sensorwasher (I) (only for K24Z1 engine model).

5. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts (J) (20 bolts), transmission hanger (K), and harness clampbrackets (L).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:45:37 62SWA00A_140_0375

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

＊０５

14-374


Housing and Shaft Assembly Removal (cont’d)

B

A C

A

B

A B

C

A

B

C

D

6. Align the spring pin (A) on the selector control shaft(B) with the transmission housing groove (C) byturning the control shaft with the control lever.

NOTE: Do not squeeze the end of the control shafttips together when turning the shaft.

7. While expanding the snap ring of the secondaryshaft bearing using the snap ring pliers, lift thetransmission housing. Release the snap ring pliersand remove the transmission housing.

8. Remove the countershaft shaft reverse gear andneedle bearing.

9. Remove the lock bolt securing the shift fork, thenremove the shift fork with the reverse selectortogether.

10. Remove the selector control lever from the selectorcontrol shaft.

11. Unhook the detent spring (A) from the detent arm(B).

12. Remove the selector control shaft (A) from thetorque converter housing.

13. Turn the detent arm (B) away from the countershaft(C).

14. Remove the mainshaft subassembly (A),countershaft subassembly (B), and secondary shaftsubassembly (C) together. Do not bump thecountershaft on the baffle plate (D).

15. Remove the baffle plate.

16. Remove the differential assembly.

17. 4WD model: Remove the transfer assembly.

06/09/15 17:45:39 62SWA00A_140_0376

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０４３９５１１ＫＡＡＴ００


14-375

Bearing Removal

A

B

07LGC-0010100

07LGC-0010100

• Driver attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101• Handle driver 07749-0010000• Driver attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300• Snap ring pliers 07LGC-0010100

1. Remove the idler gear shaft when removing themainshaft bearing and idler gear shaft bearing.

NOTE: If you are only removing the countershaftbearing, idler gear shaft removal is not needed.

2. To remove the mainshaft bearing (A) andcountershaft bearing (B) from the transmissionhousing, expand each snap ring with the snap ringpliers, then push the bearing out.

NOTE: Do not remove the snap ring unless it’snecessary to clean the grooves in the housing.

3. Expand the snap ring of the idler gear shaft bearingwith the snap ring pliers, then push the bearing out.

06/09/15 17:45:39 62SWA00A_140_0377

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０４３９５１１ＫＣＡＴ００

－－


14-376


Bearing Installation

A

B

07LGC-0010100

A

07LGC-0010100

B: 0 7 mm (0 0.28 in.)

A

• Driver attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101• Handle driver 07749-0010000• Driver attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300• Snap ring pliers 07LGC-0010100

1. Install the bearings in the direction shown.

2. Expand each snap ring with the snap ring pliers,and install the mainshaft bearing (A) andcountershaft bearing (B) part-way into the housing.

3. Release the pliers, then push the bearing down intothe housing until the snap ring snaps in placearound it.

4. Expand the snap ring of the idler gear shaft (A) withthe snap ring pliers, and install the bearing part-way into the housing.

5. Release the pliers, then push the bearing down intothe housing until the snap ring snaps in placearound it.

6. After installing the bearings verify that the snaprings (A) are seated in the bearing and housinggrooves, and that the ring end gaps (B) are correct.

7. Install the idler shaft.

06/09/15 17:45:40 62SWA00A_140_0378

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０４１２２７０ＫＤＡＴ００

Removal Installation

14-377

Reverse Idler Gear Removal and Installation

AB

D

C

D

C

A

B

C

F

E

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

1. Remove the bolt (A) securing the reverse idler gearshaft holder.

2. Install a 5 x 0.8 mm bolt (B) in the reverse idler gearshaft, and pull it to remove the reverse idler gearshaft (C) and gear shaft holder (D) together.

3. Remove the reverse idler gear.

1. Install the reverse idler gear in the transmissionhousing.

2. Lightly coat the reverse idler gear shaft (A), needlebearing (B), and new O-rings (C) with lithiumgrease.

3. Assemble the new O-rings and needle bearing onthe reverse idler gear shaft, then install the reverseidler gear shaft in the reverse idler gear shaftholder (D). Align the D-shaped cut out (E) of theshaft with the D-shaped area (F) of the holder.

4. Install the reverse idler gear shaft/holder assemblyon the transmission housing.

06/09/15 17:45:40 62SWA00A_140_0379

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４８０１３９３０１ＫＡＡＴ００

14-378

Valve Body

Valve Body and ATF Strainer Removal

A

B

C

D

6 x 1.0 mm (2)

6 x 1.0 mm (12)

6 x 1.0 mm (8)

W

I

J

K

A

V

F

E

H

G

OL

M

N

PQ

S

R

8 x 1.25 mm (3)

S

Q

T

U

6 x 1.0 mm (1)

O


1. Remove the ATF feed pipes (A) and ATF joint pipes (B).

2. Remove the ATF strainer (C) (two bolts).

3. Remove the regulator valve body (D) (eight bolts).

06/09/15 17:45:41 62SWA00A_140_0380

＊０２

14-379

A

B

4. Remove the stator shaft (E) and stator shaft stop (F),then remove the regulator separator plate (G) andtwo dowel pins (H).

5. Remove the servo body (I) (12 bolts), then removethe separator plate (J) and two dowel pins (K).

6. Remove the cooler check valve spring (L) and valve(M), then remove the main valve body (N) (threebolts). Do not let the check balls (O) fall out.

7. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft (P), thenremove the ATF pump gears (Q).

8. Remove the main separator plate (R) and twodowel pins (S).

9. Remove the ATF magnet (T), clean and reinstall it inthe torque converter housing (U).

10. Clean the inlet opening (A) of the ATF strainer (B)thoroughly with compressed air, then check that itis in good condition and that the inlet opening isnot clogged.

11. Test the ATF strainer by pouring clean ATF throughthe inlet opening, and replace it if it is clogged ordamaged.

12. Remove the O-rings (V) (W) from the stator shaftand ATF strainer. Install the new ones wheninstalling the valve bodies.

06/09/15 17:45:41 62SWA00A_140_0381

＃

＃

＃

＃

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４８０１０００００ＬＢＡＴ００

14-380

Valve Body

Valve Body Repair

NOTE: This repair is only necessary if one or more ofthe valves in a valve body do not slide smoothly in theirbores. Use this procedure to free the valves.

1. Soak a sheet of 600 abrasive paper in ATF forabout 30 minutes.

2. Carefully tap the valve body so the sticking valvedrops out of its bore. It may be necessary to use asmall screwdriver to pry the valve free. Be carefulnot to scratch the bore with the screwdriver.

3. Inspect the valve for any scuff marks. Use the ATF-soaked 600 paper to polish off any burrs that areon the valve, then wash the valve in solvent anddry it with compressed air.

4. Roll up half a sheet of ATF-soaked 600 paper andinsert it in the valve bore of the sticking valve.Twist the paper slightly, so that it unrolls and fitsthe bore tightly, then polish the bore by twisting thepaper as you push it in and out.

NOTE: The valve body is aluminum and doesn’trequire much polishing to remove any burrs.

5. Remove the 600 paper. Thoroughly wash theentire valve body in solvent, then dry it withcompressed air.

6. Coat the valve with ATF, then drop it into its bore. Itshould drop to the bottom of the bore under itsown weight. If not, repeat step 4, then retest. If thevalve still sticks, replace the valve body.

7. Remove the valve, and thoroughly clean it and thevalve body with solvent. Dry all parts withcompressed air, then reassemble using ATF as alubricant.

06/09/15 17:45:42 62SWA00A_140_0382

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４８０１６２９９１ＫＣＡＴ００

14-381

Valve Body Valve Installation

C

A B

1. Coat all parts with ATF before assembly.

2. Install the valves and springs in the sequenceshown for the main valve body (see page 14-382),regulator valve body (see page 14-384), and servobody (see page 14-385). Refer to the followingvalve cap illustrations, and install each valve cap sothe end shown facing up will be facing the outsideof the valve body.

3. Install all the springs and seats. Insert the spring (A)in the valve, then install the valve in the valve body(B). Push the spring in with a screwdriver, theninstall the spring seat (C).

06/09/15 17:45:42 62SWA00A_140_0383

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４８０１３９３０１ＭＥＡＴ００

SPRING SPECIFICATIONS

Springs Standard (New)-Unit: mm (in.)

Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length No. of Coils

14-382

Valve Body

Main Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

A SPRING SEAT

B

C

RELIEF VALVE

D

VALVE SLEEVE

MAIN VALVE BODY

CHECK BALL

COOLER CHECKVALVE

F ELOCK-UPCONTROLVALVE

SHIFT VALVE E

SHIFT VALVE A

SHIFT VALVE B

SHIFT VALVE C

CHECK BALL

ROLLER

SERVO CONTROL VALVE

MANUAL VALVE

VALVE CAP

VALVE CAP CLIP

G

H

1. Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent, and dry them with compressed air. Blow out all passages.

2. Do not use a magnet to remove the check balls, it may magnetize the balls.

3. Inspect the valve body for scoring and damage.

4. Check all valves for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, refer to valve body repair (see page 14-380).

5. Coat all parts with ATF during assembly.

A Shift valve A spring 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9B Shift valve B spring 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9C Shift valve C spring 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9D Relief valve spring 1.0 (0.039) 9.6 (0.378) 34.1 (1.343) 10.2E Lock-up control valve spring 0.65 (0.026) 7.1 (0.280) 23.1 (0.909) 12.7F Cooler check valve spring 0.85 (0.033) 6.6 (0.260) 27.0 (1.063) 11.3G Servo control valve spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.6 (0.260) 35.7 (1.406) 17.2H Shift valve E spring 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9

06/09/15 17:45:42 62SWA00A_140_0384

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４８０１１３０２１ＭＡＡＴ００

－－

－－

－－

ATF Pump Gears Side (Radial) Clearance:

Standard (New):

ATF Pump Drive Gear:

0.210 0.265 mm (0.0083 0.0104 in.)

ATF Pump Driven Gear:

0.070 0.125 mm (0.0028 0.0049 in.)

ATF Pump Drive/Driven Gear Thrust (Axial)

Clearance:

Standard (New): 0.03 0.05 mm (0.001 0.002 in.)

Service Limit: 0.07 mm (0.003 in.)

14-383

ATF Pump Inspection

A B

C

D

AB

C B

A

D

1. Install the ATF pump drive gear (A), driven gear (B),and ATF pump driven gear shaft (C) in the mainvalve body (D). Lubricate all parts with ATF, andinstall the ATF pump driven gear with its groovedand chamfered side facing up.

2. Measure the side clearance of the ATF pump drivegear (A) and driven gear (B).

3. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft. Measurethe thrust clearance between the ATF pump drivengear (A) and the valve body (B) with a straight edge(C) and a feeler gauge (D).

06/09/15 17:45:43 62SWA00A_140_0385

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４８０１５０７０１ＭＥＡＴ００




14-384

Valve Body

Regulator Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

3RDACCUMULATORPISTON

O-RING


LOCK-UP SHIFT VALVE

VALVE CAP CLIP

VALVE CAP

REGULATOR VALVE

TORQUE CONVERTER CHECK VALVE

SPRING SEAT

ACCUMULATOR COVER

1ST ACCUMULATOR PISTON

REGULATOR SPRING CAP

STOP BOLT6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D


2. Inspect the valve body for scoring and damage, and check all valves for free movement. If any fail to slide freely,refer to valve body repair (see page 14-380).

3. Hold the regulator spring cap in place while removing the stop bolt. The regulator spring cap is spring loaded.


5. When reassembling the valve body, align the hole in the regulator spring cap with the hole in the valve body, thenpress the spring cap into the valve body, and tighten the stop bolt.

A Stator reaction spring 4.5 (0.177) 35.4 (1.394) 30.3 (1.193) 1.92B Regulator valve spring A 1.85 (0.073) 14.7 (0.579) 83.0 (3.268) 16.9C Regulator valve spring B 1.6 (0.063) 9.2 (0.362) 44.0 (1.732) 12.5D Torque converter check valve spring 1.2 (0.047) 8.6 (0.339) 33.8 (1.331) 12.2E Lock-up shift valve spring 1.0 (0.039) 6.6 (0.260) 35.5 (1.398) 18.2F 3rd accumulator spring 2.5 (0.098) 14.6 (0.575) 29.4 (1.157) 4.9G 1st accumulator spring A 2.4 (0.094) 18.6 (0.732) 49.0 (1.929) 7.1H 1st accumulator spring B 2.3 (0.091) 12.2 (0.480) 31.5 (1.240) 6.6

Replace.

06/09/15 17:45:43 62SWA00A_140_0386

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４８０１５４５０１ＭＥＡＴ００




14-385

Servo Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

O-RING

SERVO VALVE/SHIFT FORK SHAFTSPRING SEAT

ACCUMULATOR COVER

F

5TH ACCUMULATOR PISTON

SERVO BODY

O-RING

SHIFT VALVE D

A

O-RING4TH ACCUMULATOR PISTON

O-RING

B

C

2ND ACCUMULATOR PISTOND

E


2. Inspect the valve body for scoring and damage.

3. Check the shift valve D for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, refer to valve body repair (see page 14-380).

4. When removing and installing the shift solenoid valves, refer to shift solenoid valves removal and installation(see page 14-386).


6. Replace the O-rings with new ones.

A Shift valve D spring 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9B 4th accumulator spring B 2.3 (0.091) 12.2 (0.480) 31.5 (1.240) 6.6C 4th accumulator spring A 2.4 (0.094) 18.6 (0.732) 49.0 (1.929) 7.1D 2nd accumulator spring B 2.0 (0.079) 10.6 (0.417) 34.0 (1.339) 8.0E 2nd accumulator spring A 2.2 (0.087) 16.6 (0.654) 48.2 (1.898) 8.5F 5th accumulator spring 2.5 (0.098) 14.6 (0.575) 29.9 (1.177) 4.9

Replace.

Replace.

Replace.

Replace.

06/09/15 17:45:44 62SWA00A_140_0387

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４８０１５４８０１ＫＤＡＴ００

14-386

Valve Body

Shift Solenoid Valve Removal and Installation

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

F

E

F

D

A

F

B

F

C

NOTE:• Do not hold the shift solenoid connector to remove

and to install the shift solenoid valves. Hold the shiftsolenoid valve body.

• Do not install the shift solenoid valve A beforeinstalling the shift solenoid valve D, and do not installshift solenoid valve B before solenoid valve E. Ifsolenoid valves A and B are installed before solenoidvalves D and E, it may damage the hydraulic controlsystem.

1. Remove the shift solenoid valves by holding thesolenoid valve body.

2. Install new O-rings (F) on each shift solenoid valves.


3. Install shift solenoid valve D by holding the shiftsolenoid valve body; be sure to install mountingbracket contacts the servo body.

4. Install shift solenoid valve A by holding the shiftsolenoid valve body; be sure to install mountingbracket contacts the bracket on shift solenoidvalve D.

5. Install shift solenoid valve E by holding the shiftsolenoid valve body; be sure to install mountingbracket contacts the servo body.

6. Install shift solenoid valve B by holding the shiftsolenoid valve body; be sure to install mountingbracket contacts the bracket on shift solenoidvalve E.

7. Install shift solenoid valve C by holding the shiftsolenoid valve body; be sure to install mountingbracket contacts the servo body.

06/09/15 17:45:44 62SWA00A_140_0388

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０４３９５２１ＫＢＡＴ００


14-387


Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Replacement

07JAC-PH80000

07749-0010000 07746-0010500

07749-0010000 07746-0010600

• Adjustable bearing remover set 07JAC-PH80000• Handle driver 07749-0010000• Driver attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500• Driver attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600

1. Remove the mainshaft bearing and oil seal with thespecial tool.

2. Install the new mainshaft bearing until it bottoms inthe torque converter housing with the special tools.

3. Install the new oil seal flush with the housing withthe special tools.

06/09/15 17:45:45 62SWA00A_140_0389

－－

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０４１７４２４ＫＢＡＴ００


14-388


Countershaft Bearing Replacement

07JAC-PH80000

A

B

07749-0010000

07746-0010500

A

B

C

• Adjustable bearing remover set 07JAC-PH80000• Handle driver 07749-0010000• Driver attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500

1. Remove the countershaft bearing with the specialtool.

2. Remove the ATF guide plate (A), and check it forwear and damage. If the guide plate is worn ordamaged, replace it.

3. Install the ATF guide plate in the housing, andinstall the new countershaft bearing (B).

4. Install the bearing securely in the housing with thespecial tools.

5. Make sure that the bearing outer race notch-cut (A)is installed in height of 0 0.05 mm (0 0.002 in.)(B) above the housing surface (C). Do not install thebearing exceed 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) high fromhousing surface.

06/09/15 17:45:46 62SWA00A_140_0390

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０４５４２０２ＫＢＡＴ００


14-389

Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

A

B

A

B

A

B

C

07746-001050007749-0010000


1. Remove the bolt, then remove the lock washer (A)and bearing set plate (B).

2. Remove the secondary shaft bearing (A) by heatingthe housing to about 100 °C (212 °F) with a heat gun(B). Do not heat the housing in excess of 100 °C(212 °F).

NOTE: Let the housing cool to normal temperaturebefore installing the bearing.

3. Install the new O-rings (A) on the ATF guide collar(B), then install the ATF guide collar in the housing.

4. Install the new secondary shaft bearing (C) in thedirection shown.

5. Install the bearing in the housing securely with thespecial tools.

6. Check that the bearing groove aligns with thehousing surface, then install the bearing set platewith aligning the bearing groove.

7. Install the new lock washer and bolt, then bend thelock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head.

06/09/15 17:46:27 62SWA00A_140_0391

－－

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０４１７２５８ＫＢＡＴ００


14-390


Selector Control Shaft Oil Seal Replacement

A

07749-0010000

07947-ZV00100A

B

• Handle driver 07749-0010000• Oil seal driver attachment 07947-ZV00100

1. Remove the oil seal (A) from the torque converterhousing.

2. Install the new oil seal (A) in the torque converterhousing in depth of 0.5 1.5 mm (0.02 0.06 in.) (B)below the housing surface with the special tools.

06/09/15 17:46:27 62SWA00A_140_0392

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１２０００００ＭＥＡＴ００

14-391

Shafts and Clutches

Mainshaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

LOCKNUT (FLANGE NUT)24 x 1.25 mm

CONICAL SPRINGWASHER

IDLER GEAR

TRANSMISSIONHOUSING BEARING

THRUST NEEDLE BEARING

4TH GEAR

NEEDLE BEARING


4TH GEAR COLLAR

4TH/5TH CLUTCH

O-RING

THRUST WASHER, 41 x 68 mm

NEEDLE BEARING


5TH GEAR


SET RINGS,29 mm

NEEDLE BEARING

SET RING

1. Inspect the thrust needle bearing and the needle bearing for galling and rough movement.

2. Inspect the splines for excessive wear and damage.

3. Check shaft bearing surface for scoring and excessive wear.

4. Before installing the O-rings, wrap the shaft splines with tape to prevent O-ring damage.

5. Lubricate all parts with ATF during assembly.

6. Install the conical spring washer, 41 x 68 mm thrust washer in the direction shown.

7. Replace the locknut and conical spring washer with new ones when assembling the transmission.

8. Check the axial clearance of the 5th gear (see page 14-392).

Replace.

Replace.

Replace.

Selective part

06/09/15 17:46:28 62SWA00A_140_0393

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１２３９４２１ＭＡＡＴ００

－－Standard: 0.04 0.10 mm (0.002 0.004 in.)

14-392

Shafts and Clutches

Mainshaft 5th Gear Axial Clearance Inspection

L

E

J

H

G

F

D

C

B

A

I

K

A

B

A

B

1. Remove the mainshaft transmission housingbearing (see page 14-375).

2. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), 5th gear (B),needle bearing (C), thrust needle bearing (D),41 x 68 mm thrust washer (E), 4th/5th clutch (F), 4thgear collar (G), and transmission housing bearing(H) on the mainshaft (I). Do not install the O-ringsduring inspection.

3. Install the idler gear (J) on the mainshaft by a press,then install the conical spring washer (K) andlocknut (L).

4. Tighten the locknut to 29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 22 lbf·ft).

5. Set the dial indicator (A) on the 5th gear (B).

6. Lift the 5th gear (A) up while holding the mainshaft,and use the dial indicator (B) to read the 5th gearaxial clearance.

7. Measure the 5th gear axial clearance in at leastthree places while moving the 5th gear. Use theaverage as the actual clearance.

06/09/15 17:46:28 62SWA00A_140_0394

＊０４


No. Part Number Thickness

14-393

A

8. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the41 x 68 mm thrust washer and measure itsthickness (A).

9. Select and install a new thrust washer, thenrecheck.

1 90414-RCT-000 4.450 mm (0.1752 in.)2 90415-RCT-000 4.475 mm (0.1762 in.)3 90416-RCT-000 4.500 mm (0.1772 in.)4 90417-RCT-000 4.525 mm (0.1781 in.)5 90418-RCT-000 4.550 mm (0.1791 in.)6 90419-RCT-000 4.575 mm (0.1801 in.)7 90420-RCT-000 4.600 mm (0.1811 in.)8 90421-RCT-000 4.625 mm (0.1821 in.)9 90422-RCT-000 4.650 mm (0.1831 in.)10 90423-RCT-000 4.675 mm (0.1841 in.)11 90424-RCT-000 4.700 mm (0.1850 in.)12 90425-RCT-000 4.725 mm (0.1860 in.)13 90426-RCT-000 4.750 mm (0.1870 in.)14 90427-RCT-000 4.775 mm (0.1880 in.)15 90428-RCT-000 4.800 mm (0.1890 in.)

10. After replacing the thrust washer, make sure theclearance is within the standard.

11. Disassemble the installed parts from the mainshaft.

12. Reinstall the bearing in the transmission housing(see page 14-376).

06/09/15 17:46:29 62SWA00A_140_0395

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０９０００００ＭＥＡＴ００

14-394

Shafts and Clutches

Countershaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly


CONICALSPRINGWASHER

PARK GEAR


REVERSE GEAR

4TH GEAR

NEEDLE BEARING

COUNTERSHAFT

REVERSESELECTOR HUB

SET RING

COTTERS, 31 mm

COLLAR,37 x 41 x 54.3 mm

COLLAR,35 x 47 x 7.8 mm

3RD GEAR

5TH GEAR

1ST GEAR

2ND GEAR

NEEDLE BEARING

REVERSESELECTOR





5. Install the conical spring washer, reverse selector, 35 x 47 x 7.8 mm collar, and all gears in the direction shown.

6. Replace the locknut and conical spring washer with new ones when assembling the transmission. Thecountershaft locknut has left-hand threads.

7. Some reverse selector hubs, and the 3rd gear are press-fitted to the countershaft; special tools are needed toremove them (see page 14-395) and to install them (see page 14-396).

Replace.

Replace.

06/09/15 17:46:29 62SWA00A_140_0396

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０９１７４５１ＫＡＡＴ００


14-395

Countershaft Reverse Selector Hub and 3rd Gear Removal

D

A

C

B

07KAF-PS30200

A

B

C

Bearing separator 07KAF-PS30200

1. Install the special tool on the 4th gear (A). Set apress on the countershaft (B) with putting a spacer(C) between the press and countershaft, andremove the reverse selector hub (D).

NOTE: Some reverse selector hubs are not press-fitted, and can be removed without using thespecial tool and a press.

2. Remove the needle bearing, set ring, 35 x 47 x7.8 mm collar, and cotters.

3. Set the press on the countershaft (A) with putting aspacer (B) between the press and countershaft, andremove the 3rd gear (C).

4. Remove the 37 x 41 x 54.3 mm collar, 5th gear, 1stgear, and 2nd gear.

06/09/15 17:46:30 62SWA00A_140_0397

＊０１＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０９１７４５１ＫＣＡＴ００


14-396

Shafts and Clutches

Countershaft Reverse Selector Hub and 3rd Gear Installation

07746-0030100

A

07746-0030100

A

Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100

1. Install the 2nd gear, 1st gear, 5th gear, and37 x 41 x 54.3 mm collar on the countershaft.

2. Slide the 3rd gear (A) over the countershaft, andpress it in place with the special tool and a press.

3. Install the cotters, 35 x 47 x 7.8 mm collar, set ring,needle bearing, and 4th gear.

4. Slide the reverse selector hub (A) over thecountershaft, then press it in place with the specialtool and a press.

NOTE: Some reverse selector hubs are not press-fitted and can be installed without using the specialtool and a press.

06/09/15 17:46:30 62SWA00A_140_0398

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１３０００００ＭＥＡＴ００

14-397

Secondary Shaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly


CONICALSPRINGWASHER


THRUSTNEEDLEBEARING

3RD GEAR

NEEDLE BEARING


1ST/3RD CLUTCH

O-RINGS

THRUST WASHER, 40 x 51.5 mm

NEEDLE BEARING


1ST GEAR


SEALING RINGS,29 mm

IDLER GEAR

3RD GEAR COLLAR

THRUST NEEDLEBEARING

NEEDLE BEARING

2ND GEAR

THRUST NEEDLEBEARING

THRUST WASHER,37 x 58 mm

O-RINGS

2ND CLUTCH

SNAP RING

SECONDARYSHAFT




4. Before installing the O-rings, wrap the shaft splines with tape to prevent O-ring damage.


6. Install the conical spring washer, idler gear in the direction shown.

7. Replace the locknut and conical spring washer with new ones when assembling the transmission. The locknut hasleft-hand threads.

8. Check the axial clearance of the 2nd gear (see page 14-399) and 1st gear (see page 14-401).

Replace.

Replace.

Replace.

Selective part

Selective part

Replace.

Replace.

06/09/15 17:46:31 62SWA00A_140_0399

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１３５４２０３ＫＤＡＴ００


Removal

Installation

14-398

Shafts and Clutches

Secondary Shaft Ball Bearing, Idler Gear Removal and Installation

A

B

C

D

E

07QAD-P0A0100

A

B

C

Driver attachment, 42 mm I.D. 07QAD-P0A0100

Place a shaft protector (A) on the secondary shaft (B),and set the puller (C) under the idler gear (D), thenremove the idler gear and ball bearing (E).

Install the idler gear (A) on the secondary shaft (B), andinstall the ball bearing (C) over the idler gear with thespecial tool and a press.

06/09/15 17:46:31 62SWA00A_140_0400

＊０１＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１３５４１８１ＭＡＡＴ００

－－Standard: 0.04 0.12 mm (0.002 0.005 in.)

14-399

Secondary Shaft 2nd Gear Axial Clearance Inspection

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

H

C

AB

C

1. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), needle bearing(B), 2nd gear (C), thrust needle bearing (D),37 x 58 mm thrust washer (E), and 2nd clutch (F) onthe secondary shaft (G), then secure them with thesnap ring (H). Do not install the O-rings duringinspection.

2. Measure the clearance between the snap ring (A)and the 2nd clutch guide (B) with a feeler gauge (C),in at least three places. Use the average as theactual clearance.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:46:32 62SWA00A_140_0401



14-400

Shafts and Clutches

Secondary Shaft 2nd Gear Axial Clearance Inspection (cont’d)

3. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the37 x 58 mm thrust washer and measure itsthickness.


1 90511-PRP-010 3.900 mm (0.154 in.)2 90512-PRP-010 3.925 mm (0.155 in.)3 90513-PRP-010 3.950 mm (0.156 in.)4 90514-PRP-010 3.975 mm (0.156 in.)5 90515-PRP-010 4.000 mm (0.157 in.)6 90516-PRP-010 4.025 mm (0.158 in.)7 90517-PRP-010 4.050 mm (0.159 in.)8 90518-PRP-010 4.075 mm (0.160 in.)9 90519-PRP-010 4.100 mm (0.161 in.)10 90520-PRP-010 4.125 mm (0.162 in.)11 90521-PRP-010 4.150 mm (0.163 in.)12 90522-PRP-010 4.175 mm (0.164 in.)13 90523-PRP-000 4.200 mm (0.165 in.)14 90524-PRP-000 4.225 mm (0.166 in.)15 90525-PRP-000 4.250 mm (0.167 in.)16 90526-PRP-000 4.275 mm (0.168 in.)17 90527-PRP-000 4.300 mm (0.169 in.)18 90528-PRP-000 4.325 mm (0.170 in.)19 90529-PRP-000 4.350 mm (0.171 in.)20 90530-PRP-000 4.375 mm (0.172 in.)

5. After replacing the thrust washer, make sure theclearance is within standard.

6. Disassemble the shaft and gears.

06/09/15 17:46:32 62SWA00A_140_0402

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１３５４１７１ＭＡＡＴ００


14-401

Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Axial Clearance Inspection

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

07QAD-P0A0100

B

A

AB

Driver attachment, 42 mm I.D. 07QAD-P0A0100

1. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), needle bearing(B), 1st gear (C), thrust needle bearing (D),40 x 51.5 mm thrust washer (E), 1st/3rd clutch (F),and 3rd gear collar (G) on the secondary shaft (H).Do not install the O-rings during inspection.

2. Install the idler gear (A), then install the ball bearing(B) on the idler gear with the special tool and apress.

3. Install the conical spring washer and locknut, thentighten the locknut to 29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 22 lbf·ft).

4. Turn the secondary shaft assembly upside down,and set the dial indicator (A) on the 1st gear (B).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:46:33 62SWA00A_140_0403

＊０４－－Standard: 0.04 0.12 mm (0.002 0.005 in.)

THRUST WASHER, 40 x 51.5 mm


14-402

Shafts and Clutches

Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Axial Clearance Inspection (cont’d)

A

5. Hold the secondary shaft, and measure the 1st gearaxial clearance in at least three places whilemoving the 1st gear (A). Use the average as theactual clearance.

6. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the40 x 51.5 mm thrust washer and measure itsthickness.


1 90503-PRP-000 4.80 mm (0.189 in.)2 90504-PRP-000 4.85 mm (0.191 in.)3 90505-PRP-000 4.90 mm (0.193 in.)4 90506-PRP-000 4.95 mm (0.195 in.)5 90507-PRP-000 5.00 mm (0.197 in.)6 90508-PRP-000 5.05 mm (0.199 in.)

8. After replacing the thrust washer, make sure theclearance is within standard.

9. Disassemble the shaft and gears.

06/09/15 17:46:33 62SWA00A_140_0404

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１９０００００ＫＤＡＴ００

14-403

Idler Gear Shaft Removal and Installation

A

B

C

D

1. Remove the snap ring (A), cotter retainer (B), andcotter keys (C). Do not distort the snap ring.

2. Remove the idler gear shaft/idler gear assembly (D)from the transmission housing.

3. Check the snap rings and cotter retainer for wearand damage. Replace them if they are worn,distorted, or damaged.

4. Install the idler gear and shaft in the reverse orderof removal.

06/09/15 17:46:33 62SWA00A_140_0405

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１９３４０６５ＫＢＡＴ００


14-404

Shafts and Clutches

Idler Gear/Idler Gear Shaft Replacement

07749-0010000

A

B

07746-0010100

07749-0010000

07746-0010100

A

B


1. Remove the snap ring from the idler gear/idlershaft assembly.

2. Remove the idler gear shaft (A) from the idler gear(B) with the special tools and a press.

3. Replace the idler gear or idler gear shaft, and attachthe idler gear shaft to the idler gear.

4. Install the idler gear shaft (A) in the idler gear (B)with the special tools and a press.

5. Install the snap ring.

06/09/15 17:46:34 62SWA00A_140_0406

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１３１００４１ＬＣＡＴ００

14-405

1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutch Disassembly

A

B

C

D

E

F

A

B

C

D

E

F

A

B

C

D

E

F

NOTE: The 1st, 2nd, and 3rd clutch packs are includedclutch pressure release cavity between the springretainer and clutch piston. The oil seal is installed onthe circumference of the spring retainer, and contactswith the clutch piston. Do not disassemble the springretainer and piston. If you remove the spring retainerfrom the piston, it will damage to the oil seal whenreinstalling the retainer in the piston.

1. Remove the snap ring with a screwdriver.

2. For K24Z1 engine model 1st clutch: Remove theclutch end plate (A), clutch discs (B) (5), clutchwaved-plates (C) (4), clutch flat-plate (D) (1), andwaved spring (E) from the 1st clutch drum (F).

3. Make a reference mark on the flat-plate.

4. For K24Z1 engine model 2nd clutch: Remove theclutch end plate (A), clutch discs (B) (6), clutchwaved-plates (C) (5), clutch flat-plate (D) (1), andwaved spring (E) from the 2nd clutch drum (F).


6. For K24Z1 engine model 3rd clutch: Remove theclutch end plate (A), clutch discs (B) (6), clutchwaved-plates (C) (5), clutch flat-plate (D) (1), andwaved spring (E) from the 3rd clutch drum (F).


(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:46:35 62SWA00A_140_0407

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

14-406

Shafts and Clutches

1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutch Disassembly (cont’d)

A

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

DE

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

8. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models 1st clutch:Remove the clutch end plate (A), clutch discs (B) (5),clutch waved-plates (C) (5), and waved spring (D)from the 1st clutch drum (E).

9. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models 2nd clutch:Remove the clutch end plate (A), clutch discs (B) (5),clutch waved-plates (C) (3), 2.0 mm-thick clutch flat-plate (D) (1), 4.0 mm-thick plate (E), and wavedspring (F) from the 2nd clutch drum (G).

10. Make a reference mark on the 2.0 mm-thick flat-plate.

11. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models 3rd clutch:Remove the clutch end plate (A), clutch discs (B) (5),clutch waved-plates (C) (3), clutch flat-plates (D) (2),and waved spring (E) from the 3rd clutch drum (F).

12. Make a reference marks on the flat-plates.

06/09/15 17:46:36 62SWA00A_140_0408

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１２１０２５１ＬＣＡＴ００


14-407

4th and 5th Clutch Disassembly

A

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

• Clutch spring compressor set 07LAE-PX40000• Clutch spring compressor attachment07LAE-PX40100

• Clutch spring compressor attachment07HAE-PL50101

• Clutch spring compressor bolt assembly07GAE-PG40200

• Snap ring pliers 07LGC-0010100

1. Remove the snap ring with a screwdriver.

2. Remove the clutch end plate (A), clutch discs (B) (4),clutch waved-plates (C) (4), and waved spring (D)from the 4th clutch drum (E).

3. Remove the clutch end plate (A), clutch discs (B) (4),clutch waved-plates (C) (4), and waved spring (D)from the 5th clutch drum (E).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:46:37 62SWA00A_140_0409

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

14-408

Shafts and Clutches

4th and 5th Clutch Disassembly (cont’d)

07LAE-PX40100

07HAE-PL50101

07GAE-PG40200

A

B

4. Install the special tools.

5. Be sure the special tool (A) is adjusted to have fullcontact with the return spring retainer (B).

6. If either end of the special tool is set over an area ofthe spring retainer that is unsupported by thereturn spring, the retainer may be damaged.

7. Compress the return spring until the snap ring canbe removed.

06/09/15 17:46:38 62SWA00A_140_0410

＊０８

＊０９

＊１０

＊１１

14-409

07LGC-0010100

A

B

C

A

C

B

8. Remove the snap ring with the snap ring pliers.

9. Remove the special tools.

10. Remove the snap ring (A), spring retainer (B), andreturn spring (C).

11. Wrap a shop rag around the clutch drum, and applyair pressure to the fluid passage to remove thepiston. Place a finger tip on the other passage whileapplying air pressure.

12. Remove the clutch piston (A), and remove the outerO-ring (B) and inner O-ring (C) from the piston.

06/09/15 17:46:38 62SWA00A_140_0411

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１３１００４１ＭＡＡＴ００

Standard Thickness:

Clutch Discs: 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)

Clutch Plates

K24Z1 Engine Model:

1st clutch: Waved-plates: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)

Flat-plate: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)

2nd clutch: Waved-plates: 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)


3rd clutch: Waved-plates: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)


4th clutch (waved-plates): 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)



1st clutch (waved-plates): 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)

2nd clutch: Waved-plates: 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)

2.0 mm-thick

flat-plate: 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)

4.0 mm-thick

flat-plate: 4.0 mm (0.157 in.)

3rd clutch: Waved-plates: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)

Flat-plates: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)



14-410

Shafts and Clutches

Clutch Inspection

A

1. Inspect the 4th and 5th clutch pistons and clutchpiston check valves (A).

2. If the clutch piston check valve is loose or damaged,replace the clutch piston.

3. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage.

4. If the spring retainer is worn or damaged, replace it.

5. Inspect the clutch discs, clutch plates, and clutchend plate for wear, damage, and discoloration.

6. If the clutch discs are worn or damaged, replacethem as a set. If the clutch discs are replaced,inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance.

7. If any plate is worn, damaged, or discolored,replace the damaged plate with the new plate, andinspect the other waved-plates for a phasedifference. If the clutch plate is replaced, inspectthe clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance.

8. If the clutch end plate is worn, damaged, ordiscolored, inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top discclearance, then replace the clutch end plate.

06/09/15 17:46:39 62SWA00A_140_0412

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１２１２２３１ＭＡＡＴ００

－－－－－－－－－－

－－－－－－－－－－

Standard Phase Difference

K24Z1 Engine Model:

1st clutch: 0.15 0.25 mm (0.006 0.010 in.)

2nd clutch: 0.1 0.2 mm (0.004 0.008 in.)

3rd clutch: 0.1 0.2 mm (0.004 0.008 in.)

4th clutch: 0.1 0.2 mm (0.004 0.008 in.)

5th clutch: 0.1 0.2 mm (0.004 0.008 in.)


1st clutch: 0.07 0.20 mm (0.003 0.008 in.)

2nd clutch: 0.07 0.20 mm (0.003 0.008 in.)

3rd clutch: 0.07 0.20 mm (0.003 0.008 in.)

4th clutch: 0.07 0.20 mm (0.003 0.008 in.)

5th clutch: 0.07 0.20 mm (0.003 0.008 in.)

14-411

Clutch Waved-plate Phase Difference Inspection

H

I

G

F

E

D

A

B

C

1. Place the clutch waved-plate (A) on a surface plate,and set a dial indicator (B) on the waved-plate.

2. Find the bottom (C) of a phase difference of thewaved-plate, zero the dial indicator and make areference mark on the bottom of the waved-plate.

3. Rotate the waved-plate about 60-degrees apartfrom the bottom while holding the waved-plate byits circumference. The dial indicator should be atthe top (D) of a phase difference. Do not rotate thewaved-plate while holding its surface, alwaysrotate it with holding its circumference.

4. Read the dial indicator. The dial indicator reads thephase difference (E) of the waved-plate betweenthe bottom and top.

5. Rotate the waved-plate about 60-degrees. The dialindicator should be at the bottom of a phasedifference (F and G), and zero the dial indicator.

6. Measure the phase difference at the other two tops(H and I) of the waved-plate by following steps 3thru 5.

7. If the two values of the three measurements arewithin the standard, the waved-plate is OK. If thetwo values of the three measurements are out ofthe standard, replace the waved-plate.

06/09/15 17:46:39 62SWA00A_140_0413

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１２１２２１１ＭＡＡＴ００


14-412

Shafts and Clutches

Clutch Clearance Inspection

F

E

D

C

A

B

F

E

D

C

A

B

F

E

D

C

A

B

Clutch compressor attachment 07ZAE-PRP0100

1. Inspect the clutch piston, discs, plates, and endplate for wear and damage (see page 14-410), andinspect the clutch waved-plate phase difference(see page 14-411), if necessary.

2. For K24Z1 engine model 1st clutch: Install thewaved spring (A) in the 1st clutch drum (B). Installthe clutch flat-plate (C) (1), then starting with theclutch disc, alternately install the discs (D) (5) andwaved-plates (E) (4). Install the clutch-end-plate (F)with the flat side down on the top disc.

3. For K24Z1 engine model 2nd clutch: Install thewaved spring (A) in the 2nd clutch drum (B). Installthe clutch flat-plate (C) (1), then starting with theclutch disc, alternately install the discs (D) (6) andwaved-plates (E) (5). Install the clutch-end-plate (F)with the flat side down on the top disc.

4. For K24Z1 engine model 3rd clutch: Install thewaved spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum (B). Installthe clutch flat-plate (C) (1), then starting with theclutch disc, alternately install the discs (D) (6) andwaved-plates (E) (5). Install the clutch-end-plate (F)with the flat side down on the top disc.

06/09/15 17:46:40 62SWA00A_140_0414

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

14-413

A

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models 1st clutch:Install the waved spring (A) in the 1st clutch drum(B). Starting with the clutch waved-plate,alternately install the clutch waved-plates (C) (5)and discs (D) (5), then install the clutch-end-plate(E) with the flat side down on the top disc.

6. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models 2nd clutch:Install the waved spring (A) in the 2nd clutch drum(B). Install the 4.0 mm-thick plate (C) with the sheardroop side (D) toward the inside of the drum, clutchdisc (E), and 2.0 mm-thick flat-plate (F). Startingwith the clutch disc, alternately install the discs (G)(4) and waved-plates (H) (3), then install the clutch-end-plate (I) with the flat side down on the top disc.

7. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models 3rd clutch:Install the waved spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum(B). Install the clutch flat-plate (C), clutch disc (D),and clutch flat-plate (E). Starting with the clutchdisc, alternately install the discs (F) (4) and waved-plates (G) (3), then install the clutch-end-plate (H)with the flat side down on the top disc.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:46:41 62SWA00A_140_0415

＊０７

＊０８

＊０９

＊１０

14-414

Shafts and Clutches

Clutch Clearance Inspection (cont’d)

E

D

C

A

B

E

D

C

A

B

8. Install the clutch pistons in the 4th and 5th clutchdrums. Do not install the O-rings during inspection.

9. Install the waved spring (A) in the 4th clutch drum(B). Starting with the clutch waved-plate,alternately install the waved-plates (C) (4) and discs(D) (4). Install the clutch-end-plate (E) with the flatside down on the top disc.


11. Install the snap ring with a screwdriver to securethe clutch-end-plate.

06/09/15 17:46:42 62SWA00A_140_0416

－－－

＊１１

＊１２

－－－－－－－－－－

－－－－－－－－－－

Clutch-End-Plate-to-Top Disc Clearance

Service Limit

K24Z1 Engine Model:

1st clutch: 1.38 1.58 mm (0.054 0.062 in.)

2nd clutch: 1.18 1.38 mm (0.046 0.054 in.)

3rd clutch: 1.23 1.43 mm (0.048 0.056 in.)

4th clutch: 0.93 1.13 mm (0.037 0.044 in.)

5th clutch: 0.93 1.13 mm (0.037 0.044 in.)


1st clutch: 1.28 1.48 mm (0.050 0.058 in.)

2nd clutch: 0.88 1.08 mm (0.035 0.043 in.)

3rd clutch: 0.93 1.13 mm (0.037 0.044 in.)

4th clutch: 0.93 1.13 mm (0.037 0.044 in.)

5th clutch: 0.93 1.13 mm (0.037 0.044 in.)

14-415

A

BC

C

A

E

D

07ZAE-PRP0100

B

12. Set a dial indicator (A) on the clutch-end-plate (B).

13. Zero the dial indicator with the clutch-end-platelifted up to the snap ring (C).

14. Release the clutch-end-plate to lower the clutch-end-plate, then put the special tool on the end-plate(A).

15. Press the special tool down with 150 160 N(15 16 kgf, 33 35 lbf) (B) using a force gauge, andread the dial indicator (C). The dial indicator readsthe clearance (D) between the clutch-end-plate andtop disc (E). Take measurements in at least threeplaces, and use the average as the actual clearance.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:46:42 62SWA00A_140_0417

＊１３

K24Z1 Engine Model

1ST and 2ND CLUTCH END PLATES

Mark Part Number Thickness

K24Z1 Engine Model

3RD CLUTCH END PLATES


K24Z1 Engine Model

4TH and 5TH CLUTCH END PLATES


14-416

Shafts and Clutches

Clutch Clearance Inspection (cont’d)

A

t

16. If K24Z1 engine model clutch clearance is out of theservice limit, select a new clutch-end-plate (A) fromthe following tables.

1 22571-RZK-003 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)2 22572-RZK-003 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)3 22573-RZK-003 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)4 22574-RZK-003 2.9 mm (0.114 in.)5 22575-RZK-003 3.0 mm (0.118 in.)6 22576-RZK-003 3.1 mm (0.122 in.)7 22577-RZK-003 3.2 mm (0.126 in.)8 22578-RZK-003 3.3 mm (0.130 in.)9 22579-RZK-003 3.4 mm (0.134 in.)



06/09/15 17:46:43 62SWA00A_140_0418

＊１４


1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutches

‘‘R00’’ CLUTCH END PLATES



1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutches

‘‘R02’’ CLUTCH END PLATES



4TH and 5TH CLUTCH END PLATES


14-417

A BB

t

17. If R20A1 and R20A2 engine models clutchclearance is out of the service limit, select a newclutch-end-plate (A) from the following tables. Ifyou change the clutch end plate for 1st, 2nd, or 3rdclutch, make sure the letters ‘‘R00’’ or ‘‘R02’’stamped on the upside (B) of the clutch end plate,and select a new end plate from the same letterstable.

1 22551-R00-003 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)2 22552-R00-003 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)3 22553-R00-003 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)4 22554-R00-003 2.9 mm (0.114 in.)5 22555-R00-003 3.0 mm (0.118 in.)6 22556-R00-003 3.1 mm (0.122 in.)7 22557-R00-003 3.2 mm (0.126 in.)8 22558-R00-003 3.3 mm (0.130 in.)9 22559-R00-003 3.4 mm (0.134 in.)

1 22551-R02-003 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)2 22552-R02-003 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)3 22553-R02-003 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)4 22554-R02-003 2.9 mm (0.114 in.)5 22555-R02-003 3.0 mm (0.118 in.)6 22556-R02-003 3.1 mm (0.122 in.)7 22557-R02-003 3.2 mm (0.126 in.)8 22558-R02-003 3.3 mm (0.130 in.)9 22559-R02-003 3.4 mm (0.134 in.)


18. Install the new clutch-end-plate, and recheck theclearance. If the thickest clutch-end-plate isinstalled, but the clearance is still over the servicelimit, replace the clutch discs and plates.

06/09/15 17:46:43 62SWA00A_140_0419

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１３１００４１ＬＤＡＴ００

14-418

Shafts and Clutches

1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutch Reassembly

F

E

D

C

A

B

F

E

D

C

A

B

F

E

D

C

A

B

1. Soak the clutch discs thoroughly in ATF for aminimum of 30 minutes.

2. For K24Z1 engine model 1st clutch: Install thewaved spring (A) in the 1st clutch drum (B). Installthe clutch flat-plate (C) (1), then starting with theclutch disc, alternately install the discs (D) (5) andwaved-plates (E) (4). Install the clutch-end-plate (F)with the flat side down on the top disc.

3. For K24Z1 engine model 2nd clutch: Install thewaved spring (A) in the 2nd clutch drum (B). Installthe clutch flat-plate (C) (1), then starting with theclutch disc, alternately install the discs (D) (6) andwaved-plates (E) (5). Install the clutch-end-plate (F)with the flat side down on the top disc.

4. For K24Z1 engine model 3rd clutch: Install thewaved spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum (B). Installthe clutch flat-plate (C) (1), then starting with theclutch disc, alternately install the discs (D) (6) andwaved-plates (E) (5). Install the clutch-end-plate (F)with the flat side down on the top disc.

06/09/15 17:46:44 62SWA00A_140_0420

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

14-419

A

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models 1st clutch:Install the waved spring (A) in the 1st clutch drum(B). Starting with the clutch waved-plate,alternately install the clutch waved-plates (C) (5)and discs (D) (5), then install the clutch-end-plate(E) with the flat side down on the top disc.

6. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models 2nd clutch:Install the waved spring (A) in the 2nd clutch drum(B). Install the 4.0 mm-thick plate (C) with the sheardroop side (D) toward the inside of the drum, clutchdisc (E), and 2.0 mm-thick flat-plate (F). Startingwith the clutch disc, alternately install the discs (G)(4) and waved-plates (H) (3), then install the clutch-end-plate (I) with the flat side down on the top disc.

7. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models 3rd clutch:Install the waved spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum(B). Install the clutch flat-plate (C), clutch disc (D),and clutch flat-plate (E). Starting with the clutchdisc, alternately install the discs (F) (4) and waved-plates (G) (3), then install the clutch-end-plate (H)with the flat side down on the top disc.


9. Check that the clutch piston moves by applying airpressure into fluid passage.

06/09/15 17:47:22 62SWA00A_140_0421

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１２１０２５１ＬＤＡＴ００


14-420

Shafts and Clutches

4th and 5th Clutch Reassembly

A

B

A

B

C

B

A

• Clutch spring compressor set 07LAE-PX40000• Clutch spring compressor attachment07LAE-PX40100

• Clutch spring compressor attachment07HAE-PL50101

• Clutch spring compressor bolt assembly07GAE-PG40200

• Snap ring pliers 07LGC-0010100

1. Soak the clutch discs thoroughly in ATF for aminimum of 30 minutes.

2. Install the new O-rings (A) on the clutch piston (B).

3. Install the clutch piston (A) in the clutch drum (B)while applying pressure and rotating to ensureproper seating. Do not pinch the O-ring.

4. Install the return spring (A) and spring retainer (B),and position the snap ring (C) on the spring retainer.

06/09/15 17:47:23 62SWA00A_140_0422

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

14-421

07LAE-PX40100

07HAE-PL50101

07GAE-PG40200

A

B

5. Install the special tools.

6. Be sure the special tool (A) is adjusted to have fullcontact with the spring retainer (B).

7. If either end of the special tool is set over an area ofthe spring retainer that is unsupported by thereturn spring, the retainer may be damaged.

8. Compress the return spring until the snap ring canbe installed.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:47:24 62SWA00A_140_0423

＊０８

＊０９

＊１０

＊１１

14-422

Shafts and Clutches

4th and 5th Clutch Reassembly (cont’d)

07LGC-0010100

E

D

C

A

B

E

D

C

A

B

9. Install the snap ring with the snap ring pliers.

10. Remove the special tools.




14. Check that the clutch piston moves by applying airpressure into fluid passage.

06/09/15 17:47:25 62SWA00A_140_0424

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４８０１３９３０１ＫＣＡＴ００

Torque Specifications:

6 x 1.0 mm: 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

8 x 1.25 mm:18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m, 13 lbf·ft)

14-423

Valve Body

Valve Body and ATF Strainer Installation

O-RING

STATOR SHAFT STOP

STATOR SHAFT

DOWEL PINS,Two Pins

REGULATORSEPARATOR PLATE

CHECK BALLS,Two Balls

COOLER CHECKVALVE SPRING

COOLER CHECKVALVE

MAIN VALVE BODY

ATF PUMP DRIVENGEAR SHAFT

DOWEL PINS,Two Pins

MAIN SEPARATORPLATE

ATF PUMP DRIVENGEAR

TORQUE CONVERTERHOUSING

8 x 1.25 mmThree Bolts

ATF PUMP DRIVE GEAR

ATF MAGNET

ATF JOINTPIPES

ATF FEED PIPES,8 x 198 mm

6 x 1.0 mmEight Bolts

REGULATORVALVE BODY

6 x 1.0 mmOne Bolt

ATF FEED PIPE,8 x 220 mm

6 x 1.0 mmTwo Bolts

ATFSTRAINER

O-RING

6 x 1.0 mm12 Bolts

SERVO BODY

SERVOSEPARATORPLATE

DOWEL PINS,Two Pins


1. Make sure that the ATF magnet is cleaned and installed in the torque converter housing.

(cont’d)

Replace.Replace.

06/09/15 17:47:26 62SWA00A_140_0425

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

14-424

Valve Body

Valve Body and ATF Strainer Installation (cont’d)

D B

C

A

A B

A

B

B

A 6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

2. Install the main separator plate (A) and two dowelpins on the torque converter housing. Then installthe ATF pump drive gear (B), driven gear (C), andATF pump driven gear shaft (D). Install the ATFpump driven gear with its grooved and chamferedside facing down.

3. Install the main valve body.

4. Make sure the ATF pump drive gear (A) rotatessmoothly in the normal operating direction, and theATF pump driven gear shaft (B) moves smoothly inthe axial and normal operating direction.

5. If the ATF pump drive gear and ATF pump drivengear shaft do not move smoothly, loosen the mainvalve body bolts. Realign the ATF pump drivengear shaft, and retighten the bolts to the specifiedtorque, then recheck. Failure to align the ATF pumpdriven gear shaft correctly will result in a seizedATF pump drive gear or ATF pump driven gearshaft.

6. Make sure that the two check balls and the coolercheck valve are in the main valve body, then installthe cooler check valve spring in the cooler checkvalve.

7. Install the servo separator plate and two dowel pinson the main valve body.

8. Install the servo body (12 bolts). Install the ATFstrainer with the two bolts in the bolt holes (A) instep 12, and install the baffle plate with the twobolts in the bolt holes (B) in step 2 in shaftassembly and housing installation.

9. Install the regulator separator plate and two dowelpins on the main valve body.

10. Install the new O-ring on the stator shaft, and installthe stator shaft and stator shaft stop.

11. Install the regulator valve body (eight bolts).

12. Install the new O-ring on the ATF strainer, andinstall the ATF strainer (two bolts).

13. Install the ATF joint pipes (one bolt).

14. Install the ATF feed pipes in the regulator valvebody and servo body.

06/09/15 17:47:26 62SWA00A_140_0426

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０４５９８０１ＫＣＡＴ００

14-425


Shaft Assembly and Housing Installation

ATF FEEDPIPE

ATFLUBRICATIONPIPE

SHIFT SOLENOIDVALVE COVER

SOLENOIDHARNESSCONNECTOR

TRANSMISSIONHANGER

MAINSHAFTSUBASSEMBLY

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)Two Bolts

BAFFLE PLATE

TRANSFER ASSEMBLY

TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING

DIFFERENTIALASSEMBLY

SECONDARYSHAFTSUBASSEMBLY

COUNTERSHAFTSUBASSEMBLY

NEEDLE BEARING

REVERSESHIFT FORK

LOCK WASHER


REVERSESELECTOR

TRANSMISSIONHOUSING

NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD does not have the transfer assembly.

1. Install the differential assembly in the torque converter housing.

2. Install the baffle plate on the servo body.

(cont’d)

Replace.

06/09/15 17:47:28 62SWA00A_140_0427

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

14-426


Shaft Assembly and Housing Installation (cont’d)

A

B

C

D

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

D

B

A

C

E

F

A

B

C

3. Assemble the mainshaft, countershaft, andsecondary shaft.

4. Join the mainshaft subassembly (A), countershaftsubassembly (B), and secondary shaftsubassembly (C) together, and install them in thetorque converter housing. Do not bump thecountershaft on the baffle plate (D).

5. Make sure if the countershaft and differential areclear of the baffle plate.

6. If the detent arm was removed, install the detentarm (A) with arm collar (B) on the servo body (C),and install the new lock washer (D) by aligning itscutout (E) with the projection (F) of the servo body.Install and tighten the bolt, then bend the lock tabof the lock washer against the bolt head.

7. Install the control shaft (A) in the torque converterhousing aligning the manual valve lever pin (B) onthe control shaft with the guide of the manual valve(C). Pull the manual valve gently when aligning themanual valve with the control shaft.

06/09/15 17:47:28 62SWA00A_140_0428

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

14-427

A

B

D

C

E

6 x 1.0 mm14 N·m(1.4 kgf·m, 10 lbf·ft)

B

A

10 x 1.25 mm44 N·m(4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)20 Bolts

A

D

E

F

G

A

A

B

C

8. Hook the detent arm spring (A) to the detent arm(B).

9. Turn the shift fork shaft (A) so the large chamferedhole (B) is facing the fork bolt hole (C) of the shiftfork (D).

10. Install the shift fork and reverse selector togetheron the shift fork shaft and countershaft. Secure theshift fork to the shift fork shaft with the lock boltand a new lock washer (E), then bend the lock tab ofthe lock washer against the bolt head.

11. Install the needle bearing and countershaft reversegear on the countershaft.

12. Install the reverse idler gear in the transmissionhousing (see page 14-377).

13. Install the idler gear shaft (see page 14-403), if itwas removed.

14. Install the three dowel pins (A) and a new gasket (B)on the torque converter housing (C).

15. Align the spring pin (D) of the control shaft (E) withthe transmission housing groove (F) by turning thecontrol shaft. Do not squeeze the end of the controlshaft tips together when turning the shaft. If the tipsare squeezed together, it will cause a faulty shiftposition signal or position due to the play betweenthe control shaft and the transmission range switch.

16. Place the transmission housing (G) on the torqueconverter housing. Do not install the input shaft(mainshaft) speed sensor and output shaft(countershaft) speed sensor before installing thetransmission housing on the torque converterhousing.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:47:30 62SWA00A_140_0429

－－

＊０８

＊０９

＊１０

14-428


Shaft Assembly and Housing Installation (cont’d)

A

B

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

AB

C

D

E

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

17. While expanding the snap ring of the secondaryshaft bearing using the snap ring pliers, push thetransmission housing down to start the secondaryshaft bearing through the snap ring. Then releasethe pliers, and push down the housing until itbottoms and snap ring snaps in place in thesecondary shaft bearing snap ring groove.

18. Verify that the secondary shaft bearing snap ring(A) is seated in the bearing and housing groove,and check that the ring end gap (B) is 0 7 mm(0 0.28 in.)

19. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts(20 bolts) along with the transmission hanger andharness clamp brackets. Tighten the mountingbolts to 44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) in two or moresteps in a crisscross pattern.

20. Install the new O-ring (A) on the input shaft(mainshaft) speed sensor (B), and install the inputshaft (mainshaft) speed sensor in the transmissionhousing.

21. Install the new O-ring (C) on the output shaft(countershaft) speed sensor (D), and install theoutput shaft (countershaft) speed sensor andsensor washer (E) (only for K24Z1 engine model).

NOTE: The sensor washer is equipped on K24Z1engine model; R20A1 and R20A2 engine models donot have a sensor washer.

06/09/15 17:47:30 62SWA00A_140_0430

＊１１＊１２

14-429

C

B

D

A

F

G

E

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

GRN

ORN RED BLU

YEL,WHT, WHT

B

B

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

C

A

22. Install the new O-ring (F) on the shift solenoidharness connector (G), and install the shift solenoidharness connector in the transmission housing.


24. Install the new gasket (A), dowel pins (B), and shiftsolenoid valve cover (C), and secure the cover withthe bolts.

06/09/15 17:47:31 62SWA00A_140_0431

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１０４２４２５１ＫＣＡＴ００

Special Tool Required

14-430


End Cover Installation

07PAB-0010000

C

B

D

A

C

B

D

A

G

F

H

E

KJ

I

6 x 1.0 mm14 N·m(1.4 kgf·m,10 lbf·ft)


1. Install the special tool onto the mainshaft.

2. Lubricate the following parts with ATF:

• Splines and threads of the mainshaft.• Splines of the mainshaft idler gear.• Old conical spring washer and old locknut.

3. Install the mainshaft idler gear (A), old conicalspring washer (B), and old locknut (C) on themainshaft (D), and tighten the locknut to 226 N·m(23.0 kgf·m, 166 lbf·ft).

NOTE:• Do not tap the idler gear to install.• Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut. Do

not use an impact wrench.

4. Install the park lever (A) and park lever stop (B) onthe selector control shaft (C), then install the lockbolt with the new lock washer (D). Do not bend thelock tab of the lock washer until step 18.

5. Install the park pawl shaft (E), park pawl spring (F),park pawl (G), and stop shaft (H) on thetransmission housing.

6. Lubricate the following parts with ATF:

• Threads and splines of the countershaft.• Old conical spring washer and old locknut.• Areas where the park gear contacts the conical

spring washer.

7. Install the park gear (I), old conical spring washer(J), and old locknut (K) on the countershaft.

8. Lift the park pawl up, and engage it with the parkgear, then tighten the locknut to 226 N·m(23.0 kgf·m, 166 lbf·ft).

NOTE:• Do not tap the park gear to install.• Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut. Do

not use an impact wrench.• Countershaft locknut has left-hand threads.

9. Remove the locknuts and conical spring washersfrom the mainshaft and countershaft.

10. Lubricate the threads of the shafts, the newlocknuts and the new conical spring washers withATF.

06/09/15 17:47:32 62SWA00A_140_0432

－－

＊０４

＊０５

＊０６

＊０７

14-431

C

B

D

A

A

B

A

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm14 N·m(1.4 kgf·m, 10 lbf·ft)

C

B

A

D

6 x 1.0 mm14 N·m(1.4 kgf·m,10 lbf·ft)

11. Install the new conical spring washers (A) withfacing stamped mark side up in the direction shown,and install the new mainshaft locknut (B), the newcountershaft locknut (C), and the new secondaryshaft locknut (D).

12. Tighten the locknuts to 167 N·m (17.0 kgf·m,123 lbf·ft).

NOTE:• Be sure to install the conical spring washers in

the direction shown.• Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut. Do

not use an impact wrench.• Countershaft and secondary shaft locknuts have

left-hand threads.


14. Stake the locknuts into the shafts in depth (A) of0.7 1.3 mm (0.03 0.05 in.) using a 3.5 mm punch(B).

15. Install the selector control level (A) on the selectorcontrol shaft (B), and install the bolt with the newlock washer (C), then bend the lock tab of the lockwasher against the bolt head.

16. Set the park lever in the P position, then verify thatthe park pawl (A) engages the park gear (B).

17. If the park pawl does not engage fully, check thedistance (C) between the pawl shaft and the parklever roller pin (see page 14-370).

18. Tighten the lock bolt, and bend the lock tab of thelock washer (D) against the bolt head.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:47:33 62SWA00A_140_0433

＊０８

＊０９

＊１０

＊１１

14-432


End Cover Installation (cont’d)

A

B

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

E28 N·m(2.9 kgf·m,21 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

A

D

B

C

F

E

A

A

B

C

D

19. Install the ATF feed pipe (A) into the idler gear shaft,and install the ATF lubrication pipe (B) into thetransmission housing.

20. Install the new gasket (A) on the transmissionhousing, and install the two dowel pins (B) and newO-rings (C) over the top of the ATF feed pipes.

21. Install the end cover (D), and tighten the threespecial bolts (E) and the 6 x 1.0 mm bolts (12 bolts).

22. Install the harness clamp bracket (F) on the endcover.

23. Set the selector control shaft (A) to the N positionby turning the selector control lever on the torqueconverter side.

NOTE: Do not squeeze the end of the selectorcontrol shaft tips together when turning the shaft. Ifthe tips are squeezed together it will cause a faultyshift position signal or position due to the playbetween the selector control shaft and thetransmission range switch.

24. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with theneutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmissionrange switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feelergauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold in the Nposition.

NOTE: Be sure to use a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade orequivalent to hold the switch in the N position.

06/09/15 17:47:34 62SWA00A_140_0434

＊１２

＊１３

＊１４

14-433

A

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

A

D

BC

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

25. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently onthe selector control shaft (B) while holding it in theN position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C).

26. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switchwhile you continue to hold it in the N position. Donot move the transmission range switch whentightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge.

27. Connect the transmission range switch connector(A) securely, then install the harness clamps (B) onthe clamp bracket (C).

28. Install the transmission range switch cover (D).

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:47:34 62SWA00A_140_0435

＊１５＊１６

＊１７

14-434



6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

A

D

E

B

C

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

A

D

E

B C

F

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

A

B

29. Install the new gasket (B) on the transmissionhousing, and install the ATF pipe (C) and the ATFjoint pipes (D).

30. Install the new O-rings (E) over the ATF joint pipes,and install A/T clutch pressure control solenoidvalve A.

31. Install the new gasket (A) and the ATF joint pipes(D) on the transmission housing, and install thenew O-rings (E) over the ATF joint pipes.

32. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve Band C, and the harness clamp bracket (F).

33. Install the new O-ring (A) on the dipstick guide tube(B), then install the dipstick guide tube.

06/09/15 17:47:35 62SWA00A_140_0436

＊１８＊１９

14-435

F28 N·m(2.9 kgf·m, 21 lbf·ft)

A

D

E

C

G

D6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

D

D

B28 N·m (2.9 kgf·m, 21 lbf·ft)

6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

D6 x 1.0 mm12 N·m(1.2 kgf·m,8.7 lbf·ft)

I28 N·m (2.9 kgf·m, 21 lbf·ft)

AB

C

D

E

G

H

J

D

F28 N·m (2.9 kgf·m, 21 lbf·ft)

34. For K24Z1 engine model: Install the ATF cooler inletline (A) with the line bolt (B) and new sealingwashers (C), and secure the inlet line with the bolts(D) on the transmission.

NOTE: Steps 34 and 35 describe ATF cooler lineinstallation for K24Z1 engine model; go to step 36for R20A1 and R20A2 engine models.

35. For K24Z1 engine model: Install the ATF cooleroutlet line (E) with the line bolt (F) and new sealingwashers (G), and secure the outlet line with the bolton the transmission.

36. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models: Install theATF filter mounting bracket (A) on the transmissionhousing, and secure the ATF filter (B) on itsmounting bracket with the filter holder (C) and6 x 1.0 mm bolt (D). Secure the ATF cooler inlet line(E) with the line bolt (F) and new sealing washers(G).

37. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models: Secure theATF cooler inlet line with 6 x 1.0 mm bolts on thetransmission.

38. For R20A1 and R20A2 engine models: Install theATF cooler outlet line (H) with the line bolt (I) andnew sealing washers (J), and secure the outlet linewith 6 x 1.0 mm bolt.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:47:36 62SWA00A_140_0437

＊２０

＊２１

14-436



AB

10 x 1.25 mm44 N·m(4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)

A

BC

39. Install the breather cap (A) on the breather pipe (B).

40. 4WD model: Install the transfer assembly (A) withthe new O-ring (B) and dowel pin (C).

06/09/15 17:47:36 62SWA00A_140_0438

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＳＥ１０４１１６０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＱＥ１０４１１６０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

4WD 2WD

14-43714-437

A/T Differential


THRUST SHIM, 76 mm

SPACER, 76.2 mm

CARRIER BEARING

FINAL DRIVEN GEAR

DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER

TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR

BEARING OUTER RACE

THRUST WASHER, 80 mm

CARRIER BEARING

BEARING OUTER RACE

THRUST SHIM, 76 mm

SPACER, 76.2 mm

CARRIER BEARING

FINAL DRIVEN GEAR

DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER

BEARING OUTER RACE

THRUST WASHER, 80 mm

CARRIER BEARING

BEARING OUTER RACE

Preload Inspection,page 14-444

Replacement,page 14-440


Backlash Inspection,page 14-438Replacement,page 14-439





Preload Inspection,page 14-444



Backlash Inspection,page 14-438Replacement,page 14-439




06/09/15 17:47:41 62SWA00A_140_0439

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１６０００００ＭＡＡＴ００

－－Standard: 0.4 1.3 mm (0.016 0.051 in.)

14-438

A/T Differential

Backlash Inspection

A

D

E

B

C

F

G

H

C

NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD model; 2WD issimilar.

1. Install the drive shaft and intermediate shaft intothe differential assembly.

2. Secure the driveshaft (A) in a bench vise (B) withsoft jaws (C). To prevent damage to the driveshaft,always use soft jaws or equivalent materialbetween the driveshaft and the vise.

3. Place the intermediate shaft (D) on a V-block (E),then fix the intermediate shaft using a vise (F) orequivalent.

4. Measure the backlash of the final driven gear (G)with a dial indicator (H).

5. If the backlash is out of standard, replace thedifferential carrier:

• 4WD (see page 14-439)• 2WD (see page 14-439)

06/09/15 17:47:41 62SWA00A_140_0440

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＳＥ１０４１１６１９６２１ＫＢＡＴ００

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＱＥ１０４１１６１９６２１ＫＢＡＴ００

4WD2WD

14-43914-439

Differential Carrier, Final DrivenGear, and Transfer Drive GearReplacement

Differential Carrier, Final DrivenGear Replacement

10 x 1.5 mm101 N·m (10.3 kgf·m, 74.5 lbf·ft)

A

C

B

10 x 1.5 mm101 N·m (10.3 kgf·m, 74.5 lbf·ft)

A

B

1. Remove the final driven gear (A) and transfer drivegear (B) from the differential carrier (C).

NOTE: The final driven gear bolts have left-handthreads.

2. Install the final driven gear and transfer drive gearon the differential carrier in the direction shown.

3. Secure the final drive gear, differential carrier, andtransfer drive gear with the bolts. Tighten the boltsto the specified torque in a crisscross pattern in twoor more steps.

1. Remove the final driven gear (A) from thedifferential carrier (B).

NOTE: The final driven gear bolts have left-handthreads.

2. Install the final driven gear on the differentialcarrier in the direction shown.

3. Secure the final drive gear and differential carrierwith the bolts. Tighten the bolts to the specifiedtorque in a crisscross pattern in two or more steps.

06/09/15 17:47:42 62SWA00A_140_0441

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１６１９６１１ＫＢＡＴ００


14-440

A/T Differential

Carrier Bearing Replacement

A

D

B

C

07LAD-PW50601

Attachment, 40 x 50 mm 07LAD-PW50601

NOTE:• The bearing and bearing outer race should be

replaced as a set.• Inspect and adjust the carrier bearing preload

whenever bearing replaced.• Check the bearing for wear and rough movement. If

the bearing is OK, removal is not necessary.• The illustration shows the 4WD model; 2WD is similar.

1. Remove the final driven gear from the differentialcarrier.

NOTE: Final driven gear removal is no neededwhen the carrier bearing on opposite side of thefinal driven gear.

2. Place a stepper adapter (A) on the differentialcarrier (B), and set a commercially available puller(C) under the carrier bearing (D), then remove thecarrier bearing.

3. Install the new carrier bearing with the special toolsand a press. Press the bearing on securely until itbottoms so there is no clearance between thebearing and the differential carrier.

4. Install the final driven gear if the gear was removed.

06/09/15 17:47:42 62SWA00A_140_0442

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１６１９６３１ＫＢＡＴ００


14-441

Oil Seal Replacement

07947-SD90101

07749-0010000

07JAD-PH80101

07749-0010000

• Handle driver 07749-0010000• Oil seal driver attachment 07947-SD90101• Oil seal driver attachment 07JAD-PH80101

1. Remove the oil seal from the transmission housing.

2. Remove the oil seal from the torque converterhousing.

3. Install the new oil seal flush with the transmissionhousing with the special tools.

4. Install the new oil seal flush with the torqueconverter housing with the special tools.

06/09/15 17:47:43 62SWA00A_140_0443

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１６１９６０１ＫＢＡＴ００


14-442

A/T Differential

Carrier Bearing Outer Race Replacement

A

D

E

B

C

A

D

B

C

07NAD-PX40100

07749-0010000

• Handle driver 07749-0010000• Driver attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100• Driver attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600

NOTE:• The bearing and the bearing outer race should be

replaced as a set.• Replace the bearing with a new one whenever the

outer race is replaced.• Do not use the thrust shim on the torque converter

housing.• Adjust bearing preload after replacing the bearing

and outer race.• Coat all parts with ATF during installation.

1. Remove the bearing outer race (A), the 76.2 mmspacer (B), and the 76 mm thrust shim (C) from thetransmission housing (D) by heating the housing toabout 100 °C (212 °F) with a heat gun (E). Do notheat the housing in excess of 100 °C (212 °F).

NOTE: Let the transmission housing cool to roomtemperature before installing the bearing outerrace.

2. Install the 76 mm thrust shim (A), 76.2 mm spacer(B), and the new bearing outer race (C) in thetransmission housing (D).

3. With the special tools, drive the bearing outer racesecurely in the housing so there is no clearancebetween the outer race, spacer, shim, and housing.

06/09/15 17:47:44 62SWA00A_140_0444

＊０４

＊０５

14-443

A

B

C

07746-0010600

07749-0010000

4. Remove the bearing outer race (A) and 80 mmthrust washer (B) from the torque converterhousing (C).

5. Install the 80 mm thrust washer and the newbearing outer race in the torque converter housing.

6. Drive the bearing outer race securely in thehousing with the special tools.

06/09/15 17:47:44 62SWA00A_140_0445

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＰＥ１０４１１６１９６０５ＭＡＡＴ００


14-444

A/T Differential

Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection

A

D

E

B

C

A

B

C

D

07NAD-PX40100

07749-0010000

• Handle driver 07749-0010000• Driver attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100• Driver attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600• Preload inspection tool 070AJ-0020101

NOTE:• If the transmission housing, torque converter housing,

differential carrier, carrier bearing and the outer race,or thrust shim were replaced, the bearing preloadmust be adjusted.

• Replace the bearing with a new one whenever theouter race is replaced.

• Do not use the thrust shim on the torque converterhousing.

• Coat all parts with ATF during installation.

1. Remove the bearing outer race (A), the 76.2 mmspacer (B), and the 76 mm thrust shim (C) from thetransmission housing (D) by heating the housing toabout 100 °C (212 °F) with a heat gun (E). Do notheat the housing in excess of 100 °C (212 °F).

NOTE: Let the transmission housing cool to roomtemperature before adjusting the bearing preload.

2. Install the 76 mm thrust shim (A) in thetransmission housing (B). If you replace the 76 mmthrust shim with a new one, use the same thicknessshim as the old one.

3. Install the 76.2 mm spacer (C) and the bearing outerrace (D) in the transmission housing.

4. Drive the bearing outer race securely in thehousing with the special tools so there is noclearance between the outer race, spacer, shim,and housing.

06/09/15 17:47:45 62SWA00A_140_0446

＊０４

＊０５

－－－

－－－

Standard

New Bearing:

2.7 3.9 N·m (28 40 kgf·cm, 24 35 lbf·in.)

Reused Bearing:

2.5 3.6 N·m (25 37 kgf·cm, 22 32 lbf·in.)

14-445

10 x 1.25 mm44 N·m(4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)20 Bolts

A

D

E

B

C

F

G

H

I

J

C

C

A

B

070AJ-0020101

5. Install the differential assembly (A) in the torqueconverter housing (B).

6. Install the three dowel pins (C) and a new gasket (D)on the torque converter housing.

7. Align the spring pin (E) of the control shaft (F) withthe transmission housing groove (G) by turning thecontrol shaft. Do not squeeze the end of the controlshaft tips together when turning the shaft.

8. Place the transmission housing (H) on the torqueconverter housing.

9. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts(20 bolts) along with the transmission hanger (I)and harness clamp brackets (J). Tighten themounting bolts to 44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) intwo or more steps in a crisscross pattern.

10. Rotate the differential assembly in both directionsto seat the bearings.

11. Measure the starting torque of the differentialassembly with the special tool, a torque wrench (A),and a socket (B). Measure the starting torque atnormal room temperature in both directions.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:47:46 62SWA00A_140_0447

－－－

THRUST SHIM, 76 mm


THRUST SHIM, 76 mm (cont’d)


14-446

A/T Differential

Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection (cont’d)

12. If the measurement is out of standard, remove thethrust shim and select the thrust shim from table.Install the new thrust shim and recheck. Toincrease the starting torque, increase the thicknessof the thrust shim. To decrease the starting torque,decrease the thickness of the shim. Changing theshim to the next size will increase or decreasestarting torque about 0.3 0.4 N·m (3 4 kgf·cm,2 3 lbf·in).

S 41438-PX4-700 2.05 mm (0.080 in.)T 41439-PX4-700 2.10 mm (0.082 in.)U 41440-PX4-700 2.15 mm (0.084 in.)A 41441-PK4-000 2.20 mm (0.086 in.)B 41442-PK4-000 2.25 mm (0.088 in.)C 41443-PK4-000 2.30 mm (0.090 in.)D 41444-PK4-000 2.35 mm (0.092 in.)E 41445-PK4-000 2.40 mm (0.094 in.)F 41446-PK4-000 2.45 mm (0.096 in.)G 41447-PK4-000 2.50 mm (0.098 in.)H 41448-PK4-000 2.55 mm (0.099 in.)I 41449-PK4-000 2.60 mm (0.101 in.)J 41450-PK4-000 2.65 mm (0.103 in.)K 41451-PK4-000 2.70 mm (0.105 in.)L 41452-PK4-000 2.75 mm (0.107 in.)M 41453-PK4-000 2.80 mm (0.109 in.)N 41454-PK4-000 2.85 mm (0.111 in.)O 41455-PK4-000 2.90 mm (0.113 in.)P 41456-PK4-000 2.95 mm (0.115 in.)Q 41457-PK4-000 3.00 mm (0.117 in.)R 41458-PK4-000 3.05 mm (0.119 in.)

0A 41428-PRP-000 1.55 mm (0.061 in.)0B 41429-PRP-000 1.60 mm (0.063 in.)0C 41430-PRP-000 1.65 mm (0.065 in.)0D 41431-PRP-000 1.70 mm (0.067 in.)0E 41432-PRP-000 1.75 mm (0.069 in.)0F 41433-PRP-000 1.80 mm (0.071 in.)0G 41434-PRP-000 1.85 mm (0.073 in.)0H 41435-PRP-000 1.90 mm (0.075 in.)0I 41436-PRP-000 1.95 mm (0.077 in.)0J 41437-PRP-000 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)

(cont’d)

A 41428-PAX-000 1.575 mm (0.062 in.)B 41429-PAX-000 1.625 mm (0.064 in.)C 41430-PAX-000 1.675 mm (0.066 in.)D 41431-PAX-000 1.725 mm (0.068 in.)E 41432-PAX-000 1.775 mm (0.070 in.)F 41433-PAX-000 1.825 mm (0.072 in.)G 41434-PAX-000 1.875 mm (0.074 in.)H 41435-PAX-000 1.925 mm (0.076 in.)I 41436-PAX-000 1.975 mm (0.078 in.)J 41437-PAX-000 2.025 mm (0.080 in.)K 41438-PAX-000 2.075 mm (0.082 in.)L 41439-PAX-000 2.125 mm (0.084 in.)M 41440-PAX-000 2.175 mm (0.086 in.)N 41441-PAX-000 2.225 mm (0.088 in.)O 41442-PAX-000 2.275 mm (0.090 in.)P 41443-PAX-000 2.325 mm (0.092 in.)Q 41444-PAX-000 2.375 mm (0.094 in.)R 41445-PAX-000 2.425 mm (0.095 in.)S 41446-PAX-000 2.475 mm (0.097 in.)T 41447-PAX-000 2.525 mm (0.099 in.)U 41448-PAX-000 2.575 mm (0.101 in.)V 41449-PAX-000 2.625 mm (0.103 in.)W 41450-PAX-000 2.675 mm (0.105 in.)X 41451-PAX-000 2.725 mm (0.107 in.)Y 41452-PAX-000 2.775 mm (0.109 in.)Z 41453-PAX-000 2.825 mm (0.111 in.)

0A 41454-PAX-000 2.875 mm (0.113 in.)0B 41455-PAX-000 2.925 mm (0.115 in.)0C 41456-PAX-000 2.975 mm (0.117 in.)0D 41457-PAX-000 3.025 mm (0.119 in.)

06/09/15 17:47:46 62SWA00A_140_0448

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＳＥ１０４７４５０００００ＭＡＡＴ２０

－－

－－－

Standard: 0.06 0.16 mm (0.02 0.06 in.)

Standard: 2.44 3.87 N·m

(24.8 39.4 kgf·cm, 21.5 34.1 lbf·in.)

14-447

Transfer Assembly

Inspection

A

B

A

D

E

B

C

1. Set the dial indicator (A) on the companion flange(B).

2. Measure the transfer gear backlash.

3. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B)with soft jaws. To prevent damage to the transferhousing, always use soft jaws or equivalentmaterials between the transfer housing and thevise.

4. Rotate the companion flange several times to seatthe tapered roller bearings.

5. Measure the starting torque at the companionflange (C) with a torque wrench (D) and a socket (E).

6. Remove the transfer assembly from the vise.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:47:47 62SWA00A_140_0449

＊０３＊０４

14-448

Transfer Assembly

Inspection (cont’d)

8 x 1.25 mm26 N·m (2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft)

C

A

B

7. Remove the transfer holder (A) from the transferhousing (B), then remove the O-ring (C) from thetransfer holder.

8. Apply Prussian Blue to both side of the transferdrive gear teeth lightly and evenly.

9. Install the transfer holder, and tighten the bolts. Donot install the O-ring on the transfer holder.

10. Rotate the companion flange in both directionsuntil the transfer gears rotate one full turn in bothdirections.

11. Remove the transfer holder, and check the transferdrive gear tooth contact pattern. The pattern shouldbe centered on the gear teeth as shown.

12. If the measurements are out of standard or thetooth contact pattern are incorrect, disassemble thetransfer assembly and repair.

06/09/15 17:47:47 62SWA00A_140_0450

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＳＥ１０４７４５０００００ＬＣＡＴ００

Exploded View

14-449

Disassembly

BACK-UP RING

O-RING COMPANION FLANGE

OIL SEAL

TAPERED ROLLERBEARING OUTER RACE

TAPEREDROLLER BEARING

TRANSFER HOUSING

TRANSFER SPACER


TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

THRUST SHIM, 35 mm


LOCKNUT,22 x 1.25 mm

TAPERED ROLLERBEARINGTHRUST SHIM, 25 mm

DOWEL PIN

TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR(HYPOID GEAR)

TAPERED ROLLER BEARING


TRANSFER SHIM, 75 mm

O-RING

TRANSFER HOLDER

ROLLER BEARING

TRANSFER SHAFT

8 x 1.25 mm26 N·m(2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft)

CONICAL SPRINGWASHER

LOCKNUT,22 x 1.25 mm

CONICAL SPRING WASHER


TRANSFER COLLAR

(cont’d)

Replace.

Replace.

Replace.

Selective part

Replace.

Selective part

Selective part

Replace.

Replace.

Replace.

Replace.

06/09/15 17:48:14 62SWA00A_140_0451

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

＊０５


14-450

Transfer Assembly

Disassembly (cont’d)

A

B

A

B

07PAB-0020000

A

DE

B

C

F

Companion flange holder 07PAB-0020000

NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during thefollowing procedure.

1. Remove the transfer holder (A) from the transferhousing (B).

2. Cut the lock tab on the locknut using a chisel.


4. Install the special tool on the companion flange,then loose the locknut.

5. Remove the special tool.

6. Remove the locknut (A), conical spring washer (B),back-up ring (C), O-ring (D), and companion flange(E) from the transfer output shaft (F).

06/09/15 17:48:14 62SWA00A_140_0452

＊０６

＊０７

14-451

A

B

C

A

B

C

7. Remove the transfer output shaft (A) from thetransfer housing (B), then remove the transferspacer (C) from the transfer output shaft.

8. Remove the oil seal (A) and tapered roller bearing(B) from the transfer housing (C).

06/09/15 17:48:15 62SWA00A_140_0453

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＳＥ１０４７４５５９７６４ＬＣＡＴ００

14-452

Transfer Assembly

Transfer Holder Disassembly

A

B

A

D

E

B

C

F

G

H

1. Cut the lock tab on the locknut of the transfer shaftusing a chisel.

2. Put a 14 mm Allen wrench (A) in the transfer shaft(B), then secure the Allen wrench in a bench vise.

3. Remove the locknut (A) and conical spring washer(B).

4. Remove the tapered roller bearing (C), 25 mmthrust shim (D), transfer collar (E), transfer drivegear (F), and transfer shaft (G) from the transferholder (H).

06/09/15 17:48:15 62SWA00A_140_0454

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＳＥ１０４７４５５９７６６ＫＢＡＴ００

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＳＥ１０４７４５５９７６７ＫＤＡＴ００



14-45314-453

Transfer Holder Roller BearingReplacement

Transfer Holder Tapered RollerBearing Outer Race Removal/Installation

07749-0010000

07746-0010500

A

B

07749-0010000

07746-0010600

A

B


1. Remove the roller bearing from the transfer holder.

2. Install the new roller bearing in the transfer holderwith the special tools.


1. Remove the tapered roller bearing outer race (A)and 75 mm thrust shim (B) from the transfer holder.

2. Install the 75 mm thrust shim (A) in the transferholder, then install the tapered roller bearing outerrace (B) with the special tools.

06/09/15 17:48:16 62SWA00A_140_0455

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＳＥ１０４７４５５９７５２ＫＢＡＴ００

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＳＥ１０４７４５５９７７３ＫＤＡＴ００

Special Tools Required Special Tools Required

14-45414-454

Transfer Assembly

Transfer Drive Gear BearingReplacement

Transfer Output Shaft BearingRemoval/Installation

A

B

C

07749-0010000

07746-0010300

07749-0010000

07746-0010300

B

A

A

D

B

C

A

C

B

07746-0030400

07746-0030100


1. Remove the tapered roller bearing (A) from thetransfer drive gear (B) with the special tools,bearing separator (C) and a press.

2. Install the new tapered roller bearing (A) on thetransfer drive gear (B) with the special tools and apress.

• Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100• Driver attachment, 35 mm I.D. 07746-0030400

1. Remove the tapered roller bearing (A) from thetransfer output shaft (B) with the bearing separator(C) and a press. Place a shaft protector (D) betweenthe transfer output shaft and the press to preventdamaging the transfer output shaft.

2. Install the 35 mm thrust shim (A) on the transferoutput shaft (B).

3. Install the tapered roller bearing (C) on the transferoutput shaft with the special tools and a press.

06/09/15 17:48:17 62SWA00A_140_0456

＊０１

＊０２

＊０３

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＳＥ１０４７４５５９７７１ＫＢＡＴ００


14-455

Transfer Housing Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race Replacement

A

D

B

C

A

B

C

A

B07749-0010000

07947-SD90101

• Handle driver 07749-0010000• Oil seal driver attachment 07947-SD90101• Bearing installer attachment 07KAF-PS30120• Bearing installer attachment 07LAF-PZ70110• Installer shaft, 14 x 165 mm 07JAF-SJ80110• Installer nut, 14 mm 07JAF-SJ80120

NOTE: Replace the bearing with a new one wheneverthe outer race is replaced.

1. Remove the 57 mm bearing outer race (A) from thetransfer housing (B).

NOTE: Some 57 mm bearing outer race is press-fitted in the housing. The 62 mm bearing outer race(C) and 50.3 mm bearing outer race (D) are press-fitted, and the press-fitted outer races must beremoved by heating the housing.

2. Remove the press-fitted bearing outer race (A) fromthe transfer housing (B) by heating the housing toabout 100 °C (212 °F) with a heat gun (C). Do notheat the housing more than 100 °C (212 °F).

3. Install the 57 mm bearing outer race (A) in thetransfer housing (B) with the special tools.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:48:17 62SWA00A_140_0457

＊０４

＊０５

14-456

Transfer Assembly

Transfer Housing Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race Replacement (cont’d)

A

B

C

07KAF-PS30120

07LAF-PZ70110

07JAF-SJ80110

07JAF-SJ80120

07JAF-SJ80120

A

BC

07LAF-PZ7011007KAF-PS30120

07JAF-SJ80120

07JAF-SJ80110

07JAF-SJ80120

4. Install the 62 mm bearing outer race (A) and50.3 mm bearing outer race (B) in the transferhousing (C), set the special tool attachments overthe races, and install the installer shaft through theattachments.

5. Tighten the installer nut (07JAF-SJ80120) to installthe races (A) (B) into the transfer housing securely.

06/09/15 17:48:18 62SWA00A_140_0458

＊３０

＊０１

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ１ＳＥ１０４７４５０００００ＬＤＡＴ００

－＋

？？

＋＋

＋－

＋－＋－－

Special Tools Required Example

THRUST SHIM, 35 mm

Shim

No.

Part Number Thickness

14-457

Reassembly

FORMULA: X =100

A

100

BC

A: Number on the existing transfer output shaft

B: Number on the replacement transfer output shaft

C: Thickness of the existing 35 mm thrust shim

X: Thickness needed for the replacement 35 mmthrust shim

REPLACEMENT 35 mmTHRUST SHIMThickness: X = mm

C:

A: B:

EXISTING 35 mmTHRUST SHIMThickness: C = 1.05 mm

= 0.02 0.01 1.05 = 1.08 mm

X:

EXISTINGTRANSFEROUTPUT SHAFTNumber: A = 2

REPLACEMENTTRANSFEROUTPUT SHAFTNumber: B = 1

X =100 100

C =A B 2 1

1.05100 100

• Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100• Driver attachment, 35 mm I.D. 07746-0030400• Handle driver 07749-0010000• Oil seal driver attachment 07JAD-PH80101• Companion flange holder07XAB-0010101 or 07PAB-0020000

• Driver attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600

NOTE:• While reassembling the transfer assembly:

– Check and adjust the transfer gear tooth contact.– Measure and adjust the transfer gear backlash.– Check and adjust the tapered roller bearing starting

torque.• Coat all parts with ATF during reassembly.• Replace the tapered roller bearing and the bearing

outer race as a set if either part is replaced.• Replace the transfer drive gear and the transfer

output shaft as a set if either part is replaced.

1. Select the 35 mm thrust shim if the transfer outputshaft is replaced. Calculate the thickness of the35 mm thrust shim using the formula, and selectthe shim from the table.

NOTE: The number on the transfer output shaft isshown in 1/100 mm.

A 41361-PS3-000 0.72 mm (0.028 in.)B 41362-PS3-000 0.75 mm (0.030 in.)C 41363-PS3-000 0.78 mm (0.031 in.)D 41364-PS3-000 0.81 mm (0.032 in.)E 41365-PS3-000 0.84 mm (0.033 in.)F 41366-PS3-000 0.87 mm (0.034 in.)G 41367-PS3-000 0.90 mm (0.035 in.)H 41368-PS3-000 0.93 mm (0.037 in.)I 41369-PS3-000 0.96 mm (0.038 in.)J 41370-PS3-000 0.99 mm (0.039 in.)K 41371-PS3-000 1.02 mm (0.040 in.)L 41372-PS3-000 1.05 mm (0.041 in.)M 41373-PS3-000 1.08 mm (0.043 in.)N 41374-PS3-000 1.11 mm (0.044 in.)

2. Select the 35 mm thrust shim if the tapered rollerbearing on the transfer output shaft is replaced.Measure the thickness of the replacement bearingand the existing bearing, and calculate thedifference of the bearing thickness. Adjust thethickness of the existing 35 mm thrust shim by theamount of the difference in bearing thickness, andselect the replacement 35 mm thrust shim from thetable.

(cont’d)

Select No. M 35 mm thrust shim of 1.08 mmin this cause.

06/09/15 17:48:18 62SWA00A_140_0459

＊０２

＊０３

＊０４

＊０５

14-458

Transfer Assembly

Reassembly (cont’d)

A

C

B

07746-0030400

07746-0030100

07JAD-PH80101

07749-0010000

A

B

A

B

A

D

B

C

3. Install the 35 mm thrust shim (A) on the transferoutput shaft (B), then install the tapered rollerbearing (C) with the special tools and a press.

4. Place the tapered roller bearing (A) on the bearingouter race of the companion flange side of thetransfer housing.

5. Install the new oil seal (B) on the transfer housingwith the special tools.

6. Install the output shaft (A) in the transfer housing(B). Do not install the transfer spacer on the transferoutput shaft.

7. Install the companion flange (A), conical springwasher (B), and locknut (C) on the transfer outputshaft (D). Do not install the O-ring and back-up ring.

06/09/15 17:48:19 62SWA00A_140_0460

－－－

＊０６＊０７

＊０８

14-459

A

B

07PAB-0020000

A

B

H

E

D

G

F

C

A

B


9. Install the special tool on the companion flange.

10. Tighten the locknut while measuring the startingtorque so the starting torque is within0.98 1.39 N·m (10.0 14.2 kgf·cm,8.7 12.3 lbf·in.) Do not stake the locknut in thisstep.

11. Install the transfer shaft (A) in the transfer holder(B), and install the transfer drive gear (C), transfercollar (D), 25 mm thrust shim (E), tapered rollerbearing (F), conical spring washer (G), and locknut(H).


13. Tighten the locknut 118 N·m (12.0 kgf·m, 87 lbf·ft).Do not stake the locknut in this step.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:48:20 62SWA00A_140_0461

＊０９

＊１０

＊１１

－－Standard: 0.06 0.16 mm (0.02 0.06 in.)

14-460

Transfer Assembly


A

B

8 x 1.25 mm26 N·m(2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft)

A

BFACE CONTACT

FLANK CONTACT

HEEL CONTACT

INCORRECT CONTACT PATTERNS

CORRECT CONTACT PATTERN

TOE CONTACT

14. Apply Prussian Blue to both sides of the transferdrive gear teeth lightly and evenly.

15. Temporarily install the transfer holder (A) anddowel pin (B) without O-ring, and tighten the bolts.

16. Rotate the companion flange in both directionsuntil the transfer gears rotate one full turn in bothdirections.

17. Set a dial indicator (A) on the companion flange (B).

18. Measure the transfer gear backlash.

19. Remove the transfer holder, and check the transferdrive gear tooth contact pattern.

06/09/15 17:48:20 62SWA00A_140_0462

＊１２

THRUST SHIM, 25 mm

Shim

No.


14-461

A

B

20. If the backlash measurement is out of standard,adjust the backlash with the 35 mm thrust shim andrecheck. Do not use more than two 35 mm thrustshims to adjust the backlash.

21. If the transfer gear tooth contact is incorrect, adjustthe tooth contact with the 25 mm or 35 mm thrustshim. Do not use more than two of each thrustshim to adjust the tooth contact.

• Toe ContactUse a thicker 35 mm thrust shim to move thetransfer output shaft toward the transfer drivegear. Because this movement causes the transfergear backlash to change, move the transfer drivegear away from the transfer output shaft toadjust the transfer gear backlash as follows:– Increase the thickness of the 25 mm thrust

shim.– Reduce the thickness of the 75 mm thrust shim

by the amount you increased the 25 mm thrustshim.

• Heel ContactUse a thinner 35 mm thrust shim to move thetransfer output shaft away from the transfer drivegear. Because this movement causes the transfergear backlash to change, move the transfer drivegear toward the transfer output shaft to adjustthe transfer gear backlash as follows:– Reduce the thickness of the 25 mm thrust shim.– Increase the thickness of the 75 mm thrust

shim by amount you reduced the thickness ofthe 25 mm thrust shim.

• Flank ContactUse a thinner thrust shim to move the transferdrive gear toward the transfer output shaft. Flankcontact must be adjusted within the limits of thetransfer gear backlash. If the backlash exceedsthe limits, adjust as described under Heel Contact.

• Face ContactUse a thicker thrust shim to move the transferdrive gear away from the transfer output shaft.Face contact must be adjusted within the limits ofthe transfer gear backlash. If the backlashexceeds the limits, adjust as described under ToeContact.

1.70 29411-P1C-000 1.70 mm (0.067 in.)1.73 29412-P1C-000 1.73 mm (0.068 in.)1.76 29413-P1C-000 1.76 mm (0.069 in.)1.79 29414-P1C-000 1.79 mm (0.070 in.)1.82 29415-P1C-000 1.82 mm (0.072 in.)1.85 29416-P1C-000 1.85 mm (0.073 in.)1.88 29417-P1C-000 1.88 mm (0.074 in.)1.91 29418-P1C-000 1.91 mm (0.075 in.)1.94 29419-P1C-000 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)1.97 29420-P1C-000 1.97 mm (0.078 in.)2.00 29421-P1C-000 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)2.03 29422-P1C-000 2.03 mm (0.080 in.)2.06 29423-P1C-000 2.06 mm (0.081 in.)2.09 29424-P1C-000 2.09 mm (0.082 in.)2.12 29425-P1C-000 2.12 mm (0.083 in.)2.15 29426-P1C-000 2.15 mm (0.085 in.)2.18 29427-P1C-000 2.18 mm (0.086 in.)2.21 29428-P1C-000 2.21 mm (0.087 in.)2.24 29429-P1C-000 2.24 mm (0.088 in.)

22. Remove the transfer holder (A) from the transferhousing (B) after adjusting the transfer gearbacklash or transfer gear tooth contact.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:48:21 62SWA00A_140_0463

＊１３

＊１４

＊１５

＊１６

14-462

Transfer Assembly


A

B

07PAB-0020000

C

D

B

A

A

B

C

E

BA

D

C

F


24. Install the special tool on the companion flange,loose the locknut, and remove the special tool.

25. Remove the locknut (A), conical spring washer (B),and companion flange (C) from the transfer drivengear (D).

26. Remove the transfer output shaft (A) from thetransfer housing (B).

27. Install the new transfer spacer (C) on the transferoutput shaft in the direction shown, and installthem in the transfer housing.

28. Coat the threads of the locknut and transfer outputshaft with ATF.

29. Install the companion flange (A), new O-ring (B),back-up ring (C), new conical spring washer (D),and new locknut (E) on the transfer output shaft (F).Install the conical spring washer in the directionshown.

06/09/15 17:48:21 62SWA00A_140_0464

－－

＊１７

＊１８

＊１９

－－－

－－－

Starting torque:

0.98 1.39 N·m

(10.0 14.2 kgf·cm, 8.7 12.3 lbf·in.)

Tightening torque:

132 260 N·m

(13.5 26.5 kgf·m, 97.6 192 lbf·ft)

14-463

A

B

07PAB-0020000

A

B

A

B

8 x 1.25 mm26 N·m(2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft)


31. Install the special tool on the companion flange.

32. Tighten the locknut while measuring the startingtorque of the transfer output shaft.

NOTE:• Rotate the companion flange several turns to

seat the tapered roller bearings, then measurethe starting torque.

• If the starting torque exceeds 1.39 N·m(14.2 kgf·cm, 12.3 lbf·in.), replace the transferspacer and reassemble the parts. Do not adjustthe starting torque with the locknut loose.

• If the tightening torque exceeds 260 N·m(26.5 kgf·m, 192 lbf·ft), replace the transfer spacerand reassemble the parts.

33. Remove the special tool.

34. Stake the locknut into the transfer output shaft indepth (A) of 0.7 1.2 mm (0.03 0.05 in.) using a3.5 mm punch (B).

35. Temporarily install the transfer holder (A) anddowel pin (B) without O-ring, and tighten the bolts.

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:48:22 62SWA00A_140_0465

＊２０

＊２１

－－－

Standard: 2.44 3.87 N·m

(24.8 39.4 kgf·cm, 21.5 34.1 lbf·in.)

14-464

Transfer Assembly


A

D

E

B

C

A

B


37. Rotate the companion flange several times to seatthe tapered roller bearing.

38. Measure the starting torque at the companionflange (C) using a torque wrench (D) and a socket(E).

39. Remove the transfer holder from the transferhousing.

40. If the measurement is within the standard, go tostep 53.

41. If the measurement is out of standard, put a 14 mmAllen wrench (A) in the transfer shaft (B), thensecure the Allen wrench in a bench vise.

42. Loosen the locknut.

06/09/15 17:48:23 62SWA00A_140_0466

＊２２

＊２３

THRUST SHIM, 75 mm

Shim

No.


14-465

A

D

E

B

C

F

G

H

A

B

C

43. Remove the locknut (A) and conical spring washer(B).

44. Remove the tapered roller bearing (C), 25 mmthrust shim (D), transfer collar (E), transfer drivegear (F), and transfer shaft (G) from the transferholder (H).

45. Remove the tapered roller bearing outer race (A)and the 75 mm thrust shim (B) from the transferholder (C).

46. Measure the thickness of the 75 mm thrust shim,and select the new 75 mm thrust shim.

AA 41401-PGV-000 1.52 mm (0.060 in.)AB 41402-PGV-000 1.55 mm (0.061 in.)AC 41403-PGV-000 1.58 mm (0.062 in.)AD 41404-PGV-000 1.61 mm (0.063 in.)AE 41405-PGV-000 1.64 mm (0.065 in.)B 41402-PW8-010 1.67 mm (0.066 in.)C 41403-PW8-010 1.70 mm (0.067 in.)D 41404-PW8-010 1.73 mm (0.068 in.)E 41405-PW8-010 1.76 mm (0.069 in.)F 41406-PW8-010 1.79 mm (0.070 in.)G 41407-PW8-010 1.82 mm (0.072 in.)H 41408-PW8-010 1.85 mm (0.073 in.)I 41409-PW8-010 1.88 mm (0.074 in.)J 41410-PW8-010 1.91 mm (0.075 in.)K 41411-PW8-010 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)L 41412-PW8-010 1.97 mm (0.078 in.)M 41413-PW8-010 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)N 41414-PW8-010 2.03 mm (0.080 in.)O 41415-PW8-010 2.06 mm (0.081 in.)P 41416-PW8-010 2.09 mm (0.082 in.)Q 41417-PW8-010 2.12 mm (0.083 in.)R 41418-PW8-010 2.15 mm (0.085 in.)S 41419-PW8-010 2.18 mm (0.086 in.)T 41420-PW8-010 2.21 mm (0.087 in.)U 41421-PW8-010 2.24 mm (0.088 in.)V 41422-PW8-010 2.27 mm (0.089 in.)W 41423-PW8-010 2.30 mm (0.091 in.)X 41424-PW8-010 2.33 mm (0.092 in.)Y 41425-PW8-010 2.36 mm (0.093 in.)Z 41426-PW8-010 2.39 mm (0.094 in.)

ZA 41406-PGV-000 2.42 mm (0.095 in.)ZB 41407-PGV-000 2.45 mm (0.096 in.)ZC 41408-PGV-000 2.48 mm (0.098 in.)ZD 41409-PGV-000 2.51 mm (0.099 in.)ZE 41410-PGV-000 2.54 mm (0.100 in.)ZF 41411-PGV-000 2.57 mm (0.101 in.)ZG 41412-PGV-000 2.60 mm (0.102 in.)ZH 41413-PGV-000 2.63 mm (0.104 in.)ZI 41414-PGV-000 2.66 mm (0.105 in.)

(cont’d)

06/09/15 17:48:23 62SWA00A_140_0467

＊２４

＊２５

＊２６

＊２７

14-466

Transfer Assembly


07749-0010000

07746-0010600

A

B

H

E

D

G

F

C

A

B

A

B

A

B

8 x 1.25 mm26 N·m(2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft)

47. Install the new 75 mm thrust shim (A) in thetransfer holder, then install the tapered rollerbearing outer race (B) with the special tools.

48. Install the transfer shaft (A) in the transfer holder(B), and install the transfer drive gear (C), transfercollar (D), 25 mm thrust shim (E), tapered rollerbearing (F), conical spring washer (G), and locknut(H). Install the conical spring washer in thedirection shown.


50. Tighten the locknut 118 N·m (12.0 kgf·m, 87 lbf·ft).Do not stake the locknut in this step.

51. Temporarily install the transfer holder (A) anddowel pin (B) without the O-ring, and tighten thebolts.

06/09/15 17:48:24 62SWA00A_140_0468

－－

＊２８

＊２９

14-467

A

B

8 x 1.25 mm26 N·m (2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft)

A

B

C

D

52. Rotate the companion flange several turns to seatthe tapered roller bearings, and recheck thestarting torque. Remove the transfer holder afteradjusting the starting torque.

53. Stake the locknut into the transfer shaft in depth (A)of 0.7 1.2 mm (0.03 0.05 in.) using a 3.5 mmpunch (B).

54. Install the new O-ring (A) on the transfer holder (B),then install the transfer holder with the dowel pin(C) on the transfer housing (D).

06/09/15 17:48:24 62SWA00A_140_0469

ＳＷＡ７Ｅ０００００００００Ｊ１４０１ＺＡＡＴ００

06/09/15 17:48:24 62SWA00A_140_0470

manual caixa automática cr-v 2007

Automotive

caixa

automatica

crv

honda crv

545garage

garage545